1. totally new Ultra High Order cosmic rays (highest energy in the universe) with more energy than any possible source in the universe… In fact, by the mid-late 1990s, described with more energy than millions of universes…
2. Totally new Ultra High Order gamma ray bursts (the 2nd highest energy source in the universe), networked together in our galaxy, act as a galactic translater/transducer (grail cup) for the cosmic ray bursts of the New Universe, to be transformed into galactic translation. Newly observed to be:
a. in a super-ordered and organised state, so as to be phase-conjugate (and thus be in holographic indexing of information flow, every local having the information of the whole);
b. synchronised in pulsation in time and space (extra-temporal); c. acting as a galactic gamma ray Internet Network. d. having an iso-geometrical distribution akin to 4th dimensional
geometry, as an interdimensional agency, e. whose focussed lasers are using our (and many others) sun as a
‘gravitational lense’ to transduce the gamma rays into lower frequencies accessable to the planetary ranges (like those that occurred in 1998)… The energy source of these gamma ray bursts are mysterious, and of too high an order to fit any model…
3. New global frequency signatures, in the golden proportion, appearing, following gamma ray bursts of the Gamma Net, also in golden proportion, which are signalling the golden number signature of 1.618033 hz, and are bioactive engagin mutations in the DNA.
NEXT OCTAVE OF THE SHIFT In December 2004, this phenomenon stepped into a new mode of hieghtened mystery bursts…. An entire new octave of intensity and complexity is now upon us, transfiguring our environment, laws of nature, our biology, and our central nervous systems…. The New Universe is transfiguring every law of nature, now documentable, and is transforming every fibre of our world, bodies, and our awareness… Almost every weather record has been broken in the last month… During Time Gate 2004, of some 480 Earthquakes were covered up, which occurred in the Time Gate maximum novelty ingression point (Time Gate Peak), from September 16th to September 26th… At the same time, there was a major cover-up of the mysterious deaths of some 24 astrophysicists who were engaged in research at Alaska, to view the changes sweeping all the planets of our solar system through a new telescope that would reveal more than ever before, and to analyse for mutations from cosmic rays in basic life forms there… It was more than expected, and also clearly stated by us, that major global changes would be seen to emerge, as the unfoldment folowing the impact of such a major novel Time Gate like that of Time Gate 2004, (which linked to most novel Time Gates as those of 1998 [where the global 1.618 hz signals began to appear, changing our biologies as a result… Films of these changes we have been recently showing in our seminars — evidence of the emerging Light Body in our biology signalled by these New Universe signals]), Time Gate 2006, and Time Gate 2009… The 2004 Tsunami, was preceeded by a host of UFO sightings and alien “contacts” and associated phenomena — not unlike the “Mothman” sightings of
Point Pleasant, Virginia, 1967 preceeding the Silver Bridge catastrophy, or the “Mothman” sightings preceeding Chernobyl and the Gulf War… However, in this Grailzine, we present findings indicating that the new cosmic pulses are an ETI. And OTI (Omni-Temporal Intelligence) phenomenon, thus our reality is undergoing “contact” at a direct reality fabric level… The association of UFOs with these events is in concurdance to the macroscopic phenomenon underlying our realities rewrite, the data can indicate…. The December 2004 Tsunami, intriguingly, was an event seen by Grail pilots who were engaged in Time Gate (psychonautic and Virtual Time Travel protocols) 2001, and linking to Time Gate 2004 as well as Time Gate 2006. Whilst it was a theme that came to numerous grail pilots, or Timenauts/Somanauts, one clearly in Slovenia, and another, my colleague, chemist/alchemist Hans Peter Deahl… He described the tidal wave, and many people dead, and much fear and anxiety over the tidal wave… The point of the Time Gate 1996-2010, was to make enough of an open-ended conscious coherent loop (on beahlf of all mankind), whereby the future known in 2010, could be communicated through the Time Gate loop from 1996 onwards, in order to iron out some small embelishments in history… There was no Tsunami in September 2004’s Time Gate… It followed some three whole months following… Perhaps this is an effect, by the larger cosmic scale coherent ordering organisation, in balancing or adjusting this and a series of other events, according to slightly other coordinates, further coherent to the overall species, planet and creation… Since, both Hans Peter Deahl and myself were in India right by the Tsunami incident, except further North, at the ancient Kalibangan site of Rg Veda alchemy, by the dry bed of the Sarasvati river, in Rajastan (unaware for 3 days of the Tsunami), and we could have been by the sea at other sites we had discussed exploring, and the fact that Deahl and myself also were together in the Time Gate 2001, where he viewed the Tsunami and gave it for Time Gate 2004 (it was his message from himself in the future), there could appear to be a synchronisating (there is more involved here, too involved for this writing). Yet, on the second loop, the Tsunami did not occur in Time Gate 2004, but after, so Hans Peter would not have received it from himself in Time Gate 2004 (on the second loop at least); however the information on the Tsunami could have been given from himself in Time Gate 2006, domed to himself in Time Gate 2004 (to iron the paradox)… We specifically tuned into Time Gate 2004, 2006, and 2009, during this Time Gate 2001 (where a Lotus radar weather pattern appears over the pacific, as an 8-folded AUM flower pattern, that caused Earthquakes in the New Mexico rocky mountains, and interupted an experiment at the deep underground military base of Dulce, according to the testimony of Dr. Dan Burisch and other sources employed directly or indirectly with the MAJI who coordinate such research ventures, se ouir Time Gate Orion page, available through the Time Gate 2004 page one, and Time Gate web page, for the seeker). January has had more than 500 Earthquakes, Mt. St Helens errupted, and a wide array of weather records have been broken.. Many of these are listed and are following in this report… Without a doubt, our reality is in a major transformation phase… As our recent New Universe animated slides shows have been demonstrating, there is a congruence and ingathering of 7 type of ETI/OTI
population type systems in appearance with the phenomenon’s sweeping our solar system and transfiguring every planetary sphere. LOKA DENSITY SHIFT "New record extreme events occur every year somewhere in the globe but in recent years, the number of such extremes has been increasing," the World Meteorological Organization said in a statement Wednesday.” http://www.usatoday.com/weather/news/2003-07-04-extreme-weather_x.htm It all began with The Light Of The North… The Mystery Pulses lite up the northern dark winter night skies with anomolous light. Here are some excerpts from an articles titled “Mysterious Light Brightens Arctic,” published on December 19th, 2004, in the The Independent: “A mysterious light is beginning to brighten the dark polar winter. Eskimos and scientists report a strange "lightness at noon" that is turning the usual all-day darkness of the high Canadian Arctic into twilight, apparently in defiance of natural laws. “Inuit hunters are telling the government's weather station at Resolute Bay - Canada's second most northerly village, 1,000 miles from the North Pole - of a new light in the sky. And Wayne Davidson, the Canadian government official who runs the station, says he believes it caused by climate change. For the past five years, Mr. Davidson says, there has been a growing light along the horizon in the middle of the day in winter. "The entire horizon is raised like magic, like the hand of God is bringing it up," he says. “Warmer air, from global warming, is overlaying the cold air of the Arctic and the interface between the two creates a kind of "mirror in the sky" which reflects the sun's rays from further south.” —The Independent UK, Mysterious Light Brightens Arctic, By Geoffrey Lean, Environment Editor, December 19, 2004 NOVEL APPEARANCE OF NEW UNIVERSE LIGHT BODY MATERIA The New Universe is now signalling new emanations through a series of “black holes” according to astrophysicists, these kind of new emanations were described by my ETI Andromedian contacts in the 1990s, as well as by the Andromedians contacting Alex Collier around the same time…
Surprised scientists are being overwhelmed with measurements of Mystery cosmic partical pulses pumping into the entire planet, pulsing through in sites around the globe. Here is the now infamous article, preeding the Tsunami cataclysm, that has circulated the world, mentioning the “Unknown Energy Surges”:
Unknown Energy Surges Continue to Hit Planet, Global Weather Systems in Chaos
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to the Russian Academy of Sciences http://www.ras.ru/win/htm/
December 22, 2004 “An increasingly panicked global effort is now underway by the worlds top scientists to understand an unprecedented series of ‘blasts’, energy surges, which the planet has been taking from as an yet unknown source which has been bombarding Antarctica with cosmic rays and disrupting Northern Hemisphere weather systems on a global scale. “The first of these cosmic ray blasts occurred nearly 5 years ago and have been increasing in their frequency and intensity since the end of November. The once normally darkened skies of the Northern Hemispheres Arctic regions are now in twilight due to these blasts. Wayne Davidson, from the Canadian Government's weather station at Resolute Bay, located in the Arctic Circle, says about this mysterious lighting, "The entire horizon is raised like magic, like the hand of God is bringing it up.” On December 1, 2004 the largest recorded blast sent not only shockwaves through the world scientific community but also through the Northern Hemisphere resulting in one of the largest weather events in recorded human history when 86,800 square miles of China was shrouded in fog, bringing transportation systems (especially air travel) to a virtual standstill throughout the country. As reported by the BBC in this article from October, 2002, “German scientists have found a significant piece of evidence linking cosmic rays to climate change. They have detected charged particle clusters in the lower atmosphere that were probably caused by the space radiation. They say the clusters can lead to the condensed nuclei which form into dense clouds.” http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/science/nature/2333133.stm These German scientists from the from the Max Planck Institute of Nuclear Physics in Heidelberg go on to say that their measurements "have for the first time detected in the upper troposphere large positive ions with mass numbers up to 2500", and "Our observations provide strong evidence for the ion-mediated formation and growth of aerosol particles in the upper troposphere." “What they hadn’t expected to happen though has been the large scale occurrences of this over the past few weeks, to include China on December 2nd and 14th and then India on the 21st, which is due to both China’s and India’s reliance on fossil fuels and the continuing degradation of their air quality. “The effects of these blasts have also been felt throughout the rest of the Northern Hemisphere resulting in such freak occurrences as, hurricane force winds in Paris , Germany, Canada, Russia, England and the United States on an almost simultaneous basis. Accompanying these hurricane force winter winds have been the massive cold fronts following them dropping normal winter lows to record lows throughout the entire Northern Hemisphere. “Though not yet at a point to acknowledge this publicly, some of the world’s top scientists are beginning to see an astrophysical correlation between these cosmic ray blasts to our planet and an ever increasing number of global events relating
to atmospheric explosions of inbound meteors, such as those in Indonesia, where a meteorite was picked up by their Air Forces radar, China, where a meteorite explosion turned ‘night into day’ and Washington D.C. where one police official stated, "It looked like a ball of fire falling out of the sky." The world’s top scientists have begun coordinating with Dr. Eun-Suk Seo from the United States University of Maryland, and her team, in a ‘search’ for answers to the origin of these cosmic ray blasts directed from an unknown origin in space towards the South Pole and disrupting our global weather systems. Under Dr. Eun-Suk Seo her and her international team’s direction NASA launched a stratospheric balloon on December 20th from Antarctica’s McMurdo base and have stated, “The balloon, following circulation of winds high, will sail around the ice continent for about three weeks. During this time, data of great scientific interest will be gathered. These data concern flows of charged particles of highest energy (cosmic rays) coming from Space.” http://www.ipst.umd.edu/Faculty/seo.htm “But as one Russian scientist said to us, and who wished to remain anonymous, “Why this game? We all know what’s happening.” an apparent reference to the fact though these events are well known to both world governments and the scientific establishments they are beyond the understanding of the general public at large. “Whatever the end results these experiments reveal for these scientists, it remains an undisputed fact that this world of ours is facing a type of global cataclysmic event buried in our common geological past, and maybe, as some social scientists report, in our common ancestral memory also.”
http://www.whatdoesitmean.com/index601.htm
Our New Universe presentations, since the mid 1990s has been drawing maximum attention to the significance of the new ultra high order cosmic rays and gamma ray bursts, that actually began in 1994, but then incrememtally ingressed their novelty into condensed waves of increased density and coherent ordered organisation… In this chapter of THE MANU: A Hyperdimensional Artifact At The Genesis Of History, we shall document the hyperdimensional ETI and OTI intelligent nature of these cosmic rays and gamma ray bursts, analysing their geometry and hyperdimensional symmetry, materia and frequencies, in a manner unparalleled to any pubished study to that effect, so far… OVERVIEW OF WORLD RECORDS BEING BROKEN “According to NOAA, the number of tornadoes in 2004 set a record. In September, the U.S. usually has an average of 47 tornadoes, but this year had 247! The year's total number of 1,717 tornado reports in the U.S… The number of tornadoes associated with tropical storms and hurricanes was extraordinary.” 10-Jan-2005
http://www.noaanews.noaa.gov/stories2004/s2359.htm Record Amounts of Snow: Texas
http://thefacts.com/story.lasso?ewcd=d07047f7d0dad029 Record Breaking Cold: Indiana
Record High Temps: Russia http://en.rian.ru/rian/index.cfm?prd_id=160&msg_id=5289058&startrow=1&date=2005-01-08&do_alert=0
Record November Heat, Canada
http://www.dailyheraldtribune.com/Z06_00arecord1203.lasso Record Rain and Snow: Arizona US
http://abclocal.go.com/wjrt/news/123004_AP_r2_western_storms.html Record rain floods California roads http://www.theworldlink.com/articles/2004/12/29/news/news17.txt Record rain in cotton regions
http://www.abc.net.au/rural/news/stories/s1264803.htm Record Rain, Death Toll 21: California
First Snow in History for United Arab Emirates http://www.news.com.au/common/story_page/0,4057,11813241%5e1702,00.html
“SNOW has fallen over the United Arab Emirates for the first time ever… ‘had heavy night-time snowfall for the past two days as a result of temperatures dropping to as low as minus five Celsius’ and stunning the emirate's residents.”
http://www.news.com.au/common/story_page/0,4057,11813241%5e1702,00.html Freeze strands thousands; record lows hit US
http://www.whatdoesitmean.com/index628.htm • Are natural disasters connected? Jan. 11: Whether it's a deluge on the West Coast or the tsunami in Asia, there have been enough flukes of nature to make some wonder: Are these events related? NBC's Kerry Sanders explores. Is something wrong with Mother Earth? NBC News Jan. 11, 2005 It looks like our more than 4 billion-year-old planet is having trouble. Consider the recent evidence:
• The violent Indian Ocean earthquake and the resulting tsunami that left parts of 11 nations devastated.
• November's powerful 6.2 earthquake in Costa Rica that killed eight people.
• Three volcanoes in Guatemala all simultaneously active for the first time in 31 years.
Floods are happening everywhere: from western England — the worst in 40 years — to Estonia, Finland and Ohio. Then there's the so-called “pineapple express” battering the Western United States. California mudslide kills at least four. So, back to those earthquake and volcanoes. What effect have they had on the weather? The earthquake that created the tsunami did cause a shift in the earth’s axis, and the North Pole actually moved one inch to the east, yet U.S. experts say there's no evidence it affected the weather.
http://msnbc.msn.com/id/6814322/
A SMALL SELECTIONS OF FURTHER IMPACT
January 9, BBC: Europe's 'Tsunami' Storm winds lash northern Europe
• At least 14 people have been killed and thousands left without power as hurricane-strength winds lashed parts of northern Europe.
• At least 11 people were reported killed in Sweden and Denmark and more than 400,000 homes left without power.
• In Britain, three people died after floods hit the north of England city of Carlisle affecting thousands of homes.
• Airports, rail networks, bridges and roads were closed and dozens of North Sea ferry routes were cancelled.
• In southern Sweden, two nuclear reactors were temporarily shut down and 405,000 homes in the region were without electricity.
• Thousands of people in Carlisle were moved into temporary accommodation as some 70,000 homes lost power in the flooding.
• Many thousands of households in Denmark and Norway also suffered power cuts.
'Electricity crisis'
• The Baltic states were also badly hit, with flooding in many coastal towns.
• Estonia suffered power cuts, and Latvia's government declared an electricity crisis after 60% of the country's 2.4 million population were left without power.
• In the Russian city of St Petersburg shut six underground stations and closed off embankments to traffic because of the risk of flooding.
• Bridges, ferries and trains in the north German state of Schleswig-Holstein were also shut.
• On Scotland's west coast, a ferry ran aground and the 100 people on board had to remain there overnight.
• At least four motorists were killed in Sweden when trees were blown onto their cars, and three other people died in winds that reached speeds of up to 94 mph (150km/h).
Record storm
• In Denmark, two died when uprooted trees were flung onto their vehicles and a further two were killed due to a dislodged roof.
• In northern England, a man was crushed after a barn collapsed on his caravan and two elderly women died in flooded properties, police said.
• Emergency services described hazardous conditions as they tried to reach people in need of help.
• "We have a very chaotic situation here. Emergency crews that are out on the roads are telling me that trees are falling like bowling pins out
there," emergency crew chief Jonas Petri told Swedish news agency, TT.
• The Tallinn weather station reported 12-metre high waves in the Gulf of Finland.
Weather forecasters in Britain said this was probably one of the worst storms for 16 years. But the storm does appear to be weakening as it heads across Russia. — BBC NEWSm January 9, 2005: http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/2/hi/europe/4158809.stm 50 foot waves expected in Hawaii
http://www.whatdoesitmean.com/index583.htm German Hurricanes following cosmic energy brusts
http://www.terradaily.com/2004/041219151242.h72mzc8r.html At least 500 dead in Philippines storms
http://in.rediff.com/news/2004/dec/01storm.htm A little snow leads to 180-plus wrecks
http://www.indystar.com/articles/5/199066-5515-009.html Arkansas, only the ninth white Christmas in 120 years
http://www.guardian.co.uk/worldlatest/story/0,1280,-4690211,00.html Brutal storms hamper salvage efforts in Aleutians
http://seattlepi.nwsource.com/local/203538_freighter13.html California storm spawns twister: 30 Recorded since 1918
http://www.usatoday.com/weather/stormcenter/2004-12-29-la-torndo_x.htm California: 9 feet of snow
http://www.usatoday.com/weather/stormcenter/2004-12-29-la-torndo_x.htm Caribbean struggling to recover from storms
Catastrophic Storms Hit South Africa http://www.mg.co.za/Content/l3.asp?cg=BreakingNews-National&ao=177118
Chaos after East Rand storms http://www.sundaytimes.co.za/zones/sundaytimesNEW/newsst/newsst1101877656.aspx
Cold snap to hit France after freak storms http://www.expatica.com/source/site_article.asp?subchannel_id=25&story_id=15208&name=Cold+snap+to+hit+France+after+freak+storms
Cold Wave and Fog disrupt life in Northern India http://www.newkerala.com/news-daily/news/features.php?action=fullnews&id=50112
Cyclone Heads For Somalia Coast http://cities.expressindia.com/fullstory.php?newsid=108805
Cyclone Kerry makes presence felt in Australia http://www.abc.net.au/news/newsitems/200501/s1280039.htm
Cyclone raging in Kurile Islands, Tatar Strait http://www.itar-tass.com/eng/level2.html?NewsID=1580997&PageNum=0
Cyclone watch on Christmas Island http://www.news.com.au/common/story_page/0,4057,11578772%5e1702,00.html
Deadly storms leave Philippines reeling
http://www.whatdoesitmean.com/index609.htm Edmonton, winds reached 100 kilometers an hour
http://www.whatdoesitmean.com/index599.htm Extremely High Temperatures In Alaska
Five killed, traffic chaos as storms hit Germany with 105mph winds http://www.terradaily.com/2004/041219151242.h72mzc8r.html
Floods, heavy rain kill 20 people in south of Iran http://www.iranmania.com/News/ArticleView/Default.asp?NewsCode=28185&NewsKind=Current%20Affairs
Floods, Winds devastate South Africa http://www.sabcnews.com/south_africa/general/0,2172,95119,00.html
Fog Blankets South Florida http://www.palmbeachpost.com/localnews/content/local_news/epaper/2004/12/25/m1b_weather_1225.html
Freak Storm Hits South Africa http://www.dispatch.co.za/2004/12/04/SouthAfrica/airport.html
Giant Storm Spans Sea of Japan, dumps 3 feet of snow: Russia http://washingtontimes.com/upi-breaking/20041223-072706-6003r.htm
Gusts near 100 mph lash Front Range http://www.whatdoesitmean.com/index598.htm
Heavy Rains in West Begin Chasing Its Drought http://www.nytimes.com/2005/01/08/national/08water.html?ei=5006&en=a52dd441d88a1a0e&ex=1105765200&partner=ALTAVISTA1&pagewanted=print&position=
Heavy snow storm paralyzes traffic in North Korean capital http://www.itar-tass.com/eng/level2.html?NewsID=1536643&PageNum=0
High winds sweep country: Scotland http://iclanarkshire.icnetwork.co.uk/news/scotland/headlines/tm_objectid=15007120&method=full&siteid=50144&headline=high-winds-sweep-country-name_page.html
Hurricane Strength Winds Devastates Paris, Death toll in French storms hits four http://www.whatdoesitmean.com/index589.htm
Typhoon Nanmadol, 27th tropical cyclone of year, nears Taiwan http://www.chinapost.com.tw/i_latestdetail.asp?id=24646 Volcanic lightning, very, very frightening
http://education.guardian.co.uk/higher/research/story/0,9865,1369252,00.html STORMS Wild storms lash Sydney
http://www.abc.net.au/news/newsitems/200412/s1268593.htm Winter storm leaves behind damage worth EUR millions in Finland
http://www.helsinginsanomat.fi/english/article/1101978232414 Violent storms, heavy rain South Africa http://iafrica.com/news/sa/138778.htm OVER 500 EARTHQUAKES IN JANUARY 2005 Numerous Switzerland, India, Turkey, Fiji islands, Alaska, Iran, Italy, Phillipines, Aleutian islands, Bulgaria, New Ireland, Nicobar islands, Japan, Pyrenees in France, Tanzania, Caroline Islands, North Atlantic Ocean, Romania, Australia, Antarktica, amidst others.
NEW UNIVERSE TSUNAMI The Tsunami of December 2004 appears to be just one of the many manifestations of the New Universe that is appearing in the major phenomena of
all the planets in our solar system… It is bespekled with phenomenon that make the Tsunami quite strickingm including:
• Observations of UFOs in the period preceeding the cataclism. • Meteor observations, • Sightings of bright flashes in the sky • Anomolous signatures in the Earths field, as registered by the Extremely
Low Frequency Radar Group, • Sky boom explosion in the sky
Strange Lights, Explosions: Now It's the US 05-Jan-2005 In the beginning of December, in concert with the cosmic particle pulses, there were many reports of unusual lights and explosions over Indonesia, with appearances of the phenomenon over China and Australia. And on January 5th, this phenomonon was reported all over Wisconsin In the case of Indonesia, China and Australia, the phenomenon in all three cases was stuck to the label of of meteors, yet of the respctive countries were followed by earthquakes. At the end of December some 47 quakes struck China in concordance with Sumatra 'great quake' of the tsunami, which was itself preceeded by an earthquake between Tasmania and Antarctica some four days before Then in the beginning of January numerous reports of bright flashes and explosions were received by the police of north central Wisconsin police, and FAA officials in Minneapolis-St. Paul attributed the events to probable meteors. After one of the flashes and explosions, residents observed a persistent glow in the woods, but nothing was found.
UFO sightings occurred for many weeks before the Tsunami, throughout the far east:
Mass UFO spotted in Gansu Province (Xinhua) Updated: 2004-12-14 17:22 Hundreds of people in northwest China's Gansu Province witnessed an unidentified flying object (UFO) Saturday night, and local police are searching for what may have dropped in the area. Witnesses in Gansu's capital Lanzhou said that a strange shining object swept through the sky at about 11:36 p.m. Saturday, following by earthshaking sounds like bombing. They also reported that an ensuing tremble was felt within 100 sq km from Lanzhou. One of them, a driver surnamed Zhang, said that he saw a shining ball with a three-meter-long trail flying from west to east and heard two thunders right after, when he was driving from Lanzhou city to neighboring Yongdeng county.
The local public security department confirmed that they have received more than 700 reports on the case, some saying it was an earthquake, and others saying it was an aerolite falling. The department has sent policemen to search for possible fallen objects but found nothing so far. Liu Yanan, astronomy professor at the Northwest Normal University, said that it might be a meteoroid entering the earth's atmosphere. http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/english/doc/2004-12/14/content_400107.htm
UFOs are becoming overt politics and part of defense stratergy [MUCH IMPORTANT MATERIAL FOLLOWS THESE UFO REPORTS. SKIP OVER SOME, SHOULD THIS THEM BE OF LITTLE INTEREST]:
Russia and Iran join efforts to struggle against invasion of UFOs
01/12/2005 If a UFO appears in the sky above Iran, anti-
aircraft systems will most likely down it Unidentified flying objects continue terrorizing the Eastern hemisphere of planet Earth. No one knows what to do with them, although it is obvious that something has to be done with the problem. Russia and Iran agreed to join efforts to study the mysterious phenomenon. The news may seem to be ridiculous at first sight, but it is actually a rather serious matter: UFOs pose a big threat to Iran in connection with its growing nuclear potential. The UFO mania has gripped Iran. The Air Force command of Teheran has recently been given an order to down any unknown or suspicious object seen in the air space of Iran. If a UFO appears in the sky above Iran, anti-aircraft systems will most likely down it. Iranian mass media, meanwhile, are distributing more and more information about extraterrestrial threats to the nation's nuclear objects. The flights of unknown objects in the air space of the country have become much more frequent lately, the Resalat Daily wrote. According to the newspaper, unusual luminous objects were spotted above Busher and Natanza, where nuclear facilities are located. One of the objects exploded in the sky, eyewitnesses said. The Iranian defense department is trying to pacify the anxious population. "We have developed plans to protect nuclear objects from any danger. The Iranian Air Force is on alert and ready to fulfill the duty," General Qarim Gavani stated.
The interest in UFOs started growing very fast in Iran more than a year ago. News agencies reported dozens of incidents, when people could see strange objects flying above their heads. The state television of Iran aired the footage of a shimmering white disk above Teheran. People ran out of their houses in eight cities to see the bright extraterrestrial light in the clouds. IRNA reported about multicolored objects with green, red, blue and violet rays seen above the towns of Tabriz and Ardebil and above Golestan Province in the area of the Caspian Sea. Russia promised to help Iran in the struggle with UFOs. Russia put an end to the anomalous problem in the beginning of the 1990s, when the entire population of the Soviet Union was panicking over strange flying objects. Both Russian and Iranian officials emphasize the fact of expanding the bilateral cooperation, particularly in the field of space exploration and the development of satellites. In addition to UFO-related contracts Russia and Iran are working on the details of the agreement to launch the Zohreh satellite. http://english.pravda.ru/science/19/94/378/14810_ufo.html
China and India both know about underground UFO base in the Himalayan border area deep into
the tectonic plates Staff Reporter
January 09, 2005 Kongka La is the low ridge pass in the Himalayas (the blue oval in the map). It is in the disputed India-China border area in Ladakh. In the map the red zone is the disputed area still under Chinese control in the Aksai Chin area. The Chinese held northeastern part is known as Aksai Chin and Indian South West is known as Ladakh. This is the area where Indian and Chinese armies fought major war in 1962. The area is one of the least accessed area in the world and by agreement the two countries do not patrol this part of the border. According to many tourists, Buddhist monks and the local people of Ladakh, the Indian Army and the Chinese Military maintain the line of control. But there is something much more serious happening in this area. According to the few local people on the Indian and Chinese sides, this is where the UFOs are seen coming out of the ground, According to many, the UFO underground bases are in this region and both the Indian and Chinese Government know this very well..
Recently, some Hindu pilgrims on their way to Mount Kailash from the Western pass, came across strange lights in the sky. The local guides while in the Chinese territory told them that this was nothing new and is a normal phenomenon from Kongka Pass area - the tensed border region between India and China. This strange lighted triangular silent crafts show up from underground and moves almost vertically up. Some of the
adventurous pilgrims wanted to look into the site. They were first turned back by the Chinese guard posts as they were refused entry from the Chinese side. When they tried to approach the site from Indian side, the Indian border patrol also turned them down in spite of their permit to travel between the two countries. The pilgrims at that stage started quizzing the Indian border security personnel. The security personnel told them that they are ordered not to allow any one near the area of interest and it is true that strange objects come out from under the ground with amplified and modulated lights. India’s Special Operations Forces and the intelligence agencies are in charge of that area. The locals start laughing in that area when they are asked about these UFO sightings. They get surprised why the Governments are so eager to hide these obvious facts. According to them the extra-terrestrial presence is well known and is in deep into the ground. They believe neither the Indian or Chinese Governments do not want to expose the fact for some reason. When they bring up this matter to local Governments, they are told to keep quiet and forget the same. This is the region where the Euresian plate and the Indian plate have created convergent plate boundaries. Convergent plate boundaries are formed where one plate dives under another. Consequently, this is one of the very few areas in the world where the depth of the earth's crust twice as thick as in other places. The opposite is found in hot spots like Yellow Stone National Park in America where the earth’s crust in thin.
The double thick earth-crust allows the creation of underground bases very deep into the tectonic plates.
Kongka La has beautiful rocks and granites. For some strange reasons neither the Chinese nor the Indian authorities ever excavate, dig or mine in this area. The area is pristine and untouched. Recently, both India and China have moved forward to solve all border disputes and start the Sino-Indian relations all over again. The Aksai Chin area is still disputed. But interesting while negotiations both the Governments are indifferent on this area. India and China as shown in the accompanying maps have huge border areas along the Himalayas and they are negotiating on all these regions. Though India claims that Aksai Chin is part of India, the common belief in the Government is that it is not a show stopper. On the other hand, Chinese after winning Aksai Chin from India in 1962 war, built a strategic military highway. Now they are using an alternate highway not to bother with the area in Kongka La. Recently in the local school, young children of the area entered into a drawing contest. More than half of the drawings had to do with strange objects in the sky and some coming out of the mountains. Many of them even know what and when to look for.
Many UFO researchers believe that there are hidden UFO bases under the ocean and deep under the ground. Kongka La is experiencing some strange phenomenon and suspicious objects coming out of the inaccessible huge mountains (Himalayas) and both the Governments refuse to come out and say what these are.
The other alternative is that it is an underground strategic Air Force base of some one. Then why will either country allow the base on the official no man’s land in the highly sensitive disputed border area? Why is this region continuously reporting UFO sightings from various kinds of people?
By: AFP Beijing: An unidentified flying object, or UFO, passed across the large northwestern Chinese city of Lanzhou and apparently exploded in the suburbs, state media said today. The unusual sighting of two bright trails of light, reported by several witnesses, took place Saturday shortly before midnight, the China Times reported. Police, working on the theory that it was a meteorite, went to investigate the matter, but as of today they had found no evidence of what caused the nightly phenomenon, an officer said. A taxi driver told the paper he was in his car when everything suddenly became "as bright as day." When he pulled over, he saw a fireball with a tail of about three meters darting across the sky, he said. China has been hit by several waves of UFO sighting in recent years, and the country has a research association devoted to the study of possible extraterrestrial visits. http://ww1.mid-day.com/news/world/2004/december/99305.htm
Many Governments knew but did nothing to evacuate coastal areas – global conspiracy,
UFO threats or concerted failure? Sudhir Chadda, Special Correspondent
January 03, 2005 Recent alien contacts have been reported with the South Asian Governments especially India. UFO sightings have been rampant over the region affected. Some in Nicobar Island say that it was an experiment conducted by the alien extra-terrestrial entities to correct the wobbly
rotation of the earth. And some of the Indian scientists are actually seeing that wobbly rotation of the earth has been corrected since the massive underwater earthquake and Tsunami. In Indian capital of New Delhi, faxes were being sent to wrong fax numbers so that nothing much is done even though the Government clearly knew about the coming Tsunami. People have started asking the question – was this utter failure or global conspiracy to accommodate some entity or interest or was this for the good of the earth? If this was an utter failure, how do you justify that all six Governments failed separately in their own domain one by one. According to some extraterrestrial UFO observers, the UFO sightings before the earthquake and Tsunami were very unusual in that part of the world. They claim the world’s Governments were told not to act for some reason. The most amazing thing is that United States Geological Survey and Ocean Monitoring agencies came to know about the Tsunami and earthquake but decided not to do anything. Well it seems the whole world decided to fail to do anything together at the same time. Are we missing something? Can it be that all the Government Agencies knew what was happening but were told not to do anything? Who told them? Or is this just a tragic coincidence?
In Thailand some in the Government said, they decided not to act because that will just scare people. Really? Are we not supposed to get scared of scary things?
http://www.indiadaily.com/editorial/01-03d_1-05.asp India -- News Of Alien Presence Startles HIMALAYAS -- India was startled by four reports last week, which appeared to confirm the rumors of a large underground base staffed by extraterrestrials in the Ladakh region of the Himalayas. In New Delhi, India's capital, a senior officer of the Indian Army told freelance journalist Subha Jain that aliens were indeed in the Himalayas. In Bangalore, a recently-retired officer of the Indian Air Force described the underground base to his youngest son's elementary school class and said aliens had met with high-ranking officials of India's government. In Leh, a city in the Ladakh region, a local official confirmed that the Indian Army had moved armored brigades into the area and was limiting access to civilian residents and tourists. In Joshimath, another Ladakh town, workers at an auto repair shop claim they witnessed a strange broadcast on their TV set. "According to Subha Jain, a very senior military official claimed the extraterrestrials have been visiting India and the rest of the world for thousands of years." "In recent years, most of the super-powers have been visited. India is no exception." "'They always make contact through the ground radar stations run by the military, she says." "The Himalayas and Ladakh are where they have made
their most recent contact. They want to let Indians know the rules and regulations of the multidimensional universe." "India is planning an unmanned moon and later an advanced unmanned Mars expedition. India's Space Research Organisation (SRO) has been given the galactic do's and don'ts." "Last week, a flight commodore of the Indian Air Force (IAF), who recently retired, was asked to provide a little talk to his youngest son's class at a school in Bangalore." "Guess what he picked as a topic? Yes, you got it right. It was the advanced landing base for UFOs in Ladakh." "He started by saying new technology is evolving, and new advancements are being made in aerospace. The students started questioning him on these new technologies and where this technology came from. At that moment, he began giving a vivid description of the landing base." "Surrounded by two of the world's highest mountain ranges, the Himalayas and the Karakorams. Residents live at altitudes ranging from 2,750 meters (9,000 feet) at Kargil to 7,672 meters (25,170 feet) at Saser Kangri in the Karakorams. In summer, temperatures rarely exceed 27 degrees Celsius, while in winter they plummet to minus 20 degrees Celsius, even in Leh." "In Leh, Ladakh according to Tsering Spalzang, a senior official, paranormal activities are happening with regard to the buildup of the Indian Army" in the region. "These are zones that the Indian Army and Indian Air Force block for security reasons. The Ladakh valley has been heavily secured by the Indian government. It is a 'sensitive area' and no one is allowed to enter from either the Indian side or the Chinese side." "According to some in New Delhi, UFOs have made contact with high-ranking officials of the Indian government. The government was initially baffled, not knowing how to react. Later, things became quiet, and it seems that everyone understands that the extraterrestrials are friendly." Krishnari Bai Dharapurnanda, UFO Roundup correspondent in India, reported, "I am trying to learn more about a strange incident that occurred in Joshimath. A family was working on an automobile engine at their repair shop. They had a small, battery-powered Chinese black-and-white television set and it gave out a weird squealing noise. When they looked, they saw on screen a crystal clear picture--in color!" "The screen showed a young Chinese woman wearing a white halter top. She had long, glossy black hair, parted in the middle and with a shelf of bangs just touching her eyebrows. She had almond eyes and prominent cheekbones. And spoke in a strange language, then another, a third, and a fourth language recognized as Uighur." "Next a Pathan man from northern Pakistan appeared who had a rather fleshy face and a small moustache. He was dressed very strangely in a kind of scale-mail armor and a spiked helmet covered with a puggaree (turban). He, too, spoke in an unknown language. Then, he paused and spoke again in
Urdu, which everyone in the shop understood." "He said he and the Chinese woman were emissaries of the extraterrestrials. He said the aliens mean no harm and have placed the Ladakh valley under their protection. He advised the people to go about with their lives and rest assured that they would not be troubled in any way by the UFOs. The color image then vanished, replaced by a screen full of crackling static."
"Our ufologists believe the woman addressed her message to people living north of the Himalayas, in China, while the Pathan was addressing the mountain people here in India and in Pakistan. We have only heard of this one incident. If the aliens building this base wanted to communicate with the people of Ladakh, why didn't they themselves appear on the TV? Why would they use two humans as their emissaries?" (See the newspaper India Daily for December 19, 2004, "ET contacts with India's government and military." Many thanks to John Winston, Robert Fischer and Krishnari Bai Dharapurnanda for these reports.
The earthquake was so powerful it even disturbed the Earth's rotation according to Enzo Boschi, the head of Italy's National Geophysics Institute. The health problems left by devastation and lack of drinking water will likely create more deaths. Note: "I have noticed that the UFOs take interest in Earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and other natural disasters. There has been heavy UFO activity over India in recent months where 2,500 were reported dead and 8,000 missing. Last week, I received UFO reports from the Philippines, China, Tibet all indicating UFO activity. The UFOs seem to know when disasters are likely to occur and move into position for observation and possibly other operations. Our satellites often pick up uncorrelated targets not in the computer data base indicating UFOs operating in space. We can assume the watchers advanced technology understands the intricacies of the world around us. By keeping an eye on their activities we are able to predict future events. Indeed we predicted that there was a likelihood of trouble in the Ring of Fire. Your support into UFO Research could save lives. END MEDIA UFO QUOTES.. MANY MORE CITED AT THE END OF THE FULL PDF VERSION OF THIS REPORT…
The galactic ETI Gamma Internet, which we have reported for 11 years, initially compossed of the geometry of 24 iso-tetrahedrons (like Vortexijah stacked hypercubes) — has undergone period complexifications in 1998 and 2001… But now some completely extraordinary is taking place in its fully penetrating presence amidst us. Before the Virgin Cosmic Rays of this December 2004, scientists could still publically play with the cosmic ray mystery in the following manner (now there is no room for such burrying of the heads in the sand), this from 2003: “Some mysterious source from beyond the galaxy periodically zaps Earth with high-energy cosmic rays from all directions. So far, the two leading experiments
devoted to the detection and understanding of these rays have yielded contradictory results. “Right now theorists are having a lot of fun because we have two possible outcomes, and maybe a third one, that both experiments are incorrect and there's a third explanation,” said Angela Olinto, Associate Professor in Astronomy & Astrophysics at the University of Chicago. “For years it seemed that cosmic rays emanated from all over the sky, but that is no indication of where they originally came from. That is because the rays are electrically charged and magnetic fields deflect their paths as they travel through the universe. But at the very highest energies, the rays will travel a direct line from their source to Earth, enabling scientists to pinpoint their origin. “AGASA has begun to see a hint of clusters of particles coming from the same region. AGASA also sees cosmic rays at unexpectedly high energies. “That is really exciting, because if AGASA is really finding particles above the energy where we thought they wouldn't be, then there's a whole new class of cosmic particle accelerators that nobody has predicted,” Olinto said. “Some scientists have proposed that the high-energy cosmic rays are produced by jets of matter emitted by supermassive black holes or by gamma-ray bursts, which are the most powerful explosions in the universe. Another possibility is topological defects [in the fabric of space-time of the universe], stresses and strains comparable to faults and folds in the Earth's crust that periodically release tremendous energies. http://www-news.uchicago.edu/releases/03/030216.rays.shtml Now this January several new discoveries are emerging in light of the New Universe pulses, the laser cosmic ray beams are being found to being beamed from the constellation of the 7 Rsi, the constellation the Rg Veda marks for our time and the Twilight of Ages. Furthermore, the 7 Rsi are now aligning to complete the 4th arm of their Swastika in one precession (this 45° shift occurs every 6,480 years): “A celestial "spring" of mysterious particles that slam into Earth from all directions may have been discovered by a US physicist. The underlying source of the ultra-high-energy cosmic rays (UHECRs) remains one of the greatest puzzles in physics. They appear to be mostly protons and atomic nuclei. Magnetic fields - with an unknown source - accelerate the particles to almost the speed of light. This makes UHECRs so energetic that some astronomers doubt that even the most extreme cosmic events, such as the explosive birth of a black hole, could account for their power. Cosmic rays with higher energies are deflected less than those at lower energies, allowing the higher energy particles to travel in relatively straight lines. Glennys Farrar, a physicist at New York University, has used a new analysis technique to identify five UHECRs appearing to originate from the same patch of sky. That quintet has just a one in 10,000 chance of being a fluke, Farrar says. The particles were among 97 UHECRs observed with two experiments. A telescope in Utah, US, called HiRes, caught sight of the streaks of light produced by 40 such cosmic rays as they blazed into the sky. And an array of ground
detectors in Japan, called AGASA, measured the secondary particles from 57 UHECRs. The five cosmic rays came from a patch of sky about as large as a full Moon seen from Earth and from the direction of Ursa Major - also known as the Big Dipper or the Great Bear. It also suggests the five UHECRs remained relatively close to each other in space.
—Celestial 'spring' pours out cosmic rays, Maggie McKee, January 2005 http://www.newscientist.com/article.ns?id=dn6877 http://www.newscientist.com/article.ns?id=mg18224465.500
Consider the data in support for the gamma ray bursts and cosmic rays as a kind of ETI and hyperdimensional OTI, and then the following BBC article outlining the new research discoveries of scientists that state these particles are now changing our environment, making new clouds (think of the massive fogs of China and India, breaking the records), and producing hot and cold cycles (the light of the arctic)… That use the sun as a lense, the CETI “gamma ray burst galactic internet” of Dr. Frank D. Smith… Think about the direct impact such “cosmic” signals, are having on the very foundations of our lives: “German scientists have found a significant piece of evidence linking cosmic rays to climate change. “They have detected charged particle clusters in the lower atmosphere that were probably caused by the space radiation. “They say the clusters can lead to the condensed nuclei which form into dense clouds. “Clouds play a major, but as yet not fully understood, role in the dynamics of the climate, with some types acting to cool the planet and others warming it up. “The amount of cosmic rays reaching Earth is largely controlled by the Sun, and many solar scientists believe the star's indirect influence on Earth's global climate has been underestimated. “Some think a significant part of the global warming recorded in 20th Century may in fact have its origin in changes in solar activity - not just in the increase in fossil-fuel-produced greenhouse gases. First evidence found: The German team, from the Max Planck Institute of Nuclear Physics in Heidelberg, used a large ion mass spectrometer mounted on an aircraft. They say their measurements "have for the first time detected in the upper troposphere large positive ions with mass numbers up to 2500". They conclude: "Our observations provide strong evidence for the ion-mediated formation and growth of aerosol particles in the upper troposphere." The scientists report their findings in Geophysical Research Letters, a journal of the American Geophysical Union. They support the theory that cosmic rays can influence climate change and affect cloud albedo - the ability of clouds to reflect light. The importance of clouds in the climate system is described by the Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research. It says: "Clouds strongly influence the passage of radiation through the Earth's atmosphere.
"They reflect some incoming short-wave solar radiation back into space and absorb some outgoing long-wave terrestrial radiation: producing cooling and warming effects, respectively." And UEA's Climatic Research Unit spells out the complexity of clouds' role in climate change. It says: "The cloud feedback may be large, yet not even its sign is known. "Low clouds tend to cool, high clouds tend to warm. High clouds tend to have lower albedo and reflect less sunlight back to space than low clouds. "Clouds are generally good absorbers of infrared, but high clouds have colder tops than low clouds, so they emit less infrared spacewards. "Depending on whether and how cloud cover changes, the cloud feedback could almost halve or almost double the warming." Many scientists agree that the Earth's surface appears to be warming, while low atmosphere temperatures remain unchanged. Missing link Research published last August suggested the rays might cause changes in cloud cover which could explain the temperature conundrum. The discrepancy in temperatures has led some scientists to argue that the case for human-induced climate change is weak, because our influence should presumably show a uniform temperature rise from the surface up through the atmosphere. Although researchers have proposed that changes in cloud cover could help to explain the discrepancy, none had been able to account for the varying heat profiles. But the study suggested that cosmic rays, tiny charged particles which bombard all planets with varying frequency depending on solar wind intensity, could be the missing link. cosmic rays can "seed" clouds. Some satellite data have shown a close match between the amount of cloud over Earth and the changing flux in cosmic rays reaching the planet.” —BBC: Cosmic rays 'linked to clouds' By Alex Kirby: http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/science/nature/2333133.stm PLASMA ARC FLOW HADRONS AS THE GALACTIC PULSES Some government scientists are beginning to speak ever more in unison about the possibility of an ETI being behind these mystery signals” How these “surges” may be affecting measuring instruments is indicated within this research paper, providing a marginal overview of some of the problems, surprisingly in the public domain: "EAS array is continuously registering events of energies above 1015 eV (electron volts). Studies of signals detected 500-800 microseconds after the main EAS front are now concentrated on the hypothesis that such delayed signals come from the great number of neutrons produced in the lead block in collisions with EAS hadrons."
http://www.ipj.gov.pl/common/annual2002/p7/default.htm The mention of hadronic subatomic particles is interesting in light of the hadron physics of Santilli, and the possibility of a form of galactic Plasma Arc Flow, being involved. One researcher remarking to this “that cycles for these events
aren´t measurable anymore and are looking more and more like we´re actually being ´targeted´ by someone/something.” Is something with intention pulsing: "The modulation of cosmic rays in the heliosphere over complete 11 and 22 year cycles is a dynamic and highly time-dependent process. “Steady-state models are applicable for only a short period before and after each solar minimum modulation. The focus of studies in cosmic-ray transport has shifted to temporally and spatially transient phenomena, that seem to dominate and obscure the underlying steady-state configuration of the heliospheric magnetic field during solar maximum activity periods." http://www.puk.ac.za/physics/Physics%20Web/Research/ModT/ModTWebpages/Time.html THE LOKA 7 DENSITY BANDLET SHEATHS The density bandlets surrounding our solar system body, as indicated in the Veda’s has been observed by astrophysicists. Our sun is passing through an ovoid cloudlet that has been approximated to measure 20 by 25 light years in size, situated within a larger cloud ovoid, some 40 by 65 light years in size (“The Size and Extent of the Interstellar Gas Cloud Surrounding The Sun, J. Linsky, N. Piskunov, and B. Wood, June 10, 1996 Press release.) Dr’s Auman, Hauser, and Low, have published there evidence including from the NASA’s IRAS sky maps, that reveals our solar system to be surrounded by bands of “infra-red cirrus”, which is generally thought to be infra-red emitting dust. (Dr. H. H. Auman, “Spectral Class Distribution Of Circumstellar Material In Main-sequence Stars.” Astronomical Journal 96, 1988, pp 1415-L18; Dr. M. G. Hauser, “IRAS Observations Of The Diffuse Infrared Background,” Astrophysical Journal 278 (1984), pp L15-L18; Dr. F. J. Low, “Infrared Cirrus: New Observations Of The Extended Infrared Mission” Astrophysical Journal 278, 1984, pp L19-L22.) Numerous infrared observations that were made using ground based telescopes, revealed that our solar system, as well as other surrounding sun systems, are enveloped by what appears to be a thick dust-like sheath, with a density that is 500 times greater to what had previously been modelled or supposed. (“Cold Cloud May Contain Unseen Solar Dust,” Science News 134, 1988 pp 246 “The Size and Extent of the Interstellar Gas Cloud Surrounding The Sun, J. Linsky, N. Piskunov, and B. Wood, June 10, 1996 Press release.) Several clouds of “gas” have been detected near to our solar system, one of which has its densest portion with the size of some 80 by 50 by 20 light years, some 25 light years from us, its central locus is located on the side of the solar system that faces the North Polar Spur and galactic center. Other observations of late have demonstrated that the solar system itself is emersed in a cloud-like density band of interstellar “gas” some 0.1 light years from the solar system edge. The Ulysses spacecraft’s observations of interstellar dust particles entering the solar system, may in part be associated to this density band that is surrounding our system, and itself is surrounded by a larger cloud or band that has been speculated to be part of the North Polar Spur, as possible supernova debres.
Several astrophysical studies have indicated that our solar system will be leaving this desnity bandlet and entering into the next desnity bandlet within this larger density cloud or sheath, in several thousand years from now. And this larger cloud or sheath of multiple density bandlets, whose edge has been observed to be around 4 light years away from our system, will itself only be left by our solar system within 100,000 years (Dr. Paul La Violet, Earth Under Fire, 1998, pp 138). Thus it appears that we have gone into the second to last density bandlets of this larger veiling sheath, which we may have been saturated within for the last 800,000 years, possibly complying to the similar span of ice-age cycles according to ice readings. (“Cold Cloud May Contain Unseen Solar Dust,” Science News 134, 1988 pp 246 “The Size and Extent of the Interstellar Gas Cloud Surrounding The Sun, J. Linsky, N. Piskunov, and B. Wood, June 10, 1996 Press release). The North Polar Spur’s multi density-bandlet, is very likely to be one of the contributers of the multi-billion frozen dust-like masses with the solar system’s Kuiper Belt, first seen with the Mauna Kea observatory telescope and then confirmed by the Hubble Space Telescope, spanning from beyond Neptune to numerous billion miles outwards in the solar system back yard., (“Synthesis Maps of Ultraviolet Observations Of Neutral Interstellar Gas,” P.C. Frisch and D. G. York, Astrophysical Journal 271, 1983, pp L59-L63. “The Neaarby Interstellar Medium,” P.C. Frisch, Nature 293, 1981, pp 377-379.) Comets are coming in from the direction that the Sun and solar system are moving towards, passing through the medium of this multi-band-like density field. The Suns own motion relative to this field is responsible for the cause of the occasional entry of comets into our solar system along hyperbolic trajectories — indicating our solar systems passing through the North Polar Spur. PLATO ATLANTIS LOKAS AND GALACTIC CENTER Platos Critias describes Atlantis in terms of the subatomic primordial particles by which the physical creation, Bhumiloka, of the Brahmanuda, or universe, was created… It then appears to describe Atlantis’s central volcano island, as the galactic center, which explodes and exhumes the gods… The Pillars or Hercules are the galactic arms that extrude out from either side of the galactic centre. Plato’s description for the 7 Pleiadian Atlantis islands is taken expressely from the Vedic satapata brahmana, since the proportions alocated to each of the concentric circles of the 7 Atlas isles and their 7 respective oceans, are precisely those of the satapatha brahmana… Atlantis is the universe, with its 7 Loka islands, and especially the Bhumi-loka with its 7 islands, or dvipas, and varsas. SUN ENTRY INTO LOKA WORLD OF GREATER DIMENSIONAL DENSITY NEW UNIVERSE LOCALISATIONS Our solar system has absolutely been enering a new dimensional density of mystery materia. It appears to be utterly transforming our dimensional matter in a fundamental manner… Transforming every law of nature, in ways that can appear to be both positive and negative.
The Vedas predict this translation, of our solar system local bandwidth holography of life, into the next Loka bandwidth of dimensional density, now appearing, manifesting the hitherto invisible components of this Loka of other planet, of our planet, of ourselves and bodies, and of the surrounding dimensions of space, where another class of the manu human race also is becoming apparent to us… The emitted cosmic rays escape from the core virtually unimpeded. As they travel radially outward through the Galaxy, they form a spherical shell that advances at a velocity approaching the speed of light. In 1985, astronomers discovered that Cygnus X-3, an energetic celestial source of cosmic rays, which is about the same distance from Earth as the Galactic Center (25,000 light years), is showering Earth with particles, traveling at close to the speed of light, moving in essentially straight paths. Later, scientists found the Earth is impacted, at sporadic intervals, with cosmic rays emitted from the X-ray pulsar Hercules X-1 (about 12,000 light years distant). Emmanuel related the desnity shift of the dimensional shift of the New Universe shift in this manner: EMMANUEL ON DENSITY SHIFT Q; What happens to man and life on earth after the year 2000? E: There are still a number of choices until that year. But there is a definite cycle that has been occurring throughout the creation of this solar system, that does have an effect upon this system, after the year 2000, as you perceive it, depending on your choice, which thus synchronises you to the possibility mode which manifests into reality, when it manifests as the now. The third density is no longer totally third density and has become appropriately fourth density to some degree of both polarities. Much of the majority of humanity is still in between polarity choices of the electrical spectrum of the universe. “It is when the total synchronisation of energy is poured into this solar system, that activates the polarity choice, within the physical manifestation, neurological and electromagnetic fields of each individual. Therefore each individual within their mind and their own inner choices, even if they have not fully chosen, within their own inclination, will be intensified in that polarity choice… Within that there may be possibilities that have been geared up. Those on the surface who choose and polarise into positive polarity, have the potential, if in resonance with the Unified Field, the Universal Christhood, through love, to awaken their pysical cellular mass, defrosted timeframes, to alter it, like into a fourth density and perhaps fifth density. There will be some individuals, through the intensification of the energy that is bombarded who will go straight to the Unified Field. as their physical body and their electric magnetic field is uplifted, is transformed, as a greater electrical surge is flowing through the entire nervous system and the neurological system activates the consciousness to be in the entire body, so that the entire body becomes a brain. It will be of both. The year 2011 has been perceived as one of those gateways. , but it depends upon the choices which we have spoken about, which are brought into manifestation, collectively, by humanity. A gateway of transformation, a synchronisation to an electromagnetic phenomena of cycles that your solar system spins and works
towards, so that it is moving and has been moving into an electromagnetic synchonicity and field that intensifies the energy or electrical flow of this planet. Therefore, there will be many changes after the year 2000, depending upon the choices of the possible futures, which are brought about by the balance of the choice of humanity. You choose different future perspectives. 2011, 2013 is the state of consciousness, not necessarily the year, the state of consciousness when the total dimensional gateway is opened to the possibility of resonating self to Universal Christ… That which is life changes… Within one or two of the possibilities of the future, there are great changes that may occur to this planet. Changes that may appear very sad unto the human races, but is part of the cycle. Those who feel they are not able to yet fully resonate towards a fourth or fifth density structure, but yet operate within their choice of polarity, may experience an evacuation. So that their electromagnetic frequency may be aligned unto the resonance of a higher dimensional craft that helps them to accelerate to a fourth fifth density frequency… [also details on more shady scenarios] many of the Interdimensional crafts will help those of the other polarities, many will be genetically altered to a higher frequency, through their contact with its energy. Many will go crazy by touching the energy. It is for this reason that you have been asked to resonate to the Unified Field, or God, so that when you do come in contact with the energy field of both physical third/fourth density crafts, as well as Interdimensional crafts, you are physically and electromagnetically able to hold that frequency without blowing out, or going crazy, that you are adequately aligned to your Sun Self, so that you are transformed in the way of continuing that vibration… This is already occurring now within your plane. there are individuals who are coming in contact with these council crafts,where their physical vibration is being transformed into a frequency of light, of energy. you will feel it within your own frequency when the time comes. Within the craft you’ll feel it as you are aligning your heart to the Creator or Unified Field. You will feel an intensification of lifeforce, intensification of the electricmagnetic field, you’’ll feel more alive, more luminous, as you enter, and come in contact with those crafts. Know them by their fruits. .. We have suggested that this solar system is moving into a transition that no longer will see a third density as you know it upon this planet. In that sense that which is taking place with third dimensional pollution is for the last time bringing Earth into a fourth density, the original place intended for this planet, for universal mankind to explore. Therefore, in many millions of years there may be, if there is still that possibility of choice, certain colonies of extraterrestrials that may come upon this planet. For that of the Man race as it is now will perceive to transform this planet into a new waveform. Within the third dimensional timemass of this planet, of this solar system, galaxy and universe, it perhaps will appear to take many millions of years for this solar system to synchronize into the timelessness by unifying and aligning its resonance to the Unified Field of all.
However if you go in to fourth density, or above, time changes, and it may be perceived to be within a number of years, a number of hours. The understanding of years, hours, or seconds is not really appropriate within the higher densities of the fourth density and certainly within the fifth density, so that indeed you will experience the unification of the solar system in a very short period, even if it takes millions of years or billions of years within the time as you know it now. For that time is changing. The time of planet earth is being accelerated, transformed, through the consciousness inflow and the individuals who are resonating through love to the Unified Field. See, the Unified Field is love and love is timeless for it is unified in all polarities. It is for this reason that you are experiencing such intensification of energy, into diferent polarities. That which is time is dissolving. You will see, as one chooses perhaps to move into a fourth density, this solar system turning into light, transforming into the form of your own consciousness, so that the form of your own consciousness becomes the solar system, is aligned to the frequency of the sun, so that all planets become the sun, they become one, they become defrosted for the time frames are defrosted. The future of life on earth will greatly be changed, it will never be as it is now, that is for somewhere else, and that already exists, and much of the earth’s third dimensional patterns, elements and lifeforms have already been transported to these other worlds. They already exist in different densities, in different parallel universes, in which you get the equivalents of third density. This goes on for infinitum in this universe. But ultimately a vast place is being prepared within a totally new universe, we have termed it the thirteenth universe which we have explored. The third density aspects on earth are changing and will cease to exist as you know them within the next two thousand years in totality. There will be a great hunger within the humanity of the world for understanding of the awakening dream…. —Unit Emmanuel, Aton-Ra 5: The Universal Harvest, November 1990, Copenhagen, Denmark NEW UNIVERSE RESEARCHED AND PUBLISHED BY SOVIET SCIENTISTS IN 1997 Here we quote extensively from one of the soviet scientists: “Current PlanetoPhysical alterations of the Earth are becoming irreversible. Strong evidence exists that these transformations are being caused by highly charged material and energetic non-uniformity's in anisotropic interstellar space which have broken into the interplanetary area of our Solar System. This "donation" of energy is producing hybrid processes and excited energy states in all planets, as well as the Sun. Effects here on Earth are to be found in the acceleration of the magnetic pole shift, in the vertical and horizontal ozone content distribution, and in the increased frequency and magnitude of significant catastrophic climatic events. “The PlanetoPhysical transformations taking place. This development of events, as it has become clear in the last few years, is being caused by material and energetic non-uniformity's in anisotropic interstellar space. In its travel through
interstellar space, the Heliosphere travels in the direction of the Solar Apex in the Hercules Constellation. On its way it has met (1960's) non-homogeneities of matter and energy containing ions of Hydrogen, Helium, and Hydroxyl in addition to other elements and combinations. This kind of interstellar space dispersed plasma is presented by magnetized strip structures and striations. The Heliosphere [solar system] transition through this structure has led to an increase of the shock wave in front of the Solar System from 3 to 4 AU, to 40 AU, or more. This shock wave thickening has caused the formation of a collusive plasma in a parietal layer, which has led to a plasma overdraft around the Solar System, and then to its breakthrough into interplanetary domains . This breakthrough constitutes a kind of matter and energy donation made by interplanetary space to our Solar System. “The increase in the frequency, and scope, of natural self-luminous formations in the atmosphere and geospace forces us to wake up, and take notice. The processes of generation, and the existence of such formations, spreading all over the Earth, represents a remarkable physical phenomenon. What is most unusual about these natural self-luminous formations is that while they have distinct features of well-known physical processes, they are in entirely unusual combinations, and are accompanied by process features which cannot be explained on the basis of existing physical knowledge.Thus, features of intense electromagnetic processes are being found in the space inside and near these natural self-luminous objects. These features include:
1. Intense electromagnetic emissions ranging from the micrometer wave band through the visible diapason, to television, and radio wavelengths.
2. Electric and magnetic field changes such as electric breakdowns, and the magnetization of rocks and technical objects.
3. Destructive electrical discharges. 4. Gravitation effects such as levitation. 5. Others.
All of the qualities of this class of phenomena are requiring the development of new branches of modern physics; particularly the creation of a "non-homogeneous physical vacuum model". An advancement of the sciences in this direction would allow us to reveal the true nature of these objects, which are acting apparently, and latently, upon our geological-geophysical and biospheric environment, and on human life [68]. The situation that has been created here in our Heliosphere is of external, Interstellar, cosmic space origin,and is herein assumed to be caused by the underlying fundamental auto-oscillation, space-physical, processes of continuous creation that has shaped, and continues to evolve our Universe. The present excited state of our Heliosphere exists within the whole, or entire, organism that makes up the Solar System; the Sun, Planets, Moons, Comets, and Asteroids, as well as the plasmas, and/or electromagnetic mediums, and structures, of Interplanetary Space. The response to these Interstellar energy and matter injections into our Heliosphere has been, and continues to be, a series of newly observed energetic processes and formations on all of the Planets; between the Planets and their Moons, and the Planets and the Sun.
It is reasonable to point out that our Planet will soon be experiencing these new conditions of growing energy signifying the transition into a new state and quality of Space-Earth relationship. The living organisms of those regions of Earth having the major "inlets", or attractions, for cosmic influences will be taking the lead in evolving life's appropriate reactions, or processes, to these new conditions. THE PRESENT OTI/ETI COSMIC RAY BURSTS AND ORB/GANESH PARTICLES EMERGING AND ETI/UFO CLIMAX, WAS HERE PREDICTED IN 1997: “The most significant of these areas are the helio-sensitive zones which have intense responses to geoeffective solar activities [Note #1]; responses that include the very dramatic and unusual manifestation of non-homogeneous vacuum, or classical non-mechanical ether, domain structures. These structures, or objects, then interact with the heliosensitive zones producing deep and powerful effects upon the environment such as the alteration of seismic activities, and chemical compositions. Because these non-homogeneous vacuum domain objects display not-of-this-physical-world characteristics such as "liquid light" and "non-Newtonian movement" it is difficult not to describe their manifestations as being "interworld processes". It is important to note that those heliosensitive zones that exhibit middle and large scale processes are also those that are closely associated with these "interworld processes" produced by physical vacuum homogeneity disturbances. “Such disturbances cause, and create, energy and matter transfer processes between the ether media and our three-dimensional world. The multitude of such phenomena, which is rich in it's quality and variety, is already growing quickly. Hundreds of thousands of these natural self-luminous formations are exerting a increasing influence upon Earth's geophysic fields and biosphere. We suggest that the presence of these formations is the mainstream precedent to the transformation of Earth;an Earth which becomes more and more subject to the transitional physical processes which exist within the borderland between the physical vacuum and our material world. “All of this places humanity, and each one of us, squarely in front of a very difficult and topical problem; the creation of a revolutionary advancement in knowledge which will require a transformation of our thinking and being equal to this never-before-seen phenomena now presencing itself in our world. There is no other path to the future than a profound internal experiential perception and knowledge of the events now underway in the natural environment that surrounds us. It is only through this understanding that humanity will achieve balance with the renewing flow of the PlanetoPhysical States and Processes.” —DR. ALEXEY N. DMITRIEV, PLANETOPHYSICAL STATE OF THE EARTH AND LIFE, , Published in Russian, IICA Transactions, Volume 4, 1997 (*Professor of Geology and Mineralogy, and Chief Scientific Member, United Institute of Geology, Geophysics, and Mineralogy, Siberian Department of Russian Academy of Sciences. Expert on Global Ecology, and Fast -Processing Earth Events. Russian to English Translation: by A. N. Dmitriev, Andrew Tetenov, and Earl L. Crockett
1. Vasil'yeva G.Ya.,Kuznetsov D.A., Shpitalnaya A.A. On the question of galactic factors' influence upon Solar activity. "Solar Data", 1972, , N9, p. 99- 106 (in Russian). 2. Kurt V. G. Interstellar medium and it's interaction with stars. Zemlya i Vselennaya ( Earth and Universe), 1994,N5, p.3-10. (in Russian). 3. Parker E.. Space magnetic fields (their formation and manifestations). 2-, 1982, 469'. 4. Zakoldaev Yu.A., Shpitalnaya A.A., Efimov A.A. Cyclic pattern and evolution of geology processes as a consequence of Sun's circulation in anisotropy interstellar space. // New ideas in interaction of sciences on Earth and Universe (Internat. conference transactions). Sanct-Peterburg., 1996. - p. 23-24. 5. Kruzhevskii B.M.,Petrov V.M, Shestopalov I P. On radiation conditions forecasting in interstellar space. / Kosmicheskiye Issledovaniya (Space research), v. 31, no. 6, - 1993. - p. 89-103. 6. Dmitriev A.N. Mahatmas and the Science of new quality of Solar System. Tomsk. Human Sciences Institute, "Natural Sciences" series, 1995. 14. Dmitriev A.N. Earth responses to high-energy processes in Jovian system // Novosibirsk, IICA Transactions, vol. 1, 1994. - p. 16-21. 18. Shestopalov I.P., Bengin V.V., Kolesov G.Ya. et al.. SCR Flashes and large-scale structures in interplanetary environment. A forecast of proton Solar events. / Space Research. v. 30. - Moscow: Nauka publishers., publ#6, 1992. p.816-825. 23. Ivanov K.G. The Earth magnetosphere/Electromagnetic and plasma processes from Sun to Earth core . - Moscow: Nauka publishers,1989. - p. 62-75. 24. Kovalevskii I.V. Some aspects of Solar-Terrestrial interactions energetics/ Interplanetary Environment and Earth Magnetosphere - Moscow: Nauka publishers, 1982. - p. 25-63. 25. The Van-Helen radiation belts - two newly observed populations: Abstr. Spring Meet. Baltimore. Md. May 23-28, 1994 / Blake J.R. // EOS. - 1994. -75. N 16. 26. Drobzhev V.I., Kazakov V.V. , Chepurchenko L.V. Foundations of external helio- and geo- physical control of seismicity./ Vestnik of Kazakh SSR Acad. of Sci. , No. 3, - 1988. - p. 12-18. 27. Sytinsky A.D. On geoeffectivity of Solar wind streams.USSR Acad.Sci. Doklady, 1988, v. 298, N 6. - p. 1355-1357. 34. Zanetti J., Potoma A., Anderson B. J. et set. Correlation's of satellite observed auroral currents induced in a power generating system: Abstr. AGU West. Pacif. Geophys. Meet., Hong-Kong, July 25-29, 1994. 35. Space Rays physics: the research continues in SNG. Russian Acad.Sci. Vestnik, v. 63, N 7, 1993. - p. 650-654. 36. Nesmenovich E.I. Resonance's in Solar System // Space physics problems. Kiev, 1984, N 19. - p. 84-93. 37. Rodionov B.U. Possible geophysics manifestations of magnetic monopoles. Preprint of Moscow Eng.Phys.Institute - 1995 - N 021 - 95. - p.1-24. 38. Sumaruk Yu.P., Sumaruk P.V. Secular variations of geomagnetic field in middle latitudes and their relation to geomagnetic and solar activity. / Geophysics Journal N 6, 1995, - v. 17. - p. 59-62. 39. Zhidkov M.P., Lihacheva N.A. Anomalous field influence upon placement and growth of cities. / Russian Acad. Sci. Izvestiya, geography series. N 1, 1996. - p. 71-84. 40. Fedorova N.V.The research of long-wave large-scale anomalies above northern Eurasia / Doklady RAN, 1996, vol 347, N 5, p. 681-684. 41. Kopytenko A.Yu., Pochtarev V.I. On dynamics of Earth magnetic poles./Geomagnetism and aeronomy.. v. 32, 1992, N 5 - p. 201-202.
42. Kuznetsov V.V. The position of North magnetic pole in 1994 (forecast and detection) /Doklady RAN, 1996, vol 348, No.3, p.397-399. 43. Milanovsky E.E.On phase correlation of geomagnetic field inversions frequencing, World ocean level decrease and Earth crust folding deformations strengthening phases in Mesozoic and Cainozoic. / Geotectonics, 1996, N 1. - p. 3-11. 44. Ryskunov A.L. The comparison of large scale characteristics of gephysic fields./ USSR Acad.Sci. Doklady, v. 267, N 6, 1982. - p. 1336-1340. 45. Kondratyev K.Ya. Modern stage of research of global change: US program //Investigation of Earth from space N 2, 1995. - p. 98-105. 46. Wilson N. Global temperatures approach record values // J. Meteorol. - 1995. - 20, N 200. - p. 194-196. 2. Netreba S.N. On relation of short-periodic thermodynamic pulsation's of atmosphere boundary layer with Solar X-Ray emission.// Meteorology and hydrology, N 4, - 1996. - p. 95-101. 62. Tsirs G.P.,Loginov G.A. The characteristics of weekly moves of geomagnetic oscillations 1985, v. 25, N 2. - p. 153-154. 63. Biryukov A.S., Grigoryan S.R., Garkusha V.I. et al. Low frequency radiation sources. Their action upon Earth radiation belts.(a survey) - Moscow: VINITI # 5204-88, 1988. - 1236. 64. Plasma generation in energy active zones./ Dmitriev A.N., Poholkov Yu.P.,Protasyevic' E.T., Skavinskii V.P. / USSR Ac.Sci. Siberian Branch Institute of Geology and Geophysics- Novosibirsk, 1992. 65. Non-periodic transient phenomena in environment: II interdisciplinary workshop transactions-Tomsk, Tomsk Polytech.Inst.,1990. 66. Dmitriev A.N. Correcting dfunction of heliocentered unusual atmospheric phenomena./ Izvestiya Vis'shih Uch.Zaved.,Physics,Tomsk, v.35, 1992, N 3, p. 105-110. 67. Dmitriev A.N., Dyatlov V.L. A model of non-homogeneous physical vacuum and natural self-luminous formations. /IICA Transactions Novosibirsk, 1996, v.3 - p. 65-76. 69. Natek K. The necessity of future politicians learning global relations between natural processes and antropogeneous activity. // Global Changes and Geogr.: IGU Conf. Moscow. Aug. 14-18, 1995: Abstr. - Moscow, 1995, - 251. 70. Kondratyev K.Ya. Global change and Demography dynamics.Rus.Acad.Sc.Vestnik, 1996, v. 66, N 4. - p. 364-375. 71. Dmitriev A.N.. Tecnogeneous challenge to the planet Earth. / Vestnik Vys'shei Shkoly, 1989, N 7. - p. 38-44. 72. Kosygin Yu.A.. The highway of synthesis. / Pacific Geology, 1995, v. 14, N 6. - p. 8-15. This research venture was right on the gold in 1997, whilst we were publically propossing the same scenario, and unaware of this great researchers work… Astrophysicists Dr. J Katz reveals that initially the Gamma ray burst (GRB) sources were discovered by U. S. and Russian satellites searching for nuclear explosions (J. Katz, High Energy Astrophsics", Addison-Wesley (1987). R. Klebesadel, I. Strong, and R. Olson, Ap. J. (Lett.) 182 L85 (1973). But a new series of observations occurred at the beginning of the 1990s that made
the gamma ray bursts far more enigmatic. As Dr. Schwarzchild revealed in 1992, new observations made from the Compton Observatory revealed that the Gamma Ray Bursts were isotropically distributed around the earth. [B.. Schwarzchild, Compton Observatory Data Deepen the Gamma Ray Burster Mystery, Physics Today (February 1992), 21.] This coherent isotropic distribution cancelled sources confined to the galactic plane as being responsible, therefore these GRBs were considered to be at galactic halo distances; and as being relatively local to our solar neighborhood. Those GRBs that are within the neighborhood of our sun system being approximately at 1000 AU, distance, or a loose estimate distance for te inner Oort cloud. The Oort cloud GRBs that are located 100 light-hours (720 AU) from our sun, assuming they are spherically symmetric sources of gamma rays, radiate about 10 Λ26 erg,. [. Schwarzchild, Compton Observatory Data Deepen the Gamma Ray Burster Mystery, Physics Today (February 1992), 21.] In 1992, professor Katz discussed the Oort cloud GRBs, in his paper entitled ”A Burst of Speculation”, as an energy source, and propossing cometary collisions [J. Katz, A Burst of Speculation astro-ph/9211001 (1992).]. In fact in 1993, Dr. J. Maddox published his research of colliding cometary ice producing gamma rays, accounted by the poorly comprehended phenomenon known as sonoluminescence in water due to cavitation, with some researchers arguing that the cavitation bubble could produce plasmas with black-body temperature at least ∼ 100,000 K. (For comparison, 1 MeV ≈ 10 Λ 10 K)). (J. Maddox, Sonoluminescence in from the dark, Nature 361 (4 Feb 1993), 397.] These plasma’s coming from the superconducting-like sonoluminescence within interstellar ice in all probability having the M-State platinuum group elements in a high orbital spin arrangement (ORME superconductor), or Magnecule arrangement (Santilli Hadron Physics), being the next Loka density band transforms transforming our dimensional reality. In light of the enormous energy of the black body temperatures of ∼ 100,000 K, we should consider what the black body is referring to. A black does not only absorb radiation, upon heating it is an efficient releaser of radiation, with charged particles within it vibrating at various rates of electromagnetic waves spreadout over a black body spectrum — our biological body, the Moon and Sun, also all release black body radiation. Our cosmos and galaxy is releasing microwave background radiations whose spectrum are coming from a perfect “black body” radiation emiter. This is what our solar system is gliding through as the, so called, “mysterious” galactic microwave background radiation, measured by the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) satelite as having some 2.7 (plus/minus 0.01) degrees Kelvin. In this way it was established where our solar system was in the galaxy, and towards which constellation it was heading — Leo, the Sphinx. In 1990, Dr. Eric Lerner revealed that this mysterious radiation arises from a forest of plasma filements, with the majority of the radiation now witnessed being from the plasma that is associated to our galaxy.
In part, these radiation emitting Filements are energised by the continuum of ambient flux of high-energy cosmic ray particles, and therefore, by extension the New Universe. The sonoluminessence ice materia surrounding our solar system appears to be working in harmonic accord with this coherent galactic cerebral-spinal fluid, but at much colder (and thus towards zero-electrical resistance, or superconduction) temperatures. Dr. Katz Oort cloud comets thus raises the possibility of CETI (Communications from ExtraTerrestrial Intelligences), being involved. If GRBs are applied to Dr. Thomas McDonough statement on ETI: ”It may be that the very first sign we ever find is some weird phenomenon that a conventional astronomer sees who wasn’t even thinking about SETI at that time.”, (T. McDonough, “The Search for Extraterrestrial Intellingence", Wiley, (1987); R. Naeye, SETI at the Crossroads, Sky and Telescope (November 1992), 507.] Novel mathematician, Dr. Frank D. T. Smith, of Los Alamos National Laboritories, bravely adds his voice to the ETI equation and Gamma Ray Bursts, relating that: “CETI could use stars as gravitational lenses for interstellar gamma ray laser beam communication.” In Dr. Smith’s CETI model, the dramatic intensity of the GRB’s had not yet reached such anomolous proportions, and framed the CETI GRB’s in the following context: “CETI assumes that the ETs don't really care whether or not they attract our attention, but are busily communicating among themselves and that we might be able to eavesdrop on their conversations. “Beacons should be bright signals without much structure. Conversations should have a lot of structure. Since GRB signals fluctuate erratically during their duration (~30 sec), and have many narrow peaks whose width is unresolved by existing observations (~ milliseconds), it seems that, if GRBs are ET, they are more likely to be CETI…” Dr. Smith points out the unresolved anomoulies of GRB’s, which do appear as bright beacons, whose bright signals have shown extraordinary iso-symmetrical iso-eucledian geometry to their structure. He then goes onto some detail on the mechanism of the ET communication technology: “If ETs wanted to set up a galactic version of Internet… stars act as gravitational lenses. The focal length of the sun as a gravitational lens is about 540 AU. Any beam of electromagnetic radiation (whether light, radio waves, or gamma rays) hitting the sun from ≈ 540 AU or farther out is focussed by the sun's gravitational field into a beam that could be used for communication.”
These “beams” as the “tubes of light” of the galactic internet, have numerous discriptions in the literature of such precise attributes, forinstance Dr’s Arnon Dar and A. DeRujula, relate their GRB observations:
“... Auspiciously, recent observations indicate that the GRBs are narrowly beamed in cones along the rotational axis.” —Arnon Dar and A. DeRujula, Los Alamos National Laboritory Astrophysics 0110162 “The network of tubes of light would be a natural foundation for the Ets to build on to construct their galactic CETI Internet. “For ET to set up a transmitter/receiver station using the sun as a gravity lens, the ET would have to put it at least ~ 540 AU away from the sun… but they would want it as near as practical to minimize the time and energy spent in maneuvering from one target to another. Therefore, I assume that the ET CETI stations using the sun are 500 − 1000 AU from the sun, and hence 500 − 1000 AU from the earth.” The solar system’s surrounding bandlets of the exotic cloud in question are at precisely such distances, here the source of multiple anomoulies have been observed. These include the observations published in the Los Alamos National Laboritories Astrophysics Journal, by Dr’s Johnston, Van Straten, Kramer, and Bails:
"... We present high time resolution observations of single pulses from the Vela pulsar (PSR B0833-45) made with a baseband recording system at observing frequencies of 660 and 1413 MHz. We have discovered two startling features in the 1413 MHz single pulse data. • The first is the presence of giant micro-pulses which are confined to the
leading edge of the pulse profile. One of these pulses has a peak flux density in excess of 2500 Jy, more than 40 times the integrated pulse peak.
• The second new result is the presence of a large amplitude gaussian component on the trailing edge of the pulse profile. This component can exceed the main pulse in intensity but is switched on only relatively rarely. Fluctutation spectra reveal a possible periodicity in this feature of 140 pulse periods. Unlike the rest of the profile, this component has low net polarization and emits predominantly in the orthogonal mode.
We have also detected microstructure in the Vela pulsar for the first time. These same features are present in the 660 MHz data. We suggest that the full width of the Vela pulse profile might be as large as 10 ms” — Johnston, van Straten, Kramer, and Bailes, Los Alamos astroph/0101146
The frequency of 660 Mhz has a very important mode in human consciousness and the higher human brain, as we shall explore later, this could be an indicator for higher human brain direction transmission signal bands. The observations discover the new mystery “giant micro-pulses” with the extraordinary strength of being over 40 time stronger then the integrated pulse peak this GRB is part of, one possible indicator of complex information systems
The ancient Chinese hermit Ryu played his iron flute in the reverse direction to create the universe, and the non-zero cosmological term in the inflationary phase is mathematically equivalent to a negative pressure in the cosmic vacuum, and negative pressure is what you need to play a flute backwards. (See "The World is Sound: Nada Brahma" by Joachim-Ernst Berendt, Destiny,1987, 1991, p. 170)
Dr’s Arnon Dar and DeRujula relate the beamed nature of these gamma rays, in cones, confirming the ETI model a little further:
“Auspiciously, recent observations indicate that the GRBs are narrowly beamed in cones along the rotational axis of the progenitor star.” —Astro-physics 0110162, Los Alamos National Laboritories, Dr. Arnon Dar and Dr. A. DeRujula Then Dr. Frank D. Smith continues his CETI paper: “The tracking and maneuver requirments of using the Oort cloud neighborhood of the sun as a transmitter/receiver station in a galactic Internet involves a technology beyond my ability to outline, but I presume that it is within ET capability. “To maximize the information their signals could carry, the ET would use coherent signals with short wavelengths: gamma ray lasers. Creation, modulation and demodulation of such a gamma ray signal involves a technology beyond my ability to outline, but I presume that it is within ET capability.” In fact in 1992 and 1993 Dr’s Kingly, Townes and Betz, announced our present capability of using lasers for a free-space laser communications technology (OE/LASE 93, Free-Space Laser Communication Sessions, SPIE, LosAngeles,). With Dr. Kinsley suggesting the search for ET optical laser signals, and Dr.’s Townes and Betz advocating the search for extraterrestrial infraed laser singals (R. Naeye, SETI at the Crossroads, Sky and Telescope (November 1992), 507.). Dr. Smith continues: “If GRBs are the gamma ray CETI signals from such a galactic Internet, then the duration of each message is ~ 30 sec, and there are about 2 messages/day.” On January 4th, 2005, Dr. Jack Sarfetti, the man often proclaimed to be the “modern Einstein,” gives some interesting twist to the black body in regard to Extraterestrial Intelligence, writing in his “UFOs are Geodesic Gliders”, that: “For non-inertial observers using non-gravity forces to hover (i.e. stand still as it were) at a fixed distance from a "source": …is independent of measuring tidal stretch-squeeze relative accelerations between closely spaced geodesic test particles... In curved spacetime where you move weightlessly in a geodesic glide relative to the distant stars or to the local cosmic black body microwave background radiation. What the ETs know how to do is to geodesically glide in whatever direction they desire using small amounts of onboard power in their Magnificent Unconventional Flying Machines… We have the nonlocal "curvature
without curvature" effect, analogous to the Bohm-Aharonov effect from non-simply connected global topology on locally observable physics. –Dr. Jack Sarfetti, January 4th, 2005. UFOs are Geodesic Gliders http://stardrive.org/cartoon/MagicBean.html The Bohm-Aharonov effect is with rotating superconductors, that act as one, even at any distance, and instantly resonate with other superconducters even in the future and past… Are we perhaps beginning to view a star gate into a great dimensional density Loka band of our multi-banded universe? Head of Project Osma, astronomer and commander of the clandestine “balck world” of inteligencia, Dr. Frank Drake upon discussing the ideas of Eshleman of a galactic ETI internet: "If we could but see it, this is what every star in the galaxy looks like, sort of a sea urchin if you will, a star making images of every other star, starting at the minimum distance and going out to infinity. The casting of very high-resolution images of the whole universe on the sky - and these images are in focus at all distances - is a really remarkable thing. "Each star produces hundreds of billions of tubes of light, one for every other star, so there are hundreds of billions of hundreds of billions of tubes of light in our galaxy." (Dr. T. McDonough, “The Search for Extraterrestrial Intellingence", Wiley, (1987); Drake discussing the ideas of Eshleman) The above describes the Vedic “Pearled Net of Indra,” as an extra-temporal internet, the phase-conjugate nature of the highly organised geometrically synchronised ultra high order gamma rays that appeared in 1994, gives some renderring of the above description. The cosmic background radiation and the cosmic/gamma rays act as agents of macro guiding waves, as professor John S. Bell, the discoverer of Bell Non-Locality (information is virtual and everywhere and everywhen), wrote: "That the guiding wave, in the general case, propagates not in ordinary three-space but in a multidimensional-configuration space is the origin of the notorious `nonlocality' of quantum mechanics. It is a merit of the de Broglie-Bohm version to bring this out so explicitly that it cannot be ignored." Now as to the star gate nature of the gamma ray bursts by our solar system in the dark body, with ice crystal debris including platinum group elements in a Meisnier arrangement, and ver low temperatures (akin to superconductivity), coupled to ultra high order gamma rays and the microwave background radiation of the galaxy, renderring an ETI cybernetic “star gate” modem, and interactive reality enginering interface, the interactive portal of greater Loka density life bands of existence now affecting our weather, body and reality cycles fundamentally, Dr. Sarfetti contributes the following: “I have figured out that the anomalous gravity tug on the NASA Pioneer Space Probes 10 and 11… are from a … topological defect in the macro-quantum coherence of the vacuum.
“Imagine two concentric spheres centered at the Sun. The first sphere is at ~ 20 AU from the Sun where there is a dark energy exotic vacuum region out to the second sphere of unknown, as yet, radius. “The Galactic Halo holding our solar system to the galaxy is also a dark energy effect. Alternating regions of exotic vacua with positive and negative quantum pressures make a weightless warp drive. We control the pressure using the Josephson effect, i.e. the beat between the phase of the coherent vacuum and the phase of a macro-quantum control system.” This remarkable description from such a mainstream scientists relates that the dark energy effect, both of our galactic halo, and the second sphere surrounding our sun, of unknown size comprised of the some alternating exotic vacua… Superconductivity is called “exotic matter”. Since this exotic vacua of the dark energy has both positive and negative quantum pressures, they make a weightless time and space warp drive, with the pressure being controlled by a type of superconductivity known as the Josephson effect… Interestingly, this also precisely describes the ample conditions for a Santilli hadronic Plasma Arc Flow generator, whose nature transfigures conductive atomic configurations into a superconducting-like iso-bonding of the 5th force, called magnecules (with the possibility of hypermagnecules)… The implications for a reality synthesizer here, will be returned to… We now quote extensively from Dr. Jack Sargetti continues his theory on the GRB’s as ETI (skip over the too technical parts of need be.. He is showing that superconductivity, and an ETI is involved using some form of holographic reality synthesizer technology, which is precisely what our ETI Andromedian contact Ptah related, and is on the record on the web, in our Sungate Conspiracy file, from 1999): “Phase stability between the vorticity circulation flow of the control Bose-Einstein condensate around a closed loop and the Bohm-Aharonov-Josephson flux through that closed loop is the key to practical low energy metric engineering the fabric of space-time. This is a macro-quantum magneto-hydrodynamic effect not a gravimagnetic effect of inertial frame dragging. The control rotating superconductor (or proxy equivalent) is like the scattered beam making a hologram with the substratum vacuum coherence of condensed virtual electron-positron pairs as post-inflation field like the reference beam in the reconstruction of a hologram image. “It's relative phase instability between the vacuum coherence and the control superconductor coherence. They do not have vacuum coherence in their theories! That's what is missing from them, from Puthoff's and from every competing theory in the field of metric engineering the fabric of space-time for NASA BPP Mission Objectives. Capische? “My theory has nothing to do with the Modanese-Podkletnov or Ning Li's theory. It is a completely different deeper approach - much deeper. I show how both gravity and dark energy/matter emerge from the inflation field and how that inflation field comes into being to begin with! “Secondly, there have been rumors about a UFO using a mercury-plasma toroid that also utilizes a gravity-shielding effect (the TR3-B). Do you think that the Podkletnov Effect could be replicated on a larger-scale using a toroidally-shaped chamber filled with
mercury plasma?” “That sounds to me like the Victor Schauberger Nazi "Bell Experiment" in Nick Cook's book “The Hunt for Zero Point.” Do not confuse this with “Bell’s theorem” of micro-quantum theory. Only if that plasma could sustain a stable atomic Bose-Einstein condensate being, in effect, a high Tc superconductor whose macro-quantum coherent phase can lock with the deep substratum vacuum coherence phase in the Bohm-Aharonov-Josephson effect! “Third, from what I've read the general understanding is that Cooper pairs are what makes the device function -- does your analysis support gravitomagnetic coupling in Cooper-paired electrons, or do you have an alternative explanation?” “You should be able to answer that question for yourself. The answer is roughly YES! But depends what you mean by "gravimagnetic". I have the precise equation for all this in my paper. The picture is very simple independent of what everyone else has written on the subject: “The rotating control superconducting disk, or perhaps a plasma ring in MHD flow with a stable atomic or ionized plasma condensate as the case may be, has a huge number of "effective bosons" (their precise nature does not matter as shown in P.W. Anderson's "More is different" - another term not in the Puthoff & Co lexicon BTW) circulating in a closed loop. Therefore, they have a quantized hydrodynamic vorticity flux field. This is where the connection to Victor Schauberger's primitive explanation comes in. In addition, these circulating bosons must carry an electric charge so that they feel the enclosed nonlocal Bohm-Aharonov-Josephson magnetic flux field threading through the closed loop. The vorticity and magnetic pseudo-vectors are oriented anti-parallel in space to get the vacuum coherence/control superconductor coherence phase-match resonances to work. If there is too much phase noise the effect washes out, which is why it is so difficult to reproduce. “Therefore, in summary, we have the virtual electron-positron pair macro-quantum condensate as the "background reference beam". You can think of the Bohm-Aharonov-Josephson effect as the reconstruction of a hologram image - the basic formal equations are very similar to the archetypal "2 slit experiment" of quantum theory! The magneto-hydrodynamic flow (not “gravi-magnetic”) of the “control grid” (“the knob” as it were) charged boson condensate (on-mass-shell real electron-pairs will do, but you can use other real on-mass-shell charged bosons as well) beats against the substratum vacuum coherence of the off-mass-shell virtual electron-positron pairs, to induce the anti-gravity zero point dark energy field /\zpf > 0 that provides the zero g-force warp drive lift in the sense of the "acceleration field G-Engine" of the Bondi-Hill-Trimble-Alcubierre class. That in a nutshell is how it all works. That's how the saucers fly. That's the next step in the post-Darwinian evolution of Man to Super Man in the sense of George Bernard Shaw not Frederich Nietzsche. That's what metric engineering in Super Cosmos is really all about. “…I have formalized the physics of all this metric engineering of the fabric of space-time in my theory of the exotic quantum vacuum dark zero point stress-
energy tensor field addition to Einstein's battle-tested 1915 General Theory of Relativity. The new precision cosmology observations since 1999, in the context of my theory, show that both anti-gravitating dark energy and gravitating dark matter are both exotic quantum vacuum states that account for approximately 96% of all the large-scale stuff in the Universe. Flying saucers manipulate the exotic quantum vacuum to attain effective faster-than-light warp drive with free float weightless zero g force whilst literally "standing still" on what Einstein called a "time-like geodesic" that the saucer crew is able to shape as they desire.” —Dr. Jack Sarfetti Novel physcist Dr. Frank D. T. Smith, of Los Alamos National Laboritories, bravely adds his voice to the ETI equation and Gamma Ray Bursts, relating that: “CETI could use stars as gravitational lenses for interstellar gamma ray laser beam communication.” In Dr. Smith’s CETI model, the dramatic intensity of the GRB’s had not reach such anomolous proportions, and he, amidst other things, considered the GRB’s to be of an inteligence probably in the following manner: “CETI assumes that the ETs don't really care whether or not they attract our attention, but are busily communicating among themselves and that we might be able to eavesdrop on their conversations. “Beacons should be bright signals without much structure. Conversations should have a lot of structure. Since GRB signals fluctuate erratically during their duration (~30 sec), and have many narrow peaks whose width is unresolved by existing observations (~ milliseconds) [1, 3], it seems that, if GRBs are ET, they are more likely to be CETI. If ETs wanted to set up a galactic version of Internet… stars act as gravitational lenses. The focal length of the sun as a gravitational lens is about 540 AU. Any beam of electromagnetic radiation (whether light, radio waves, or gamma rays) hitting the sun from ≈540 AU or farther out is focussed by the sun's gravitational field into a beam that could be used for communication. The network of tubes of light would be a natural foundation for the ETs to build on to construct their galactic CETI Internet. For ET to set up a transmitter/receiver station using the sun as a gravity lens, the ET would have to put it at least 540 AU away from the sun, but they would want it as near as practical to minimize the time and energy spent in maneuvering from one target to another. Therefore, I assume that the ET CETI stations using the sun are 500 − 1000 AU from the sun, and hence 500 − 1000 AU from the earth. The tracking and maneuver requirments of using the Oort cloud neighborhood of the sun as a transmitter/receiver station in a galactic Internet involves a technology beyond my ability to outline, but I presume that it is within ET capability. To maximize the information their signals could carry, the ET would use
coherent signals with short wavelengths: gamma ray lasers. Creation, modulation and demodulation of such a gamma ray signal involves a technology beyond my ability to outline, but I presume that it is within ET capability. Even we can now use lasers for free-space laser communication [8], and the search for ET laser signals has been proposed by Townes and Betz (infrared) and Kingsley (optical) [7, 8]. If GRBs are the gamma ray CETI signals from such a galactic InterNET.” Dr. Sarfetti goes a lot further towards this… FOR LION CODE AND SOLAR SYSTEM NOW HEADING TOWARDS THE CONSTELLATION OF LEO, NOT BY PRECESSION, BUT IN ITS ORBIT HARI, the constel including Visna, Moon, Soma. HARINESA, Lion, Moon, Soma. HARINESA, Lion, HARIT, yellowish, Myth of the Sun Rose, Emerald Green, Heavens Order (Himmelrechtung) HARITA, HARINI, gelblich, yellowish, greenlike, green, Gold, yellowlike substance HARIDASVA the Sun, HARIDASA, Visnu-Verehrer HARMANI, Emerald Green, HARI-PADA, the air realm, HARIPA, the gold coloured Soma drink HARIPRYA, A Name of INDRA, Freund der Flaben, a plant name, sea muscle HARIMAN, HARIMANU, gold colour, seeking money wealth, ROOT OF ARIHMAN?HARIMEDHAS, the name of the Father of VISNU, also a name of Visnu-Krsna, HARIKESA, blond haired,HARI-GANA, horse, Pferdschar, (horse rider), HARICAPA, Rainbow, HARIJA, Horizon The following PHYSICS NEWS UPDATE from The American Institute of Physics Bulletin of Physics News Number 350 December 10, 1997 by Phillip F. Schewe and Ben Stein summarizes this important development. "Quantum teleportation has been experimentally demonstrated by physicists at the University of Innsbruck (Anton Zeilinger, 011-43-676-305-8608, anton.zeilinger@ uibk.ac.at ; Dik Bouwmeester, [email protected] ). First proposed in 1993 by Charles Bennett of IBM (914-945-3118), quantum teleportation allow physicists to take a photon (or any other quantum-scale particle, such as an atom), and transfer its properties (such as its polarization) to another photon--even if the two photons are on opposite sides of the galaxy.
Note that this scheme transports the particle's properties to the remote location and not the particle itself. And as with Star Trek's Captain Kirk, whose body is destroyed at the teleporter and reconstructed at his destination, the state of the original photon must be destroyed to create an exact reconstruction at the other end. In the Innsbruck experiment, the researchers create a pair of photons A and B that are quantum mechanically "entangled": the polarization of each photon is in a fuzzy, undetermined state, yet the two photons have a precisely defined interrelationship. If one photon is later measured to have, say, a horizontal polarization, then the other photon must "collapse" into the complementary state of vertical polarization. In the experiment, one of the entangled photons A arrives at an optical device at the exact time as a "message" photon M whose polarization state is to be teleported. These two photons enter a device where they become indistinguishable, thus effacing our knowledge of M's polarization (the equivalent of destroying Kirk). What the researchers have verified is that by ensuring that M's polarization is complementary to A's, then B's polarization would now have to assume the same value as M's. In other words, although M and B have never been in contact, B has been imprinted with M's polarization value, across the whole galaxy, instantaneously. [as ketamin implies for the eti] This does not mean that faster-than-light information transfer has occurred. The people at the sending station must still convey the fact that teleportation had been successful by making a phone call or using some other light-speed or sub-light-speed means of communication. While physicists don't foresee the possibility of teleporting large-scale objects like humans, this scheme will have uses in quantum computing and cryptography. (D. Bouwmeester et al., Nature, 11 Dec 1997)." The American Institute of Physics Bulletin of Physics News website is at http://www.aip.org/physnews/graphicsAN INTELLIGENCE BEHIND THE GALACTIC PULSES This NASA article could appear to be a subtle message that the galactic center pulses and wave, are here earlier than had been calculated: “One day the solar system might run into something more massive. There are clouds in the galaxy thousands of times denser than the Local Interstellar Cloud. University of Chicago astronomer Priscilla Frisch has studied what might happen if we plowed into one of those. Writing in the magazine American Scientist she reports, "a cloud with 1,000 atoms per cubic centimeter could compress the sun´s magnetic field to within a few AU of the sun. (1 AU or "one astronomical unit" is the distance between the sun and Earth). Planets such as Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and Pluto would be fully exposed to interstellar atoms and molecules. Interstellar gas would overwhelm the solar wind at 1 AU," transforming the space-environment of our planet.” http://science.nasa.gov/headlines/y2004/17dec_heliumstream.htm Furthermore:
“NASA spacecraft are monitoring an interstellar wind coming from the constellation Ophiuchus.”
http://www.universetoday.com/am/publish/delta_4_heavy.html?22122004 A NEO with enough mass and electrical energy to disrupt our Sun? Or even effect Earths Magnetic field? (which was under severe stress 12/22, and can be monitored at: http://www2.nict.go.jp/dk/c232/realtime/ 600 MHZ THALLAMUS ELECTROMAGNETIC FREQUENCES COMING FROM THE NEW COSMIC PARTICLES… ETI SIGNALS TUNED PRECESLY TO THE CENTRAL MOTOR COORDINATOR OF OUR BRAIN, AND THE HIGHER BRAIN, THE NEO CORTEX AND SINGULATE GYRASE “Is ´someone/something´ "out there" attempting to communicate with us on a world wide scale?” Now that certainly is an interesting question! Where do these 300-600Hz bursts, or ‘surges’ come from? What distances have they traveled? How can we not ‘hear’ them? Isn’t it very interesting that aside from acupuncture we also have various meditative and drug induced states to consider too? I’d bet money that there’s a ‘lab’ where controlled ‘subjects’ are being used to ‘interpret’ these ‘messages’. Abstract High-frequency brain oscillations (600Hz) and conventional early somatosensory evoked potentials were investigated for the first time in 14 healthy volunteers (7 f, 7 m; mean age 22.7 + 3.3 years; range 19 - 32 years) during acupuncture at Large Intestine (LI-4, Hegu). Inserting the needles and manual stimulation produced significant (p < 0.05; Kruskal-Wallis ANOVA) decreases of amplitudes of 600Hz signals from generators located in the vicinity to the thalamus. Modulation of subcortical structures may be an important mechanism by which acupuncture exerts its complex effects. Introduction Human median nerve somatosensory evoked potentials (SEPs) contain an oscillatory burst of low-amplitude high-frequency (600Hz) wavelets superimposed on the N20 component. 1 Acupuncture has been used to treat diseases for thousands of years in China. While some studies have shown that acupuncture could modify conventional SEPs 2 , 3 no study has been published on 600Hz brain oscillations and acupuncture. In the present study we report for the first time the effects of manual acupuncture and needle stimulation of acupoint LI-4 (Hegu) on high-frequency (600Hz) components in human SEPs using a new EEG recording technique. http://www.ispub.com/ostia/index.php?xmlFilePath=journals/ijn/vol1n1/sep.xml
COSMIC RAY BURSTS, ROGUE WAVES J Raymond Redbourne Conventional Theoretical Physics says that Cosmic Rays are extreme velocity sub-atomic particles coming from outer space. Some of them are said to be associated with supernova explosions. And there are some said to originate randomly from all directions spherically, with no identified source. But there is a severe problem with this conventional theory, as the theorists point out. Firstly, they cannot see how a particle can be emitted at close to lightspeed velocity, and secondly how it can traverse billions of lightyears of space while maintaining that velocity, and not losing it to collisions. Further, most of the Cosmic Ray Bursts cannot be lined up with any known remote event like a supernova, which would supply the high energy particle. I see probably all Cosmic Ray Bursts as being generated by electromagnetic Rogue Waves in the high atmosphere. But I think they are Rogue Waves possibly caused by high frequencies like gamma and x-rays, which carry a great deal more energy than the lower frequencies. This is not necessarily so; lesser frequencies may contribute. The Rogue Wave, occurring at a particle, blows the particle apart. I also think the particle spray will then be in all directions spherically, not just toward Earth, as is described in the literature on the subject. But the spray could be directionally asymmetrical if the Rogue Wave strikes one side of the particle. This is new theory, original to me. If the reader chooses to repeat it, I’d appreciate being cited as the reference. http://ca.geocities.com/rayredbourne/docs/63.htm Being charged particles, cosmic rays are easily deflected by Galactic, interplanetary, and geophysical magnetic fields. It is therefore generally impossible to deduce the origin and complete spectrum of the cosmic-ray particles from direct measurements. There is, however, a wide array of measurement tools available for studying Galactic cosmic rays indirectly. Table 2 summarizes the most commonly used tracers of the global distribution of cosmic rays. http://lwa.nrl.navy.mil/LWA/science/node16.html X-ray binaries-nuclear physics at the extremes Some current open questions NCO´s (300-600Hz oscillations during bursts, rising by~Hz) what is their origin? http://64.233.161.104/search?q=cache:fEyaRxsDSi4J: www.nscl.msu.edu/~schatz/PHY983/Notes/rp_process.ppt+600hz,+cosmic+rays&hl=en Like:
"Inscribed matter as an energy-efficient means of communication with an extraterrestrial civilization" http://64.233.167.104/search?q=cache:eaeZb3ClvekJ:www.winlab.rutgers.edu/~crose/papers/nature.pdf+cosmic+rays,+means+of+communication&hl=en One gets a hint of who may be funding this research as one reads, "Could the total cost of an effort to communicate across interstellar distances be less using inscribed matter?" Here is a NASA article on the increased radiation within our solar system: "Blast Wave Blows Through the Solar System “It was with this unprecedented scientific fleet that scientists observed the events that took place in late October and November when the Sun unleashed the most powerful solar flares ever detected. A sort of timeline emerged tracking the largest of the related coronal mass ejections (CMEs) from the Sun all the way to Voyager 1 (expected to receive the shock blast sometime this month), then on to the heliopause which delineates our solar system from interstellar space. The force of the blast is expected to extend that region by as much as 400 million miles. and: “Fortunately effects on Earth from these events were minimal, in effect a testament to the fleet of monitors that issued warnings as early as Oct. 21. Most Earth-orbiting spacecraft were put into "safe mode" to protect them from the massive onslaught of radiation. Power grids were safe with the exception of a blackout in Sweden, airplanes were rerouted to more southern routes to move them away from the increased radiation at the pole, and auroras were spotted as far south as Florida. At Mars, the MARIE instrument on the Mars Odyssey spacecraft was not as lucky. Ironically its task was to better understand solar radiation on Mars. It was able to make observations up until a powerful Oct. 28 CME overheated a power converter." http://www.nasa.gov/vision/universe/solarsystem/0708_flare.html Indicating that there is an increase of radiation occurring within our solar system. Furthermore, the National Geographic speaks directly of the solar dust coming into our solar system: "Space Dust Flooding Our Solar System John Roach for National Geographic News August 27, 2003
A flood of interstellar dust is breaching the sun´s weakened magnetic shield and drifting into the solar system, according to European astronomers. The interstellar dust particles measure about one-hundredth the diameter of a human hair. The bits are thought to supply the building blocks of all solid bodies in the galaxy, including the planets and humans. " http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2003/08/0827_030827_spacedust.html Just two sources of many, mnay sources that show that we are indeed being innundated with record radiation and stellar dust. PULSOR ETI NETWORK OF COSMIC RAY COMMUNICATIONS — GALACTIC EGG OF BRHAMA PULSE short recurrence time for galactic core explosions and that our own Galactic core undergoes Seyfert-like explosions with similar frequency. the center of our Galaxy explodes about every 10,000 years with these events each lasting 100 years or so. Dr. LaViolette´s studies concluded that Galactic center cosmic ray volleys interact minimally with interstellar magnetic fields and are able to propagate radially outward along rectilinear trajectories traveling through the Galaxy at near light speed in the form of a coherent, spherical, wave-like volley. this idea of a "Galactic superwave." Verification (1985): Astrophysicists discovered that X-ray pulsars continuously shower the Earth with high-energy cosmic ray particles that have traveled over 25,000 light-years at nearly the speed of light, following straight-line trajectories unaffected by interstellar magnetic fields. Verification (1997): Astrophysicists detected a strong gamma ray pulse arriving from a galaxy billions of light years away having a redshift of 3.4. Mainstream media, such as Sky & Telescope magazine, suggested that this gamma ray pulse may be accompanied by a volley of high energy cosmic ray particles travelling at very close to the speed of light along a rectilinear trajectory and that the gamma ray pulse is produced by the radial outward movement of this volley. In effect, they were restating the same Galactic superwave idea that LaViolette had proposed 14 years earlier in the face of stiff resistance from mainstream astronomers. Verification (2000): Radio astronomers announce at the January 2000 American Astronomical Society meeting that the synchrotron radio emission radiated from the Galactic center (Sgr A*) is circularly polarized. Scientists present at the meeting concurred with Dr. LaViolette´s suggestion that the circular polarization indicated that cosmic ray electrons were travelling radially away from the Galactic center along straight-line trajectories. (1980 - 1983): LaViolette concluded that a volley of Galactic cosmic rays had bombarded the Earth and solar system toward the end of the last ice age (ca. 14,000 years BP). Also his findings suggested that other such superwaves had passed us at earlier times and were responsible for triggering the initiation and termination of the ice ages and mass extinctions. He was the first to suggest recurrent highly-frequent cosmic ray bombardment of the Earth.
Verification (1987): Glaciologists discovered beryllium-10 isotope peaks in ice age polar ice. These indicated that the cosmic ray flux on the Earth became very high on several occasions during the last ice age, confirming Dr. LaViolette´s theory that Galactic superwaves have repeatedly passed through our solar system in geologically recent times. SUPERCONDUCTING CLOUDS In 1984 the IRAS satellite team published their infrared observations demonstrating that our solar system is indeed surrounded by nearby "cirrus" dust cloud wisps. In 1988, this dust enveloping our sun system was found by astronomer H. Aumann´s observations to be some 500 times more dense than had been thought previously. Telescope observations from 1992 to 1995 finally revealed the presence of what is now known as the Kuiper belt, consisting of a dense population of cometary bodies encircling the solar system, beginning just beyond the orbit of Neptune and extending outward past the heliopause sheath. Then in 1999, observations of the influx of interstellar dust particles by Dr. Markus Landgraf and his team of European Space Agency astronomers using the Ulysses spacecraft, lead them to conclude that the solar system is surrounded by a ring of orbiting dust that begins just outside of the orbit of Saturn. Already in 1979 Dr. Paul LaViolette had theorized that if a cosmic ray volley (superwave) from explosions of the galactic center had passed by at the end of the ice age, it would have pushed nearby interstellar dust into the solar system. To test this, he began a plan to analyze ice age polar ice for traces of cosmic dust. During the period of 1981-1982 Dr. LaViolette became the first to measure the extraterrestrial material content of prehistoric polar ice. Using the neutron activation analysis technique, he found high levels of iridium and nickel in 6 out of the 8 polar ice dust samples (35k to 73k yrs BP), an indication that they contain high levels of cosmic dust. This showed that Galactic superwaves may have affected our solar system in the recent past. In addition, he discovered gold in one 50,000 year old sample, making this the first time gold had been discovered in polar ice. (1984): The IRAS satellite team reported observations that the zodiacal dust cloud is tilted 3 degrees relative to the ecliptic with ascending and descending ecliptic nodes at 87° and 267°, but failed to draw a conclusion from this finding. LaViolette realized that the nodes are aligned with the Galactic-center-anticenter direction in support of his earlier prediction that interstellar dust has recently entered the solar system from the Galactic center direction. 1987: He published a paper in Earth, Moon, and Planets journal explaining that the orientation of the zodiacal dust cloud nodes indicates that this zodiacal dust recently entered from the direction of the Galactic center. (April 1993): NASA´s Ulysses spacecraft team published observations indicating that interstellar dust is currently entering the solar system from the Galactic center direction (from the direction the interstellar wind blows towards us) and
hence that most of the dust outside the asteroid belt is of interstellar origin. Their findings were predicted by LaViolette´s 1983 and 1987 publications. One Ulysses team member had received Dr. LaViolette´s publications in 1985, but LaViolette´s work was not cited. (1995): Cosmochemists publish observations showing that Helium-3 concentrations in ocean sediments, an indicator of extraterrestrial dust influx, changed by over 3 fold on a 100,000 year cycle between 250,000 and 450,000 years ago. (1996): The AMOR radar in New Zealand detected a strong flux of interstellar meteoroid particles, measuring 15 to 40 microns in size, entering the solar system from the Galactic center direction. (2000): LaViolette demonstrates that the acid layers found in 15,850 year old Antarctic polar ice vary in magnitude with an eleven year solar cycle period thereby indicating an extraterrestrial origin for this material. This finding is supported by the discovery mentioned below (2003) that interstellar dust influx varies in accordance with solar cycle phase. The finding that this gas influx event heralded a series of warming trends that ended the ice age, implicates cosmic dust and solar activation as the causal agents responsible for terminating glacial cycles. (2003): Using data obtained from the Ulysses spacecraft, a group of European Space Agency astronomers led by Markus Landgraf discover that the rate of interstellar dust influx increased three fold from 1997 to 2000 with the approach to solar maximum. They theorize a correlation between solar cycle phase and interstellar dust influx rate, with the influx rate being highest at the time of solar maximum. Such a correlation could explain why the Sun could become locked into an active, dust accreting mode during times of superwave passage. (1981): Having found very high concentrations of tin in a 50,000 year old ice core dust sample along with gold, silver, antimony, iridium, and nickel, LaViolette theorized that this tin-rich dust was of interstellar origin and that the tin might contain an isotopic anomaly. (Jan. 1984): Geochemists at Curtin University (Australia) in collaboration with LaViolette used a mass spectrometry technique to determine the isotopic ratios of an unirradiated portion of the tin-rich dust sample. They found significant isotopic anomalies in four isotopes [ORMES M-STATE SUPERCONDUCTERS] thereby confirming LaViolette´s prediction that the tin dust is of extraterrestrial origin. This marked the first time that tin isotopic anomalies had been discovered. (1989): Cosmochemist F. Rietmeijer published a paper describing the discovery of tin oxide grains inside interplanetary dust particles, with tin abundances much higher than typically found in chondritic meteorites. This helps to substantiate LaViolette´s 1983 claim that the solar system is surrounded by dust enriched in tin and that this is the source of the tin-rich dust found in polar ice. He showed that the melting of the ice sheets was synchronous in the northern and southern hemispheres and was brought about by cosmic causes. (1987 - 96): Climatologists published temperature profiles from various parts of the world showing the presence of this same climatic oscillation, but did not connect their data with the idea of global climatic shifts.
(1998): Climatologists (Steig et al.) published findings in Science demonstrating the synchronous occurrence of the Alleröd-Bölling-Younger Dryas climatic oscillation in the Taylor Dome Antarctic ice core. They claimed this as evidence that the last ice age was ended by a global warming. Although they should have been aware of LaViolette´s publications, their report did not cite his prior work. in 1969, astrophysicist Thomas Gold published lunar rock evidence indicating that, within the last 30,000 years, the radiation intensity on the Moon had reached 100 suns for 10 to 100 seconds, possibly due to a solar nova. In 1975, astronomer A. Lovell suggested that sun-like stars occasionly produce flares of up to 10^37 ergs, 30,000 times more energetic than the largest solar flare of modern times. In 1977, astrophysicists Wdowczyk and Wolfendale suggested that the Sun might produce a flare a million times larger (3 X 10^38 ergs) about once every 100,000 years. Moreover in 1978, NASA astronomers Zook, Hartung, and Storzer had published lunar rock evidence indicating that 16,000 years ago solar flare background radiation intensity on the Moon´s surface had peaked to 50 times the current intensity and that this may have been somehow associated with the retreat of the ice sheets. The idea that the Earth and Moon might have been affected in the past by the arrival of a giant solar coronal mass ejection had not yet been advanced. In his dissertation, LaViolette proposed that invading cosmic dust would have caused the Sun to become more luminous and engage in continual flaring activity. In chapter 4, he suggested that on one occasion the Earth and Moon may have been engulfed by a large prominence remnant "fireball" (coronal mass ejection) thrown out by the Sun during a period of particularly intense solar activity. He interpreted the findings of Zook and Gold as evidence that the Sun had been in a highly active T-Tauri like flaring state and that at times its flaring activity had been as much as 1000 times currently observed levels. He suggested that these may have scorched the surface of the Earth in ice age times, inducing high temperatures, rapid ice sheet melting, global flooding, and mass animal extinction. Concordance (1997): Satellite observations showed solar flares ejecting expanding balls of plasma called "coronal mass ejections"and demonstrated that these were capable of travelling outward beyond the Earth´s orbit. This lent credance to LaViolette´s theory that a large coronal plasma "fireball" thrown off by an immense solar flare may have reached the Earth and Moon and scorched their surfaces. Concordance (1999): Astronomers announced that they had observed large explosive outbursts from the surfaces of nearby normal sunlike stars. These "superflares" were observed to range from 100 to 10 million times the energy of the largest flare observed on the Sun in modern times and were estimated to occur about once every hundred years. This confirmed the Lovell hypothesis and increased the plausibility of LaViolette´s suggestion that the Sun was producing mega solar flares and intense plasma fireballs at the end of the last ice age.
In chapter 3 of his dissertation, LaViolette proposed that geomagnetic reversals are induced by solar cosmic ray storms. He proposed that at times when invading cosmic dust causes the Sun to become very active and engage in continual flaring activity, major solar outbursts could occur that are a thousand times more intense than those currently observed. Further he proposed that solar cosmic rays from such a mega flare could impact the Earth´s magnetosphere, become trapped there to form storm-time radiation belts, and generate an equatorial ring current producing a magnetic field opposed to the Earth´s. If sufficiently intense, this ring current magnetic field could cancel out the Earth´s own field and flip the residual magnetic field pole to an equatorial location. From this position it could later either recover or adopt a reversed polarity. He proposed that this geomagnetic excursion would be very rapid, occurring in a matter of days. 1989 - 95: Geophysicists reported their analysis of a geomagnetic reversal recorded in the Steens Mountain lava formation, conclusively demonstrating that during this reversal the Earth´s magnetic pole changed direction as fast as 8 degrees per day. This overthrew the conventional geocentric view which could not account for such rapid changes with internal motions of the Earth´s core dynamo. It confirmed Dr. LaViolette´s mechanism of rapid change. 1995: Unaware of LaViolette´s publications, two French geophysicists published a paper that sought to explain the Steens Mountain polarity reversal as being due to a solar cosmic ray cause. Their mechanism was the same as that which LaViolette had proposed 6 years before the Steens Mountain discovery. Their independent arrival at the same idea is evidence of parallel idea development and consensus with LaViolette´s earlier theory. After conducting seven years of research, archeologist William Topping proposed that the abnormally young radiocarbon dates of ice age Paleo-Indian sites (ca. 12,400 - 13,000 calendar yrs BP) could be explained if a major solar flare cosmic ray particle storm had caused in situ carbon-14 production from nitrogen in the organic remains of those strata. His conclusion of heavy particle bombardment in Paleo-Indian times was partly supported by his discovery of particle tracks and micrometeorite craters in artifacts. This in situ C-14 production mechanism is the same that LaViolette had earlier proposed to explain the young dates for Pleistocene mammal remains dating from a similar period. Like Topping, LaViolette had concluded that the demise of the large mammals at that time was due to a solar flare conflagration. LaViolette proposed that a superwave produced by an explosion of our Galaxy´s core could be immediately preceded by a very strong gamma ray pulse, 10,000 times stronger than what could come from a supernova explosion. He pointed out that upon impacting our upper atmosphere this burst could strip electrons and induce a powerful electromagnetic pulse which, like a high-altitude nuclear EMP, could have serious consequences for modern society. It could knock out satellites, interrupt radio, TV, and telephone communication, produce electrical surges on power lines causing widespread black outs, and possibly trigger the inadvertent launching of missiles. He was among the few to suggest that Galactic core explosions could produce high intensity gamma ray outbursts that could affect the Earth.
In 1989, under the sponsorship of the Starburst Foundation, LaViolette initiated an international outreach project, to warn about the dangers of such astronomical phenomena. He pointed out that our Galactic center could produce seriously disruptive low intensity outbursts as frequently as once every 500 years and that we are currently overdue for one. This was the first time a widespread gamma ray pulse warning of this sort had been made. 1997: In December 1997, astronomers for the first time pinpointed the source of a gamma ray burst and found that it originated from a galaxy lying billions of light years away. This led them to conclude that these are mostly extragalactic events having total energies millions of times greater than they had previously supposed, thereby confirming LaViolette´s earlier proposal of the existence of high intensity gamma ray bursts. If this particular outburst had originated from our Galactic center, it would have delivered 100,000 times the lethal dose to all exposed Earth life forms. 1998: Some months later, in August 27, 1998, a 5 minute long gamma ray pulse arrived from a Galactic source located 20,000 light years away in the constellation of Aquila. The event was strong enough to ionize the upper atmosphere and seriously disrupt satellites and spacecraft. It triggered a defensive instrument shutdown on at least two spacecraft. Astronomers acknowledged that this marked the first time they became aware that energetic outbursts from distant astronomical sources could affect the Earth´s physical environment. These events reaffirmed the validity of warnings LaViolette made 9 years earlier about the potential hazards of such gamma ray bursts. LaViolette proposes that quasars and blazars are the bright cores of spiral galaxies in which the light from the core is so bright that it masks the dimmer light coming from the galaxy´s disk. He suggests that quasars and blazars are essentially the same core explosion phenomenon that is seen in Seyfert galaxies and N-galaxies. He predicts that when it eventually becomes operational the Hubble Telescope will resolve the disks around these bright cores. He also suggests that edge-on spiral galaxies with active cores would give the appearance of being giant elliptical galaxies due to synchrotron radiation emitted from their outward streaming cosmic rays. In connection with this, he predicts that when active giant ellipticals are imaged with the Hubble Telescope, spiral arm dust lanes oriented edge-on will be detected. 1995, 1997: Astronomers publish the results of a survey which imaged quasars using the Hubble Space Telescope. These quasars (luminous cores) are seen to be surrounded by spiral arm disks, just as LaViolette had predicted. Earlier in 1982 a group of astronomers had resolved galactic light fuzz around quasar 3C273 using a special imaging technique. This was published after the date of LaViolette´s prediction. In 1997 NASA astronomers release a photo of an active giant elliptical galaxy that resolves its equatorial dust lane and shows that it is oriented edge-on as LaViolette had predicted. "This is probably the real reason they´re evacuating the space station" December 23, 2004 Russia Set for Crucial ISS Cargo Flight
(AFP) - Russia made final preparations for a crucial cargo flight to the International Space Station, whose two-man crew is running out of food and will have to be evacuated if the supply mission is aborted. The Progress M-51 vessel, which is to bring water, oxygen and food to the ISS, was wheeled out to the launch-pad of the Baikonur cosmodrome in Kazakhstan, a spokesman for Russia´s space agency Rosaviakosmos told ITAR-TASS news agency. The supply ship is scheduled to take off from Baikonur early on Friday. If the take-off is annulled or aborted, Russian and US cosmonauts Salizhan Sharipov and Leroy Chiao will require emergency evacuation as their supplies are due to run out by mid-January. Russia´s TsUP space mission control agency said the two-man crew could be evacuated aboard the Soyuz capsule, a re-entry vehicle attached to the ISS for just such a purpose. For planning purposes only, a date had been set of December 30 for such an operation, should it prove necessary. The cargo ship powered by a Soyuz rocket will transport two and a half tonnes of supplies, which will also include Christmas presents for the ISS crew. The launch is scheduled for 1:19 a.m. Friday (2219 GMT Thursday). Earlier this month, Russian space officials announced that the ISS crew was slowly running out of food and could have nothing left to eat within a matter of weeks. The space station, which had been supplied by US space shuttles until the February 2003 Columbia disaster, is now only supplied by Russian craft, which have a much smaller cargo capacity. The Russian space agency said supplies would last until mid-January, making it crucial that a Russian cargo ship goes off without a hitch as scheduled on December 24. "In this situation, any launch... is very important for the station and the crew," a Rosaviakosmos official said.Powerful winter storm wreaks havoc; damage around Finland 23.12.2004 "An exceptionally powerful winter storm raged in Finland on Wednesday evening and throughout the night. About 40,000 households were without electricity in southern areas when power lines were cut by falling trees. Powerful winds also tore off roofs of some buildings. One person was killed when a bus slid off the road in the southern community of Halikko. At sea, gusts of wind of more than 32 metres a second were measured, and at sea waves reaching a record 7.7 metres in hight were recorded, with individual waves reaching even higher - up to more than 13 metres. High waves were still reported in the Gulf of Finland Thursday morning.." http://www.helsinginsanomat.fi/english/article/1101978076599 http://science.nasa.gov/headlines/y2004/17dec_heliumstream.htm
SARFETTI GAMMA RAY BURST LASER ENGINEERING “If UFOs are real they use this super-technology called “metric engineering.” Any civilization eventually reaches this level of knowledge and this is reason enough for extra-terrestrials to visit us if only to prevent us from destroying them as well as ourselves. How to travel vast distances in the twinkle of an eye is no longer a conceptual problem in physics today. Even time travel to the past is a serious possibility no longer science fiction. That we live in a Super Cosmos with parallel universes next door is also respectable. “The Universe we live inside of is only one of an infinite number of parallel universes floating in hyperspace like a field of icebergs, or better yet, Leviathans… in the unending Dirac Sea. Each local Universe in this Multiverse is a self-organizing post-quantum computer program up for grabs by a sufficiently clever sub-program inside it. Asking for Omega ratios etched in stone is like saying there is only one kind of electromagnetic field configuration possible inside a conducting metal cavity. The flying saucer observations by qualified military and civilian pilots as well as air-ground controllers are therefore very relevant to this whole cosmological issue… “Also, I am, to my knowledge the first to suggest the possibility of exotic gamma ray weapons using nuclear isomer transitions way back in 1962-64 from my work with George Parrent, Jr at Tech/Ops in Lexington, Mass in same building with Mitre Corporation back then. I worked on the concept with Hans Bethe at Cornell on the third floor of the Newman Laboratory for Nuclear Studies in that time period as well. Bethe discouraged my idea of making a "gamma ray laser" saying that the "cross section numbers were not good enough." I had previously worked with Bethe in my senior year at Cornell 1960 on fixing an error in Schwinger's calculation of the polarization of synchrotron radiation off the plane of the electron orbits. I discovered the error as part of Bethe's senior honors seminar in experimental tests of special relativity. Peter Goldreich was also in that small seminar of maybe six students. Also I should add that George Chapline, Jr. and I knew each other in La Jolla, CA in 1966-67. We were part of the group that Greg Benford describes in his sci-fi book "Timescape" dealing with the physics of “signal nonlocality” from future to past that is very much a part of my post-quantum physics of Dick Bierman’s “presponse” beyond orthodox micro-quantum theory. Post-quantum (AKA “macro-quantum”) theory is a covering theory of micro-quantum theory. Covering theories are like the New Testament compared to the Old Testament – new wine in new bottles. What is not possible in the theory, may be possible in the covering theory and vice versa. Einstein’s general relativity of gravity from 1915 is a covering theory of his special relativity from 1905. It is not possible to describe gravity only with special relativity. That is why Hal Puthoff’s “PV” theory of metric engineering is wrong. It is possible to have global inertial frames (GIF) in special relativity, but they are not possible in general relativity where they are replaced by local inertial frames (LIF) that do not rotate and move along free float weightless zero g-force “timelike geodesics,” which are the straightest paths in curved space-time inside the local light cone at each point and moment on the path. This is the significant difference that curvature makes. Similarly, micro-quantum theory obeys “signal locality” so that you, for example, cannot clone a photon. You cannot use the
nonlocal entanglement of the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen effect for a stand-alone untappable command-control-communication (C3) system. You always need a second classical signal as the “key” to unlock the coded message hidden and stored in the nonlocal entanglement beyond space-time. You can code the message nonlocally but you cannot decode it locally. This quantum cryptography/teleportation game changes dramatically when we leave the domain of validity of micro-quantum theory and go to the broader domain of macro or post-quantum theory where we now get stand-alone “signal nonlocality” necessary for our own inner consciousness as well as the paranormal phenomena like the CIA study of “remote viewing” by Puthoff and Targ at SRI in the 1970’s. Antony Valentini has shown that the domain of post-quantum theory is that of “sub-quantum nonequilibrium” in the sense of Bohm’s hidden variable pilot wave theory extended by J.P. Vigier. This new development also may mean that Lenny Susskind loses his debate with Stephen Hawking on information loss down a black hole real or imaginary? Hawking says “real”, Susskind says “imaginary,” i.e. the information is not really lost. The author has also shown how, in principle, using the Bohm-Aharonov-Josephson effect with rotating superconductors (E. Podkletnov & Ning Li), it may be possible to manipulate the relative amounts of anti-gravitating dark energy and gravitating dark matter to make stable traversable wormhole star gates for fast space travel and even time travel within our universe and the parallel universes next door in the hyperspace of super cosmos. NASA's Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) satellite recently revealed small ripples of one part in one hundred thousand in the angular distribution of the cosmic background microwave thermal radiation left over from the Big Bang. These observed ripples, possibly the remnants of ultra-microscopic quantum fluctuations when the universe was even smaller than a single electron, might provide the mechanism for galaxy formation. This important new observation gives us a picture of the universe as it was only about three hundred thousand years after the initial moment of creation of real time out of imaginary time. Sarfatti conjectures that the quantum ripples observed by the COBE satellite may have been created from the far future, in a cosmic scale loop in time by an ultra-advanced intelligence, quite possibly evolved from us. A quantum optics experiment he had published a few years ago in Physics Essays could actually test that idea in the laboratory. "If it works as the equations predict, it would be possible to build a kind of quantum telescope that probes the future just as a classical telescope probes the
past. The power of prophecy would no longer be the exclusive domain of mystics, psychics, and avatars. It would be technology." But how do we go from hypothetical extraterrestrial or future-terrestrial super-technology, We can now begin to see how what looks like a right angle turn at enormous acceleration to a non-inertial observer on the surface of the earth, might feel like nothing special to the freely floating inertial passengers aboard the UFO. That's because the UFO isn't being propelled in the familiar sense. It's simply freely floating in a locally bent space-time geodesic in its immediate neighborhood. "If UFOs are really spacecraft, then somehow they're controlling their local space-time curvature, maybe in angstrom thin boundary layers fitting the outside surface of the UFO like a skin," speculates Sarfatti. "And if that's true, they're probably doing it using loops in time. It's just a hunch." Then he added, "You know, when these things are really pumping up their local curvature engines, let's say during a high speed, right angle turn, standard Fourier signal analysis says that they're going to be generating significant broad band gravitational radiation. It happens that John Clauser at UC Berkeley is building a new type of ultra-sensitive atomic beam gravitometer that should be able detect just such radiation. Maybe his device could be used as the first bona fide UFO detector." A prerequisite for UFO propulsion may be the principle of global self-consistency, or logical consistency, used by Kip Thorne and Igor Novikov in their traversable wormhole-time travel papers. This same key principle was independently discovered by Sarfatti and published in Physics Essays, Vol. 4, No.3, Sept. 1991, in a paper provocatively titled, "Design for a Superluminal Communication Device." Sarfatti's gedankenexperiment, which he no longer believes will work without a significant coupling between mind and matter, attempted to use the quantum spin correlation between special types of photon pairs, as a communications channel. This spin correlation is non-local, that is, faster-than-light. Correlation, according to the equations of quantum mechanics, means that each photon in every pair is permanently entangled with its photon twin. Interfere with one photon, and its twin is always affected. The correlation persists regardless of the distance between the photon pair. This spooky, telepathic-like effect, known as the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen effect, has actually been observed in a number of different atomic physics and quantum optics experiments.
Sarfatti considers a paper by David Deutsch published in the November 25, 1991 Physical Review D to be a milestone. "Deutsch explicitly shows that influences from the future constrain initial conditions on the classical level, and yield a globally self-consistent pattern of probabilities at the quantum level," he explained. "That's why the thermal radiation ripples observed by the COBE satellite could be an intelligently created artifact from the future. But here on the laboratory scale, any of our clever attempts to create time travel paradoxes will likely cause one of the following three things to happen: Either laboratory equipment or people will malfunction with certainty -- in which case free will is an illusion, isn't it? Or, zero point energy will be released, physically changing space-time curvature in such a way as to always avoid paradox. Or, as David Deutsch suggests, the universe will simply split." Cosmic laws may need revising, claim astrophysicists Astrophysicists say they may have uncovered evidence that the basic laws of nature are subtly changing. A team of researchers working in Australia, the US and Britain conducted tests whose results challenge fundamental assumptions about the working of the cosmos. Their observations are based on patterns of light absorption they simply cannot explain. The only answer lies in assuming that a basic constant - the strength of attraction between electrically charged particles - has changed. The findings could impact on laws such as those governing the speed of light. Its been reported fellow astrophysicists invited to scrutinise the findings could not explain the discrepancies either. Their report is due to be published in the Physical Review Letters on August 27. Research team leader Dr John Webb, who is based at the University of New South Wales, told the New York Times: "It is possible that there is a time evolution of the laws of physics. If it's correct it's the result of a lifetime." Story filed: 10:53 Thursday 16th August 2001 http://www.ananova.com/news/story/sm_375395.html "The universe is an inextricably-linked loop."
- Fred Hoyle Fred Hoyle "believes that the many universes are simply an overlay of messages from the future. When we become aware of them, we tune to a universe
possibility, and thus the other message possibilities are lost forever. In this case, the present universe is cut off from evolving to the future universe whose message was not received. The general tree of all possible parallel universes, with all of its branches, is simply a reference tree that defines the statistical possibilities. To Hoyle, it is the lopping off of the unused branches that makes consciousness possible." Fred Allen Wolf, Parallel Universes "To put the conclusion crudely - the stuff of the world is mind-stuff."
- - Sir Arthur Eddington "...We ourselves can bring into existence only very small-scale properties like the spin of the electron. Might it require intelligent beings 'more conscious' than ourselves to bring into existence the electrons and other particles?"
- Barrow and Tipler, The Anthropic Cosmological Principle quantum mechanics is just one of the cylinders, stroking from past-to-future. The other cylinder serves to condense the wavefunction, and it strikes from future-to-past....The cylinder which strokes from future-to-past is directed by superintelligence, and that through the condensation of the wavefunction our thoughts are controlled." Fred Hoyle, The Universe: Past and Present Reflections Fred "Hoyle attributes choice to a superintelligence in the future. This superintelligence could be what we mean by God. Or it could just be some new technology in the future that has perfected the means for sending messages back in time from their universe to ours."
- - Fred Allen Wolf, Parallel Universes From the co-evolutionary point of view, past and present seem to exist together in a higher-dimensional reality we call the future."
- - Briggs and Peat, The Looking Glass Universe - - - all timelike and lightlike curves converge upon the Omega Point. In
particular, all the light rays from all the people who died a thousand years ago, from all the people now living, and from all the people who will be living a thousand years from now, will intersect there. The light rays from those people who died a thousand years ago are not lost forever; rather, these rays will be intercepted by the Omega Point. To put it another way, these rays will be intercepted and intercepted again by the living beings who have engulfed the physical universe near the Omega Point. All the information which can be extracted from these rays will be extracted at the instant of the Omega Point, who will therefore experience the whole of time simultaneously just as we experience simultaneously the Andromeda Galaxy and a person in the room with us."
The Omega Point could simply begin the simulation with the brain memory of the dead person as it was at the instant of death (or, say, ten years before or twenty minutes before) implanted in the simulated body of the dead person, the
body being as it was at age twenty (or any other age). This body and memory collection could be set in any simulated background environment the Omega Point wished: a simulated world indistinguishable from the long-extinct society and physical universe of the revived dead person; or even a world that never existed, but one as close as logical possible to the ideal fantasy world of the resurrected dead person. Furthermore, all possible combinations of resurrected dead can be placed in the same simulation and allowed to interact."
- - Frank Tipler, "The Omega Point as Eschaton", Zygon (vol. 24, June 1989)
"It would be possible for the Omega Point to simulate an entire visible universe. for the personal use of each and every resurrected human! ('In my father's house are many mansions...') . The required computer capacity is not measurably greater than that required to simulate all possible visible universes (1010123). Each private visible universe could also be simulated to contain 1010 separate planet Earths, each a copy of the present Earth, or the Earth as it was at a different time n the past. (There are about 1020 stars in the visible universe, so replacing a mere 1010solar systems in a visible universe would be a minor modification.) This is more Earths than a single human could explore before exhausting his/her memory storage capacity of 1015 bits, to say nothing of the memories stored while visiting other humans in their private universes."
- Frank Tipler, "Physics Near the Final State: God and the Resurrection of the Dead to Eternal Life"
"At the level of quantum gravity (constantly appearing and disappearing wormholes) there is no time or distance separating points... All things are interconnected in the microcosmos." "The microstructure of 3-dimensional space resembles a constantly fluctuating Swiss cheese" with patterns that self-organize.
- Jack Sarfatti - "In one cubic centimeter of empty space, the amount of energy is much
greater than the total amount of energy of all the matter in the known universe.
- - David Bohm ".... It became apparent that an enormous intelligence must be abroad in the Universe."
- Fred Hoyle, The Universe: Past and Present Reflections DECEMBER UFO SIGHTINGS OF THE NEW UNIVERSE ENERGY GLOW TYPE, WITH DIMENSIONAL SPACE-TIME DISTORTIONS OF HOLOGRAPHIC OVERLAPPING OF OTHER REALITIES FILMED Switzerland – Green UFO LAUSANNE -- On December 1, 2004 at 9:15 PM, my friend and I were on a city bridge walking when we both on our left hand side 30 degrees south above the lake thought what appeared to be some kind of green fireworks, but the light continued on to show a comet shape going east to west. It was big, green, and
glowing and left some kind of trail. The object was silent and slow, it was not like anything I had ever seen, my friend said (in his own words) is it a rocket or a satellite? But I had seen them before and it did\'t look like any of them. A few days later I met another witness who described the same arc path and the same color and shape, and time. The next day the local newspapers didn't write a line about this incident. Whatever it was, it disappeared behind a building, vanished! Evian, France is on the other side of the lake and some mountains. Now I am even more convinced that we are not alone. Thanks to Jim Hickman, Director Skywatch International Inc. http://www.skywatch-international.org THE DETAILED INTERDIMENSIONAL NATURE OF THE GAMMA RAY BURSTS AS THE NEW UNIVERSES DIMENSIONAL SHIFT For on August 12, 1994, suddenly a cosmic order of intelligence switched on over the galaxy to astrophysicits. It appeared to be so organised and synchronised that some astronomers thought they were observing the emergence of some kind of an ETI (Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence) internet, using a tetrahedral geometrical array — professor Dr. Cline, Dr. Matthey, and Dr. Otwinowski, ‘detailed analysis’ of: "The morphology of gamma-ray bursts (GRBs) with time duration less than 100 ms… show that these bursts are very different from the rest of the GRB events. The short bursts appear to be nearly identical, suggesting a separate class of GRBs… the short bursts have a Euclidean space-time distribution ... that implies that these sources are likely... local or Galactic ... ".4 The distribution of these Gamma Ray Bursts as the highly ordered and intelligent design of being an Einsteinian 4D (space-time, a singularity of the 3 spatial dimensions as one simulataneous unity) Euclidean geometry, appears to display the morphological grid of some 24 tetrahedrons that span the entire galaxy, and exhibiting features that precisely characterise those of an 8 dimensional phenomenonology. Dr. Frank Dod Smith Jr, of Los Alamos National Laboritories, in analysing these suggested their nature to be of an extraterrestrial intelligence: “If some of the Gamma Ray Bursts are at cosmological distances, they may be CETI messages from Life in our Universe. “If GRBs are local CETI phenomena for communication with other stars in our Galaxy, then it would be expected that, as Link and Epstein found, low luminosity GRBs for communication with nearby stars would be distributed isotropically, while high luminosity GRBs for communication with distant stars would have the slight excess near the plane of our Galaxy and toward its center. “Link and Epstein say that high luminosity GRBs have a slight excess near the plane of our Galaxy and toward its center. “GRBs could be Communication by Extra-Terrestrial Intelligences using gamma-ray laser signals… Such Life could be of any of the Three Types of Life, or a combination of them.”4
These Gamma Ray Bursts have remained a mysery, with no natural source to account for them: “No radio, optical, or X-ray counterpart was observed for the bright gamma-ray burster… Radio monitoring program of the bright gamma-ray burster GRB970111 — observations were made at a frequency of 1.44 GHz and span a range of post-burst timescales between 28 hours and one month. Despite… no radio source was detected.” —Los Alamos National Labs Science Abstract, GRB 970111, reporting on astro-ph/9704180, Frail, Kulkarni, Costa, Frontera, Heise, Feroci, Piro, Dal Fiume, Nicastro, Palazzi, and Jager Dr. Frank Smith further describing these rays appear to “be a galactic Gamma-Ray Laser CETI Internet,” not far removed and isolated from our day-to-day sunshine, but as “Extra-Terrestrial Intelligences using gamma-ray laser signals focussed by The Sun As A Gravitational Lense” by “beaming the gamma rays in the direction of the sun.” This “galactic internet” beam having a direct bearing on our daily lives. Dr. Smith details the calculation of the ETI’s geometrical fine tuning and “confining the beam,” cited in his paper, yet despite its precision “the earth would still be in the beam.” And this should open ones eyes. This is not an insignificant exposure of energy, like that of commet Halley passing nearby — the gamma radiation spectrum consists of the second highest energy range in the universe. And in focussing such a “gamma-ray laser” network, Dr. Frank Smith documents “the required energy would be… roughly the energy of fission.” In other words that is no less than “the annihilation of 1 gm of matter by antimatter.” So by Jove this concerns all of mankind. Any preknowledge from any source to such an event must absolutely be examined at highest priority. Before we go on to cover the interdimensional nature of these intelligent Earth and galactic transforming rays, appearining out of nowehere amidst the foundation sea in which our planet and her delicate cycles are grounded and tuned — we note that Manu-Emmanuel predicted this very phenomenology some 8 years before its realisation by the astrophysical community. Being the summer of 1988, and merely 18 years of age, I was utterly oblivious to the profound physical varifiability of the statements translating through my neurocybernetics, or what they implied on a social, scientific level. And furthermore that they would contain names that would link this phenomenon to the most archaic treasure trove of knowledge of some of the most advanced “Omni-Science” that “appears” at the genesis of our civilisations history. The intelligence of this contact nominated itself Unit-Emmanuel and renderred the names of SaNavandar and Altar/Atar. Only now discovering these to be actual Vedic names ascribed to the Numinous ETI of the Rg Vedam called the Manu, the very name they numinated themselves to, at the elegant period when their “contactee” was blantantly illiterate to any notion of the central historical importance of the Manu, that would be my naivety for some years still to come, dawning with overwhelming objective proportions some 14 years later in 2002, through mainstream historical sources).
Sannavandar has the Vedic meaning of “Numinous Ambrosial Seed Carryer,” whilst Atar (or Altar), is ascribed to the Atharasvan Htar, central to the the Alpha-Omega Manu Agency (Ruta-Satya-Manuvantaratha) of this Age. Their communication stating that the Earth was undergoing an activation of an arc cross, engaged by a series of Aetheric (Aether scalar, phase-conjugate, and superconducting) beams being activated in the galaxy, and using our sun as the transducing source — this was 6 years BEFORE the 24 tetrahedral gamma ray network appeared over the galaxy, as the Manu’s unit-Emmanuel hereby relay: “There is a vast flow going into Earth through the poles at either end, and through the Atlantic and the Pacific oceans, forming a cross that is creating a circle around it, a circle of Christ magnetic energy. “This magnetic energy around the planet — Christ energy — is flowing in through one pole and the other; through the Atlantic coming out through the Pacific, where Atlantis was and where Lemuria was: two direct opposites. And this flow is speeding up and is beginning to affect all of Earth. “…in the centre of Mother Earth where the cross meets — that is Her heart… where the cosmic Sun in Christ is intensifying, is growing, level by level, is more in purity, is more Christ, is able to flow into that central being. “We are from the galactic realms. We have beamed this information through an Etheric beam that is being anchored down into you, and you are anchoring it into Earth. This information has blended and has been incarnated through the energy of the sun, using it as a body to flow through. But this energy comes from the galactic centre. There are many different levels and ways that information will be flowing through you. This communication has been given by Altar, San Navandar, and I am Sylvia, with the solar energy of this system.” —UNIT-EMMANUEL, SAN NAVANDAR, ALTAR, SYLVIA: DOLPHINS: GALACTIC COMMUNICATORS, June 1988 We have highlighted this June 1988 communication (first published in our 1990-92 book The Light Of Emmanuel: Explorations Into Oneness, for the historical record), since what follows will detail the science that has emerged, and each of the 11 components relayed by unit-Emmanuel. The galactic beams using our sun to transduce and that is altering our planetary field and center, beams that transmit information, that are also from the galactic center — all these components have verified elements in the Gamma Ray Network. The “spiritual Sun” we know from other Emmanuel contacts, usually defines a fourth dimensional Invarient Virtual Neuron, as a Sun Self summation of all 3D nuclear magnetic resonance moments, using quasi hadron physics jargon… What the Veda’s call the ANU. Superconductivity, would be the full ANU Sun reality realised. AETHERIC BEAMS, EARTH STAR CROSS, & LOKA ATOMIC DENSITY SHIFT This is but one of many such communications. Most interesting were those dealing with the emergence of a “New Universe” that is acting as an attractor for our universe, in the process of which it is editing the laws of our universe — something we found almost too much evidence for, in the mid 1990’s (our New Universe seminars, then showed a selection of hundreds of slides, shown over
numerous seminars, drawn from the mains stream scientific literature that supported this, and has been echoed now emerging from the mouth’s of science researchers). In the apparent process of the New Universe’s editing of our universal script, in pseudo Emmanuel jargon, and synchronising of its dimensional octaves, this is changing our solar systems atomic density via hyperindexing of all dimensional octaves and densities life bands that comprise the universes’s myriad of worlds. Unit-Emmanuel’s identifications of the Aetheric galactic beams transforming the Earth-heart thorugh the lense of the Sun has some bearing, which I would not be able to appreciate for at least 10 years following the contact. The center of the Earth, referred to, has also started to accumulate evidence of having components of a form of superconductor, thus not bahaving to what we usually would think of as a”solid core” but something “most bizzare” as Dr. David Pines called the phenomenon of superconductivity. This, so called, “core” has also been slowing down, and as Dr. K. G. Ivanov documents in The Earth magnetosphere/Electromagnetic and plasma processes from Sun to Earth core, is exihibiting “a variety of anomolous properties.” (K.G. Ivanov The Earth magnetosphere/Electromagnetic and plasma processes from Sun to Earth core . Moscow, Nauka publishers,1989. Pp 62-75.) It appears that the galactic and universal “Light Body” signals that have been picked up imbibing the Earth, are having a precise relationship with the Earth core, exactly as the Emmanuel’s had suggested. The Aetheric beams that Emmanuel use, are now the well documented Tesla longitudal waves, whose properties are utterly extraordinary (our Vortexijah Light Body Star Ship work is partly modelled up these, and has lately been verified from a series of pioneering science sources, like the Santilli Hadron physics, which has created “vortexijah” Iso-Symmetry materia, some of whom we have cooperated with). What Emmanuel appears to have been speaking about back in the late 1980s, appears to be somewhat divinory of a series of intelligently ordered signals that appeared in space, with magnetic field strengths much greater than the Earth, and at a frequency range that is not only psychoactive, but genetically active. The solar systems transformation observed in our solar systems energising, include flashes and new materials appearing in the interplanetary regions of space (SCR Flashes and large-scale structures in interplanetary environment. A forecast of proton Solar events. Dr’s I.P Shestopalov, V. V. Bengin, G. Kolesov, et al. Space Research. v. 30. - Moscow: Nauka publishers., publ#6, 1992. p.816-825.). These events having a profound effect on planet Earth (Space Flight. v. 34, N 3, 1992, p. 75), with some of the most pioneering early models for the new “Space Rays physics” emerging amids the Russian Academy of Sciences (Space Rays physics: the research continues in SNG. Russian Academy of Science, Vestnik, v. 63, N 7, 1993. - p. 650-654). Transforming our planet’s resonance and magnetic intensity (Nesmenovich E.I. Resonance's in Solar System, Space physics problems. Kiev, 1984, N 19. Pp. 84-93); including through the planet’s interactive relationship continuum
with the sun (The Earth magnetosphere/Electromagnetic and plasma processes from Sun to Earth core, Dr. K. G. Ivanov, Moscow: Nauka publishers,1989. - p. 62-75). Amidst these pioneering lucid thinkers is Dr. A. N. Dmitriev, professor of geology and minerology at the Russian Academy of Sciences. Only recently have discovered his independent presentations on the new universe to the public in the mid to late 1990s, in parallel to our europian efforts — a renderred overview: “The many spacecraft and satellites that have registered the growth of heliospheric magnetic saturation in recent years. The natural response of the Earth to this increased saturation level reveals itself in its dipole intensity, its magnet "c" poles localization, and in its electromagnetic field resonance processes. Earth is number one among all of the planets in the Solar System with respect to its specific ability regarding the magnetization of matter. “In recent years we have seen a growth of interest by geophysicists and magnetologists, in general, to geomagnetic processes, and specifically, to the travel of Earth's magnetic poles… The significant growth of the recognized world magnetic anomalies (Canadian, East-Siberian, Brazilian, and Antarctic) in the Earth's magnetic reorganization. Their significance is due to the fact that these world anomalies constitute a magnetic source that is almost independent from Earth's main magnetic field. “Most of the time, the intensity of these world magnetic anomalies substantially exceeds all of the residual non-dipole component; which is obtained by the subtraction of the dipole component from the total magnetic field of the Earth... It is the inversion of the magnetic fields process which is causing the various transformations of Earth's geophysical processes and the present state of the polar magnetosphere.” The magnetic anomolies as a magnetic source independent of the planets own magnetic field, are somewhat indicative of Unit-Emmanuel Aetheric “Magnetic Star Cross,” appart from the fact of the emerging cross of planes between 1998 and 2001, where the galactic plane (celestial equator), our solar system plane (eccliptic), and the Synodic Vernal Precession of our planets (23.5° tilt through the zodiac), all lign up into a crossing of planes (see diagram):
“We also have to take into account the factual growth of the polar cusp's angle (i.e. The polar slots in the magnetosphere; North and South)… The increasing and immense amounts of matter and energy radiating from the Sun's Solar Wind, and Interplanetary Space, has began to rush into these widened slots in the polar regions causing the Earth's crust, the oceans, and the polar ice caps to warm… Planetary processes, as a rule, occur in complex and dynamic ways which require the combining and joining of all forces and fields in order to adequately understand the entire system. In addition to the consideration of hydrospheric redistribution, there are developing events which also indicate a sudden and sharp breaking of the Earth's meteorological machinery. On many weather satellite photographs, such as in Figure 8.9, there is clear infrared data to show that a massive sub-surface heating of the Earth’s oceans is now occurring [Emmanuels Aetheric Star Cross from Earth’s core]… Solar radiation is by no means strong enough to cause this heating, as these temperature anomalies emerge deep beneath the surface of the oceans. This suggests that the oceans are being heated from within the earth itself. Dr. Dmitriev has shown that the strength of the Earth’s magnetic field rises up and down in direct synchronization with these temperature changes in the ocean.
Furthermore, there is a 0.22 degrees C change in worldwide temperatures over the course of 30 days that correlates precisely with changes in the middle frequency of Earth’s magnetic field. The Earth’s core of luminous, magnetized plasma is directly responsible for these changes. As the pressure of the plasma suddenly increases, there is a surge in the strength of its magnetic field and a rise in its thermal level, rising the ocean temperatures [8hz electrolysis for 72 hours goes through the Sierpinski cascade of C tone frequency tuning, and at its cube, of 512 hz, produces bioluminessence, or self induced infrared biosphere photons/phonons, i.e. thermal heat of life. From AUM comes TAPAS primordial heat from which all creation was raised from the Ineffible Primordial Unity]. Similarly, the Novosibirsk Klyuchi Observatory in Russia has reported that the height of the magnetic field is growing by up to 30 nanoteslas per year, again showing changes in the core. EMMANUELS MAGNETIC AETHERIC STAR CROSS, ANNOUNCED IN 1987, DEMONSTRATED This increasing heat energy of the Earth’s core can also be seen in the rapid melting of our polar icecaps. The Ross Ice Shelf of Antarctica, which is as large as the state of Rhode Island, fully broke off and dropped into the ocean in the year 2000, as have several others in the last decade. This process has greatly accelerated in speed throughout 2002, with three gigantic chunks breaking away from the continent in only a few months of time, the two most recent being named C-18 and C-19. This news is becoming so prevalent that even the Bush Administration finally had to come forward and admit that “something is happening.” Furthermore, in Coming Earth Changes: The Evidence, Dr. William Hutton reveals that Earth’s inner core not only rotates faster than the outer core, but it actually rotates at a different angle than the outside of the Earth. This certainly suggests that a shift in orientation has already occurred on the inside of the Earth and will soon complete itself on the outside as well. the patterns, which were determined by analyzing the orientation of magnetized iron molecules released in the lava from the undersea ridges. As each new layer of lava cools along these ridges, the iron molecules orient themselves to the position of the Earth’s magnetic poles at that particular time. THE DENSITY SHIFTM EMMANUEL AND GLOBAL VERIFICATION “Q; What happens to man and life on earth after the year 2000? Unit-Emmanuel: “There are still a number of choices until that year. But there is a definite cycle that has been occurring throughout the creation of this solar system, that does have an effect upon this system. After the year 2000, as you perceive it, depending on your choice, which thus synchronises you to the possibility mode which manifests into reality, when it manifests as the now. The third density is no longer totally third density and has become appropriately fourth density to some degree of both polarities. Much of the majority of
humanity is still in between polarity choices of the electrical spectrum of the universe. “It is when the total synchronisation of energy is poured into this solar system, that activates the polarity choice, within the physical manifestation, neurological and electromagnetic fields of each individual. Therefore each individual within their mind and their own inner choices, even if they have not fully chosen, within their own inclination, will be intensified in that polarity choice… Within that there may be possibilities that have been geared up. Those on the surface who choose and polarise into positive polarity, have the potential, if in resonance with the unified field, the Universal Christhood, through love, to awaken their pysical cellular mass, defrosted timeframes, to alter it, like into a fourth density and perhaps fifth density. There will be some individuals, through the intensification of the energy that is bombarded who will go straight to the unified field. as their physical body and their electric magnetic field is uplifted, is transformed, as a greater electrical surge is flowing through the entire nervous system and the neurological system activates the consciousness to be in the entire body, so that the entire body becomes a brain. It will be of both. The year 2011 has been perceived as one of those gateways. , but it depends upon the choices which we have spoken about, which are brought into manifestation, collectively, by humanity. a gateway of transformation, a synchronisation to an electromagnetic phenomena of cycles that our solar system spins and works towards, so that it is moving and has been moving into an electromagnetic synchonicity and field that intensifies the energy or electrical flow of this planet. Therefore, there will be many changes after the year 2000, depending upon the choices of the possible futures, which are brought about by the balance of the choice of humanity. You choose different future perspectives. 2011, 2013 is the state of consciousness, not necessarily the year, the state of consciousness when the total dimensional gateway is opened to the possibility of resonating self to Universal Christ… That which is life changes… Within one or two of the possibilities of the future, there are great changes that may occur to this planet. Changes that may appear very sad unto the human races, but is part of the cycle. Those who feel they are not able to yet fully resonate towards a fourth or fifth density structure, but yet operate within their choice of polarity, may experience an evacuation. So that their electromagnetic frequency may be aligned unto the resonance of a higher dimensional craft that helps them to accelerate to a fourth fifth density frequency… [also details on more shady scenarios] many of the Interdimensional crafts will help those of the other polarities, many will be genetically altered to a higher frequency, through their contact with its energy. Many will go crazy by touching the energy. It is for this reason that you have been asked to resonate to the unified field, or God, so that when you do come in contact with the energy field of both physical third/fourth density crafts, as well as Interdimensional crafts, you are physically and electromagnetically able to hold that frequency without blowing out, or going crazy, that you are adequately aligned to your Sun Self, so that you are transformed in the way of continuing that vibration… This is already occurring now within your plane. there are individuals who are coming in contact with these council crafts,where their physical vibration is
being transformed into a frequency of light, of energy. you will feel it within your own frequency when the time comes. Within the craft you’ll feel it as you are aligning your heart to the Creator or unified field. You will feel an intensification of lifeforce, intensification of the electricmagnetic field, you’’ll feel more alive, more luminous, as you enter, and come in contact with those crafts. Know them by their fruits. .. We have suggested that this solar system is moving into a transition that no longer will see a third density as you know it upon this planet. In that sense that which is taking place with third dimensional pollution is for the last time bringing Earth into a fourth density, the original place intended for this planet, for universal mankind to explore. Therefore, in many millions of years there may be, if there is still that possibility of choice, certain colonies of extraterrestrials that may come upon this planet. For that of the Man race as it is now will perceive to transform this planet into a new waveform. Within the third dimensional timemass of this planet, of this solar system, galaxy and universe, it perhaps will appear to take many millions of years for this solar system to synchronize into the timelessness by unifying and aligning its resonance to the unified field of all. However if you go in to fourth density, or above, time changes, and it may be perceived to be within a number of years, a number of hours. The understanding of years, hours, or seconds is not really appropriate within the higher densities of the fourth density and certainly within the fifth density, so that indeed you will experience the unification of the solar system in a very short period, even if it takes millions of years or billions of years within the time as you know it now. For that time is changing. The time of planet earth is being accelerated, transformed, through the consciousness inflow and the individuals who are resonating through love to the unified field. See, the unified field is love and love is timeless for it is unified in all polarities. It is for this reason that you are experiencing such intensification of energy, into diferent polarities. That which is time is dissolving. You will see, as one chooses perhaps to move into a fourth density, this solar system turning into light, transforming into the form of your own consciousness, so that the form of your own consciousness becomes the solar system, is aligned to the frequency of the sun, so that all planets become the sun, they become one, they become defrosted for the time frames are defrosted. The future of life on earth will greatly be changed, it will never be as it is now, that is for somewhere else, and that already exists, and much of the earth’s third dimensional patterns, elements and lifeforms have already been transported to these other worlds. They already exist in different densities, in different parallel universes, in which you get the equivalents of third density. This goes on for infinitum in this universe. But ultimately a vast place is being prepared within a totally new universe, we have termed it the thirteenth universe which we have explored. The third density aspects on earth are changing and will cease to exist as you know them within the next two thousand years in totality. There will be a great hunger within the humanity of the world for understanding of the awakening dream….
—Unit Emmanuel, Aton-Ra 5: The Universal Harvest, November 1990, Copenhagen, Denmark BONUS MATERIALS. FOR THOSE SERIOUSLY INTERESTED IN THE NEW UNIVERSE SHIFT NOW ABOUNDING… BOTH TIDY MATERIAL, AND A VARIETY OF CUT AND PASTE NEWS INCLUDED, WHICH HAS BEEN IMPOSSIBLE TO ASSORT AT THIS TIME, DUE TO OTHER CALLING DUTIES.. A TREASURE CHEST OF GOLD LIES BURRIED HEREIN… ENJOY. And for information on the HAARP signal, visit http://www.brojon.org "Our observations provide strong evidence for the ion-mediated formation and growth of aerosol particles in the upper troposphere." We´ve been trying to tell you that the chemtrail spray ops were not for the benefit of Planet Earth or The People who live on it.
WORLD CHANGES ENCOMPASED BY THE COSMIC PULSES REGISTERED GLOBALLY BY SCIENTISTS
December 26, 2004 Unknown Energy Surges Continue to Hit Planet Causing Massive Earthquakes
in Southern Hemispheric Regions By Sorcha Faal, and as reported to the Russian Academy of Sciences
As the world’s most powerful earthquake in 40 years rocked northern Indonesia on Sunday with a magnitude 8.9 trembler, and with tidal waves hitting villages all across Asia, one has to wonder if there is a correlation between this event and the continuing energy surges hitting the planet at the Southern Hemisphere. In my December 22nd report to you, Unknown Energy Surges Continue to Hit Planet, Global Weather Systems in Chaos, I explored the relationship between these unprecedented series of ‘blasts’, energy surges, and the massive low pressure systems that have descended upon the Northern Hemisphere causing massive global weather chaos. These continued ‘blasts’ are now coinciding with an increasing amount of earthquake activity in the Southern Hemisphere to include: India, Indonesia and the ocean areas around the continent of Antarctica. Two of these earthquake events have been recorded at over 8.0 magnitudes. A correlation has been made between these events by Yu, Z. D. with the Hubei Research Inst. of Environmental Protection, Wuhan, China, and as detailed in his report, Strong earthquakes, novae and cosmic ray environment. “A great many earthquakes of magnitude 7.0 and over occurred in the 13th month after two of the largest ground level solar cosmic ray events”, Dr. Yu states, and though his
Those with the highest energies are thought to be coming from outside our galaxy. The common view about the sources of these extra-galactic particles is that they come from very rare "exotic sources" -- for example, the decay of dark matter -- but Sir Arnold Wolfendale of Durham University and colleagues suggest that the highest energy particles may be produced by a more common source inside our galaxy. http://unisci.com/stories/20014/1112011.htm COSMIC RAYS AS TIME MACHINES Here´s an article from Scientific American, September, 2002, which goes into more depth about this. How To Build A Time Machine It wouldn´t be easy, but it might be possible "Some cosmic rays also experience spectacular time warps. These particles move so close to the speed of light that, from their point of view, they cross the galaxy in minutes, even though in Earth´s frame of reference they seem to take tens of thousands of years. If time dilation did not occur, those particles would never make it here." http://64.233.161.104/search?q=cache:I6jCUYiCNLYJ:aca.mq.edu.au/PaulDavies/SciAm1_TimeMachine.pdf+cosmic+rays,+time+warps,+research&hl=en -North Star pulsations nearly ceased, vibrates in higher frequency overtones. (by 2100, will no longer be our North Star) What "pulsations"? Most of this makes no sense. The changes of the pole due to precession have been known about for centuries, but it´s very slow, and Polaris will still be close to the celestial pole in 2,100. Here you go: “Measurements over the past half century show it has brightened 10 percent. "’That´s unusual," Dr. Guinan said. "It shouldn´t be changing that fast.’" http://www.nytimes.com/2004/06/01/science/space/01star.html?ex=1401422400&en=caf81ab64ba7eaa4&ei=5007&partner=USERLAND And another: “Polaris is particularly interesting as the pulsations have nearly, but not quite, ceased.” http://www.astro.uiuc.edu/~kaler/sow/polaris.html As to Neptune´s polar axis flip: http://www.burlingtonnews.net/solarsystem.html :- "Our Solar System is Changing - Russian Science
Subject: Our Solar System is Changing - From a Russian Perspective" This is old bunk which has been shown to be complete fiction many times. re Polaris :- The NY Times article shows only that we don´t fully understand the mechanisms of variable stars. You´re also selectively quoting from the article - picking the bits that make it sound like something´s going wrong. The Univerity of Illinois article doesn´t say the pulsations or Polaris are stopping. In fact it says they´re stabilising into a more normal Cepheid pattern (although I see now where you got the poorly phrased "overtones" analogy). -warming noted from the depths, from the bottom up Link? Evidence? There´s no warming "from the bottom up" going on. This is more pseudo-science that gets regularly posted here and spread round the web. This is part of what I meant: http://www.earthpulse.com/health/warming.html "active underwater volcanoes. These natural heat sources may be having a greater effect on ocean temperatures than otherwise thought and might go far in explaining what we are now seeing. " --- -tree rings, further verification of warming And of cooling. Tree rings show clearly the variations in temperature in any region. There has been a warming trend recently, and this may be a natural occurence accelerated by human actions. ---------------------------------- "Study Links Tree Rings to Global Warming" http://www.duluthsuperior.com/mld/duluthsuperior/news/breaking_news/10073226.htm "The results indicate that recent warming is unusual relative to temperatures of the past 450 years." http://www.osti.gov/energycitations/product.biblio.jsp?osti_id=420795 "The rings tell the story: global warming ahead" http://wildcat.arizona.edu/papers/92/30/08_1_m.html "The 20th century has been the warmest Earth has experienced in the past millennium - and this decade is the hottest yet, according to Hughes. While the average global temperature has fluctuated over the last 600 years, in the 20th century it has skyrocketed far beyond the normal range of variability, Hughes said."
There are a few reports released by astronomers about planets and moons in our solar system going through what you could say is "Global Warming". There is definitely something which is affecting the solar system as a whole and not just this planet. What exactly it is, I am still pondering. The ancients knew more about this than what we do, why else have they left clues embedded in all the religions and things they do around the globe. Will check out the link from Triciamary as I’ve been looking for this paper by this guy. I have other links somewhere, but recently moved and everything is in a mess still so I will have to dig them out for you if you still want them. Pluto is another planet whose temperature has risen 2-3 degrees over the last few decades. Very few people driving round in SUV´s there and its also too far from the sun for that to have an effect as such. The shit would really start hitting the fan if the average temp were to raise like that on Earth. The Earth, Moon, Sun, Solar System and Galaxy are all in sync with one another. Precession of the Equinox takes around 26,000 years. Which is also the same amount of time it takes for light to travel from the centre of our galaxy. The same forces which govern these relationships also govern the relationships on the sub-atomic level. As above so below springs to mind...they all use the same blue print so to speak. The beauty which we see in the relationship of the earth, moon, sun is also there on a galactic scale. We are approaching the start/end of the cycle as we speak where the earth, sun and centre of the galaxy come into alignment. This only happens twice in every 26,000 years. Last time it occurred would of been around 10-12000 BC when the Earth rather rapidly came out of the last ice-age. So an ice age occurring around 5000 BC would fit well into a seasonal kind of theory. The current theory relating to the ice-ages say they are linked to precession. 4 cycles of precession = 1 ice age cycle of 104,000 years. This can be checked out by comparing the ice-ages over the last 2 million years. The Earth usually goes through 3 precssional cycles of ice-ages followed by 12-18000 years of warmth. So if the ice cores are anything to go by the earth should naturally fall into another ice age pretty soon. When I soon I don´t necessarily mean next week, but it could occur that fast. 2004 has been a very strange year for weather…no need to mention all the hurricanes hitting the US a few months back. I was talking to our letting agent about the weather now and when we were younger. Has anyone else noticed how the seasons over the years have shifted. i.e. winter coming later (apart from this year of course)… 2012 MATERIALISTIC GYROSCOPE PARADIGM The NASA media release on a possible Earth magnetic pole shift by 2012 (see http://www.gvnr.com/74/3.htm), following the Earth wobble during the Tsunami quake this December is only one small piece of the paradigm at hand…
NASA Claims Polar Shift Due In 2012 Solar System - Did you notice? In February 2001, the Sun did a magnetic polar shift. The next one is due again in 2012. NASA scientists who monitor the Sun say that our star's awesome magnetic field flipped 22 months ago, signaling the arrival of a solar maximum. But it wasn't so obvious to the average human. The Sun's magnetic north pole, which was in the northern hemisphere just a few months ago, now points south. David Hathaway, a solar physicist at the Marshall Space Flight Center… "The magnetic poles exchange places at the peak of the sunspot cycle. In fact, it's a good indication that Solar Max is really here." The Sun's magnetic poles will remain as they are now, with the north magnetic pole pointing through the Sun's southern hemisphere, until the year 2012 when they will reverse again. This transition happens, as far as we know, at the peak of every 11-year sunspot cycle -- like clockwork. Earth’s magnetic field also flips, but with less regularity. Consecutive reversals are spaced 5 thousand years to 50 million years apart. The last reversal happened 740,000 years ago. Some researchers think our planet is overdue for another one, but nobody knows exactly when the next reversal might occur. Although solar and terrestrial magnetic fields behave differently, they do have something in common: their shape. During solar minimum the Sun's field, like Earth's, resembles that of an iron bar magnet, with great closed loops near the equator and open field lines near the poles. Scientists call such a field a "dipole." The Sun's dipolar field is about as strong as a refrigerator magnet, or 50 gauss (a unit of magnetic intensity). Earth's magnetic field is 100 times weaker. When solar maximum arrives and sunspots pepper the face of the Sun, our star's magnetic field begins to change. Sunspots are places where intense magnetic loops -- hundreds of times stronger than the ambient dipole field -- poke through the photosphere. "Meridional flows on the Sun's surface carry magnetic fields from mid-latitude sunspots to the Sun's poles," explains Hathaway. "The poles end up flipping because these flows transport south-pointing magnetic flux to the north magnetic pole, and north-pointing flux to the south magnetic pole." The dipole field steadily weakens as oppositely-directed flux accumulates at the Sun's poles until, at the height of solar maximum, the magnetic poles change polarity and begin to grow in a new direction. Hathaway noticed the latest polar reversal in a "magnetic butterfly diagram." Using data collected by astronomers at the U.S. National Solar Observatory on Kitt Peak, he plotted the Sun's average magnetic field, day by day, as a function of solar latitude and time from 1975 through the present. The result is a sort of strip chart recording that reveals evolving magnetic patterns on the Sun's surface. "We call it a butterfly diagram," he says, "because sunspots make a pattern in this plot that looks like the wings of a butterfly." In the butterfly diagram, pictured below, the Sun's polar fields appear as strips of uniform color
near 90 degrees latitude. When the colors change (in this case from blue to yellow or vice versa) it means the polar fields have switched signs. The ongoing changes are not confined to the space immediately around our star, Hathaway added. The Sun's magnetic field envelops the entire solar system in a bubble that scientists call the "heliosphere." The heliosphere extends 50 to 100 astronomical units (AU) beyond the orbit of Pluto. Inside it is the solar system -- outside is interstellar space [Neptune and Uranus just underwent pole shifts in the last years according to NASA — Ananda]. "Changes in the Sun's magnetic field are carried outward through the heliosphere by the solar wind," explains Steve Suess, another solar physicist at the Marshall Space Flight Center. "It takes about a year for disturbances to propagate all the way from the Sun to the outer bounds of the heliosphere." Because the Sun rotates (once every 27 days) solar magnetic fields corkscrew outwards in the shape of an Archimedian spiral. Far above the poles the magnetic fields twist around like a child's Slinky toy. Because of all the twists and turns, "the impact of the field reversal on the heliosphere is complicated," says Hathaway. Sunspots are sources of intense magnetic knots that spiral outwards even as the dipole field vanishes. The heliosphere doesn't simply wink out of existence when the poles flip -- there are plenty of complex magnetic structures to fill the void. Or so the theory goes.... Researchers have never seen the magnetic flip happen from the best possible point of view -- that is, from the top down. But now, the unique Ulysses spacecraft may give scientists a reality check. Ulysses, an international joint venture of the European Space Agency and NASA, was launched in 1990 to observe the solar system from very high solar latitudes. Every six years the spacecraft flies 2.2 AU over the Sun's poles. No other probe travels so far above the orbital plane of the planets. "Ulysses just passed under the Sun's south pole," says Suess, a mission co-Investigator. "Now it will loop back and fly over the north pole in the fall." "This is the most important part of our mission," he says. Ulysses last flew over the Sun's poles in 1994 and 1996, during solar minimum, and the craft made several important discoveries about cosmic rays, the solar wind, and more. "Now we get to see the Sun's poles during the other extreme: Solar Max. Our data will cover a complete solar cycle." To learn more about the Sun's changing magnetic field and how it is generated, please visit "The Solar Dynamo," a web page prepared by the NASA/Marshall solar research group. Updates from the Ulysses spacecraft may be found on the Internet from JPL at http://ulysses.jpl.nasa.gov.
Wandering Poles The mystery of the Earth's magnetic field reversals may at last be solved.
BY JIM WILSON
“Change ahead: Some scientists suggest it is time for the poles to reverse. True north. No phrase conveys as powerful a sense of place. No matter how far we wander or how dark the night, the slow drift of the compass needle to magnetic north points the way home. For the countless times my compass has pointed the way home, I was a little disturbed when Jeremy Bloxham of Harvard University told scientists at last year's meeting of the American Geophysical Union that the Earth's magnetic field decreased by 10 percent during the past 150 years. There is a real, albeit slight, chance that it could disappear entirely. The sun is forever kicking cosmic sand in our face in the form of electrically charged particles. The magnetic field diverts them, producing the astonishing northern and southern lights. “Without the magnetic field, the planet would be a much more hostile place. Charles Jackman of NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center in Greenbelt, Md., suggests a weakened magnetic field can also change the chemistry of the atmosphere. Loss of most of the field could, over time, wipe out most life on the planet by exposing the surface to the full force of the solar wind. “Because the magnetic field is of such vital importance, the strength of the field has been studied in considerable detail. One of the earliest findings was that the north pole is not the permanent feature our experience with compasses suggests. http://science.nasa.gov/headlines/y2001/ast15feb_1.htm
“TIME TO SHIFT: ‘It is generally accepted that during a reversal, the geomagnetic field decreases to about 10 percent of its full polarity value,’ says Brad Clement, a researcher at Florida International University. After the field has weakened, the directions undergo a nearly 180° change, and then the field strengthens in the opposite direction. However, scientists remain uncertain about how long this process takes. Researchers have reported periods ranging from 1000 to 28,000 years. "Figuring out what happens as the field reverses polarity is difficult because reversals are rapid events, at least on geologic time scales," says a spokesman for the National Science Foundation (NSF), which funded Clement's work. To find polarity transition records, Clement examined sediment cores obtained through the international NSF-supported Ocean Drilling Program. These solid cylinders are a sort of filmstrip of snapshots of past geomagnetic activity that reveal the direction and strength of the Earth's magnetic field at precise points in time. Clement found that pole reversals were influenced by latitude, with reversals taking half as long at low-latitude sites as at mid- to high-latitude sites. "This dependence on latitude was surprising at first, but it's exactly as would be predicted in geometric models of reversing fields," he wrote in a recent issue of the science journal Nature. “TROUBLE BELOW: The next challenge is to determine the energy source that keeps the iron at the Earth's core molten. Some say it is residual energy from the time of the planet's creation. Others claim the heat is derived from a yet-unidentified energy-generating mechanism. Knowing the answer will tell scientists whether the recent decrease in the strength of the Earth's magnetic field is a quirky natural feature, like pole reversals, or the beginning of the end for the Earth's sheltering force field.” http://www.popularmechanics.com/science/research/1282336.html TSUNAMI 2004 AND THE GLOBAL WAVES As we have shown of late in our animated slides on the New Universe in our european lectures this late summer and autumn, every single planet in this solar system is undergoing phenomenal transformations, making the Tsunami event seem pale in comparison… In fact compared to our solar neighbiours, our planet’s transition is so far very mild… The storms of Jupiter, global storms of Mars, and melting of its ice-cap in just months; or the storms of Saturn, and geological activation of Triton (Neptunes Moon), or Saturn’s loss of 6 whole minutes of time in just several years — all would signal devastating expense on the comfortable world of our daily lifes, and a vast amount of mortalities and causualties. Just imagine the north polar cvap melting in 4 months, how that would change the world as we know it… Or loosing 6 minutes every 24 hours, that is 168 minutes in one month, that is the loss of a whole 7 days in time per month — that is what has suddenly happened on Saturn…. Someone, clandestine on Earth, and elsewhere, and probably both, along with our own anthropic post-quantum observer effect (macro quantum coherence) upon the planet, appears to be lessening and stirring the impact of the new impulses pulsating into our solar system (these pulses exhibit hyperdimensional organisation)…
In fact the new Earthquake and Tsunami, has helped to adjust our planets changing time, since 1972, for the wobbling Earth gave us some duration back in our 24 hours, that had been lost due to the negative leap second adjustments to the atomic clocks that had become increasingly apparent… This itself could herald a motivation to slow down the gyroscope time adjustment occuring to our solar systems orbs… NASA scientists studying the Indonesian earthquake of Dec. 26, 2004, have calculated that it slightly changed our planet's shape, shaved almost 3 microseconds from the length of the day, and shifted the North Pole by centimeters. http://www.earthchangestv.com/secure/2005/article_6267.php The Dec. 26 earthquake was the fourth largest in one hundred years. Scientists have determined that this major shift in the Earth’s plates changed the planet’s shape – enough to shorten the day by fractions of a second and to shift the North Pole by an inch. http://www.earthchangestv.com/secure/2005/article_6289.php The New Universe is now signalling new emanations through a series of “black holes” according to astrophysicists, these kind of new emanations were described by my ETI Andromedian contacts in the 1990s, as well as by the Andromedians contacting Alex Collier around the same time… http://www.cleveland.com/enter/index.ssf?/news/plaindealer/index.ssf%3f/base/news/1105018244272800.xml Not only was there a Tsunami in the East, others have appeared -Neptune & Uranus, recent pole shifts Link? Evidence? Neptune´s axis is on almost the same tilt as earth´s, and although Uranus does have a strangely tilted axis there´s no evidence this happened "recently". ----------------------------------- Ok, here´s the first one: http://www.burlingtonnews.net/solarsystem.html ALASKA TRANSFORMATION — EVACUATION OF ANTARTIKA Just like the Tsunami in the east this December, massive Earthquakes in Alaska were preceeded by many sightings of Unidentified Objects in the skies, sky booms, light flashes, unidentified objects, and so called meteors, as well as the New Universe cosmic ray signals, Alaska’s skies, have been Lightened by the New Light of the North….
December 19, 2004 Mysterious Light Brightens Arctic
By Geoffrey Lean, Environment Editor Santa and his reindeer will be able to see their way better than ever on Christmas Eve, for a mysterious light is beginning to brighten the dark polar winter. Eskimos and scientists report a strange "lightness at noon" that is turning the usual all-day darkness of the high Canadian Arctic into twilight, apparently in defiance of natural laws. Canadian government officials say it may be the result of an unusual atmospheric phenomenon caused by global warming. Inuit hunters are telling the government's weather station at Resolute Bay - Canada's second most northerly village, 1,000 miles from the North Pole - of a new light in the sky. And Wayne Davidson, the Canadian government official who runs the station, says he believes it caused by climate change. For the past five years, Mr. Davidson says, there has been a growing light along the horizon in the middle of the day in winter. "The entire horizon is raised like magic, like the hand of God is bringing it up," he says. But Mr. Davidson's investigations, backed by other scientists, suggest a more prosaic explanation. Warmer air, from global warming, is overlaying the cold air of the Arctic and the interface between the two creates a kind of "mirror in the sky" which reflects the sun's rays from further south. So this Christmas Santa may be able to ignore Rudolph's red-nose and rely on pollution from the world's chimneys to find his way down them. The Independent UK Look what the Antarctic scientists are looking for: antimatter! 23 December 2004 Antimatter over Antarctica? An international team of researchers will fly a balloon and sensitive detectors over the South Pole. They won´t be searching for anything known in our universe of matter. They will seek out remnants of antimatter. http://www.rednova.com/news/display/?id=113637 Astrobiology Magazine -- An international team of scientists has launched a high-altitude, balloon-borne instrument from Antarctica to search for antimatter, which is among the rarest and most elusive types of particles in the Universe. The team seeks to understand the origin of cosmic antimatter and to find evidence for the existence of Hawking radiation from "evaporating" black holes, a theory proposed by Prof. Stephen Hawking of Cambridge University in England. The instrument, called BESS-Polar, launched successfully on December 13 from McMurdo Station, Antarctica, beneath a 40-million-cubic-foot scientific balloon, as big as a football field. To maximize the possibility of finding the antimatter predicted by Hawking, the team is hoping for at least a 10-day flight, or once around the South Pole, in a near-space environment above 99% of the atmosphere. The instrument is now circling the Pole at an average altitude of 24 miles (39 kilometers). A) china 86,000 sq mile area shrouded in fog
B) largest earth quake felt in 224 years near antartica. C) largest earth quake recorded in recent hostory Near tasmania. D) volcanoes errupting. E) unexplained space ship launches D) wild and apparently unexpected weather appearing all over the globe (not everywhere yet!).. F) An almost 90% main media black out of the many unprecidented weather events occuring right now!!! http://salmon.nict.go.jp/live/aurora_cam/live_aurora_cam_e.html Real time webcam, it´s 7:30 pm in Alaska and should be totally dark outside why is it still light? 12/22/2004 http://salmon.nict.go.jp/live/aurora_cam/live_aurora_cam_e.html look at it. I´ve been watching this link for Northern lights for awhile, it is always dark, this light is 4 pm light not 7 pm Massive quake strikes Antarctica From correspondents in Strasbourg December 24, 2004 A MASSIVE earthquake measuring 8.2 on the Richter scale struck the largely uninhabited area around Macquarie Island in Antarctica, French seismological officials said. The quake hit at 1.58am Friday AEDT, the Earth Sciences Observatory in Strasbourg said in a statement. The Macquarie archipelago, an Australian territory some 1500km south-east of Tasmania, is the only island group in the world composed entirely of oceanic crust and rocks from the mantle - deep below the earth's surface - according to the website of the Australian Government's environment ministry. The island group, with mountains rising to 400m above sea level, became a UNESCO World Heritage site in 1997 due in part to its unique natural beauty and in part to its diversity in fauna. Its colony of king penguins, numbering around 850,000, is one of the largest in the world. Geoscience Australia said the quake had a magnitude of 7.8 and was felt in Hobart and on the Tasmanian Peninsula. "This was an inter-plate earthquake between Indo-Australian and Pacific plates," seismologist Cvetan Sinadinovski said. "The last earthquake of similar magnitude in the Macquarie Rise region was in 1924. "Earthquakes of this magnitude can produce localised tsunamis. Although we have no confirmation (of this) at this stage."
Agence France-Presse http://www.news.com.au/common/story_page/0,4057,11775203%5e1702,00.html Rumors Of US Evacuation In Antarctica - Russia Helping? The Boom Shelter.com 1-10-5 What's happening at Antartica? According to inside Aussie news reports, the US has decided to evacuate its base at McMurdo in the Antartic and has requested the Russians to also send its icebreaker the 'Krasin' to assist evacuation. The Krasin, which I believe is one of their biggest, is reported to be presently south of the equator under full steam to meet a US icebreaker. The story goes that 2 large icebergs are grounded in McMurdo Bay preventing supplies reaching the Base. There's something wrong with that story. This time of the year is favorable for all manner of activity at Antartica. The Russian tourist ship the icebreaker 'Kapitan Khlebnikov' is probably at the Antartic with tourists now. Or at least it is capable of cancelling the tourists and rushing from its permanent dock in New Zealand or Tasmania to evacuate staff. These big icebreakers are probably engaged to remove huge quantities of instruments and people. Why are they rushing to remove instruments, equipment, etc, and people?? It is doubtfull that the grounded 2 icebergs would halt supplies. What is incoming...might be a good question with this story?? I am suspecting, more than anything incoming, is that ice is shearing off the Antartic land mass and the Base is draining out to sea. http://theboomshelter.com/ Russian, US Icebreakers To Help McMurdo In Antarctica December 30, 2004 ST. PETERSBURG (Interfax-Northwest) - The Krasin icebreaker of Russia and an icebreaker of the U.S. Coast Guard will start a joint operation to help the U.S. McMurdo station in Antarctica on January 20, head of the Russian Antarctica expedition Valery Lukin told Interfax on Thursday. "Five icebergs have run aground near the station and ice cannot flow out from the bay. The ice is 3.5 meters thick in the bay, and the station supply is difficult," Lukin said. McMurdo is the largest station in Antarctica, which can host about 5,000 people at the same time. http://www.interfax.ru/e/B/0/28.html?id_issue=10736710
http://216.109.124.98/ THE REASON FOR THE EVACUATION IS THE NU COSMIC RAYS, AS THIS ARTICLE INDICATES, Ananda Manu December 20, 2004 Stratospheric balloon launched from Antarctica’s McMurdo base Istituto Nazionale di Fisica Nucleare 20.12.2004 Aboard Cream, an experiment for the study of cosmic rays A stratospheric balloon of Nasa was launched yesterday, December 16 at 1.28 a.m. Italian time from the Antarctica’s McMurdo base. The balloon raised Cream (Cosmic Ray Energetics And Mass) experiment up to 40 kilometres of height. In the experiment, coordinated by Eun Suk Seo of Maryland University, participate American universities (Maryland, Chicago, Penn State, Ohio), South Korea universities (Ewa, KyungPook) and an Italian group of Pisa, Siena, and Torino departments of the Italian Institute for Nuclear Physics (Infn), directed by Pier Simone Marrocchesi. The balloon, following circulation of winds high quote, will sail around the ice continent for about three weeks. During this time, data of great scientific interest will be gathered. These data concern flows of charged particles of highest energy (cosmic rays) coming from Space. Cream experiment was conceived in particular to investigate the origin of cosmic rays and their acceleration mechanisms: two questions that are still waiting for a definite answer, in spite of the enormous advancements carried out in this field since 1912. At that time Victor Hess, thanks to his pioneer balloon flights, was the first to show the existence of radiation coming from Space. Deepening and photos relating the balloon launch are available at the web page http://www.unisi.it/fisica/cream/
Massive quake hits off Tasmania December 24, 2004
A MASSIVE earthquake that struck the largely uninhabited area around Macquarie Island in Antarctica early today was felt in Tasmania. The quake hit at 2.58pm GMT Thursday (1.58am AEDT), measuring 8.2 on the Richter scale, the Earth Sciences Observatory in Strasbourg, France said. The Hong Kong Observatory separately estimated the earthquake´s magnitude at 7.8 on the Richter scale, measured at 3.12pm GMT (2.12am AEDT). The observatory determined the epicentre to be over the seas north of Macquarie Island. http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/common/story_page/0,5744,11775215%255E421,00.html
LIGHT FLASHES AND METEORS AS THE OTI/ETI NU COSMIC RAYS
Meteor showers to devastate planet Earth
12/23/2004 Someone in deep black space deliberately bombards the Earth with meteorites. Residents of Jakarta and two other neighboring Indonesian towns were frightened with a series of loud explosions on December 18th overnight. Western special services warned Jakarta of possible terrorists acts in the country on Christmas Eve. The police, however, did not find any destruction either in Jakarta, or near it. Local television channels reported that several people had seen some objects, possibly meteorites, falling down from the sky. There were no meteorites found in the area either. The Indonesian Air Force confirmed the meteorite origin of the above-mentioned explosions in Jakarta: radars registered an unidentified flying object, which was falling down on the ground at a very high speed. Astronomers supported the space version too: they said that eyewitnesses had seen meteorites, not a crashed spacecraft. The mystery of December blasts in Jakarta has not been unveiled yet. If it was really a large meteorite that fell into pieces and exploded in the Earth´s atmosphere, one may say that it was not a "timely" meteorite at all. December is the time of meteor showers, especially the Geminids and the Ursids. The Geminids light the night sky as they fly from the constellation of Gemini on December 14th. The mysterious explosions in Jakarta occurred on December 19th - it was too late for the Geminid meteor shower, as it had flown away already on December 17th. There is another meteor shower called Ursid - these meteorites are considered to be fragments of 8P/Tuttle comet, which, as scientists believe, neared Jupiter and exploded 600 years ago. December 19th was not a good date for the Ursids either, for they appear in the sky at night of December 22nd. If there was a meteorite in Jakarta, it must have been a very unusual meteorite. As a rule, meteorites do not fall down on inhabited localities. They prefer to hit seas, lakes, fields and even the Antarctic. There can be exceptions from the rule, of course. A large meteorite blew up above the village of Boqate Ha Sofonia in Lesotho, South Africa, two years ago. The space rock burst into thousands of small fragments (400 of them were found afterwards) and showered down on village houses. One of the pieces flew into a kitchen window and burnt a plastic container there. Local residents had to experience the invasion of scientists later, who determined that the meteorite originally weighed about one ton. It was orbiting the Sun for 4.6 million years, until it broke into the Earth´s atmosphere at the speed, which exceeded the sound speed 50-100 times. A recent research showed that the number of meteorite collectors considerably increased owing to the Internet. It is noteworthy that the black market of meteorites has been very active in 2004. Meteorite trafficking and robbery has become much more frequent; the prices on space rocks started growing too. Lunar and Martian stones are especially expensive - the prices on them can reach $30,000 per gram, which is 3,000 times as expensive as gold. Reports about meteorites falling down on Earth appear almost every week. A strange object was seen flying across the Australian sky shortly before the above-mentioned Jakarta meteor. Unusual luminescence and roaring sounds have recently been registered in the sky above several German towns. Scientists said that those phenomena had been caused with fragments of asteroids in the Earth´s atmosphere.
Continued: http://english.pravda.ru/science/19/94/378/14754_asteroid.html Was this a metorite hit? ´THE world´s biggest earthquake in almost four years has struck 800km off the coast of Tasmania, Australian seismological officials said. Geoscience Australia said the quake, measuring 8.1 on the Richter Scale, hit the Macquarie Rise in the Pacific Ocean at 1.59am (AEDT). The earthquake, which occurred half-way between Australia and Antarctica, was felt throughout Tasmania, seismologist Cvetan Sinadinovski said. It caused buildings in parts of the state to shake for up to 15 seconds, he said. No one was injured in the quake and structures were in no danger of collapsing because it struck so far off the coast. ´ http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/common/story_page/0,5744,11775215%255E421,00.html
OTI GALACTIC PLASMA ARC FLOW COSMIC PULSES MADE MINDS
This is the only story I´ve found that even attempts to explain these winds that are not only hitting us here in Canada but all around the world too.
Wind storm deadly Man on snowboard killed as 100 kmh gusts sweep across central Alberta
By SHANE HOLLADAY and AJAY BHARDWAJ -- Sun Media A snow-kite sailing trip across frozen Lac St. Anne ended in tragedy yesterday when 100-kmh winds slammed a man and his snowboard into the side of an abandoned church, killing him. The 48-year-old man was caught in severe winds that swept through a strip of central Alberta, stretching from Edson to the Saskatchewan border which felled trees, toppled a radio tower, flipped small planes, tore up roofs and knocked out power to more than 29,000 people. http://cnews.canoe.ca/CNEWS/Canada/2004/12/20/790845-sun.html
Wind storm causes electrical power outage in Santa Paula Wild winds were to blame for Thursday’s power outage that left Main Street traffic signals blank and some mid-town homes without electricity for hours.
By Peggy Kelly Santa Paula Times
Wild winds were to blame for Thursday’s power outage that left Main Street traffic signals blank and some mid-town homes without electricity for hours.
According to Nancy Williams, Southern California Edison Region Manager, the “whole system was impacted by the extremely high wind that came roaring through Thursday morning,” cutting power to about 10,000 SCE customers throughout the region. Most of the power outages were “Related to tree branches in the lines; we also had a tree take out three poles in the Oxnard area,” noted Williams. Described as gale force winds in some areas of the state, gusts in the Santa Paula area began early Wednesday evening and intensified throughout the night. http://www.santapaulatimes.com/news/fullstory.php/aid/7927/Wind_storm_causes_electrical_power_outage_in_Santa_Paula_.html
12/24/2004 Yesterday, trash day, the wind was blowing so hard (40-50mph gusts), all the trashcans on my street were knocked over, and broken branches from trees were scattered on everyone´s lawn. I´ve never seen anything like this in the winter. Except several years back in January. when an unnamed tropical storm hit us. EDIT, day before yesterday I meant. Also 3 days ago, the low was 27F. Yesterday the high was 75F. I am in Charleston, SC. Bad Weather, Climate Change Cost World Record $90 Bln http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=10000101&sid=agc8_TbeCwzU&refer=japan TIMES NEWS NETWORK[ THURSDAY, DECEMBER 23, 2004 11:35:52 PM ] Its winter. However, the city is witnessing unusual drop in day temperature instead of the night. Infact, Thursday was the ´coldest day’ of this winter so far with maximum temperature dropping to 16.5 degrees, six degrees below normal. In contrast the minimum temperature was 12.6 degrees, six degrees above normal. Interestingly, the actual temperatures during the last 24-hour hovered between 13 to 14 degrees. The ´overcast’ skies fascinated people. It was not clouds but ´fog in suspension.’ A thick dense fog, with vertical thickness of two kilometres, had enveloped the state.
- Severe Storms Leave Most of Finland without Power - Thousands Stranded After Gale Chaos: Scotland - Arkansas, only the ninth white Christmas in 120 years - Big storm shatters weather records for area: Kentucky - Record Rains Hit South Africa - Giant Storm Spans Sea of Japan, dumps 3 feet of snow: Russia - Major storm lashes Ontario, Quebec: Canada
- Worst Winter Storm In History: Ohio - Rio Grande Valley could see first snow since 1895
January 9, 2005
Residents say they saw meteor in Alaska Alaska Digest
JUNEAU - Some Juneau residents saw a fiery ball traversing the sky at about 7:45 a.m. Friday. Apparently, it was a meteor. The comet Machholz has been visible with the naked eye recently, but it would be just a fuzzy, small light even with a telescope, astronomy buffs said. Karen Ross said she saw the light to the north as she was driving north on Egan Drive near the Pioneers' Home. The light was large enough that she thought at first it could be an airplane about to crash. "I see this big ball of light coming down," she said. "There were flashes of green and red. It was really colorful. The sky was clear. It was gorgeous." Ross said the light was huge and round. It streaked quickly from the west to the east in a steep downward arc, and soon wasn't visible behind the mountains. There was a little trail of light behind it, she said. KINY Radio reported hearing from a Yakutat man who saw it. The light wasn't noticed at the U.S. customs station in Haines or reported to the mounties in Whitehorse, those agencies said. Meteors are pieces of rock or space debris that enter the Earth's atmosphere, heat up from the friction, and become visible. Meteors often are called falling stars or shooting stars. If the debris hits the Earth, it is called a meteorite. http://www.juneauempire.com/stories/010905/sta_20050109013.shtml The glacial retreat (Alaska) has an interesting side effect — an increase in the frequency of earthquakes in the region. http://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/Newsroom/NewImages/images.php3?img_id=16625 Yet the more Wallace studied the models the more he became convinced that something wicked was coming this way. "It all fits together nicely," Wallace said. "There´s going to be weather in the headlines this weekend, that´s for sure." Wagner was worried about the Ohio and Tennessee River valleys as the places where the three nasty storm systems could meet, probably with snow, thunderstorms, severe ice storms and flooding. Some of those areas already are flooded. The converging storms are being steered by high-pressure ridges off Alaska and Florida and are part of a temporary change in world climate conditions, O´Lenic said.
Over equatorial Indonesia, east of where the tsunami hit, meteorologists have identified a weather-making phenomenon called the Madden-Julian Oscillation. It´s producing extra-stormy weather to its east. Similar oscillations in the north Atlantic and north Pacific are changing global weather patterns. Add to the strange mix this year´s mild El Nino - a warming of the equatorial Pacific - which is unusually far west, Redmond said.." http://www.sanluisobispo.com/mld/sanluisobispo/news/nation/10565429.htm NASA ANNOUNCING 2012 MAGNETIC POLE SHIFT These are the years where what we have had written in The Unity Keys Of Emmanuel, during the 1990s, as some of the most novel consortium of ideas and cosmoclogies, are now rapidly unfolding… Appart from the magnetic pole shift anouncement, now finally, scientists measure and announce a new form of Mystery gamma ray burst from the galactic center, with which we are presently in full conjunction, as the Rg Veda has chronocled. The announcement was made during Time Gate 2004:
High Energy Mystery lurks at the Galactic Centre
A mystery lurking at the centre of our own Milky Way galaxy - an object radiating high-energy gamma rays - has been detected by a team of UK astronomers working with international partners. Their research, published today (September 22nd) in the Journal Astronomy and Astrophysics, was carried out using the High Energy Stereoscopic System (H.E.S.S.), an array of four telescopes, in Namibia, South-West Africa.
A mystery lurking at the centre of our own Milky Way galaxy - an object radiating high-energy gamma rays - has been detected by a team of UK astronomers working with international partners. Their research, published today in the Journal Astronomy and Astrophysics, was carried out using the High Energy Stereoscopic System (H.E.S.S.), an array of four telescopes, in Namibia, South-West Africa.
More news...
The Galactic Centre harbours a number of potential gamma-ray sources, including a supermassive black hole, remnants of supernova explosions and possibly an accumulation of exotic 'dark matter' particles, each of which should emit the radiation slightly differently. The radiation observed by the H.E.S.S. team comes from a region very near Sagittarius A*, the black hole at the centre of
the galaxy. According to most theories of dark matter, it is too energetic to have been created by the annihilation of dark matter particles. The observed energy spectrum best fits theories of the source being a giant supernova explosion, which should produce a constant stream of radiation.
Dr. Paula Chadwick of the University of Durham said, "We know that a giant supernova exploded in this region 10,000 years ago. Such an explosion could accelerate cosmic gamma rays to the high energies we have seen - a billion times more energy than the radiation used for X-rays in hospitals. But further observations will be needed to determine the exact source."
Professor Ian Halliday, Chief Executive of the Particle Physics and Astronomy Research Council (PPARC) which funds UK involvement in H.E.S.S. said; "Science continues to throw out the unexpected as we push back the frontiers of knowledge." Halliday added "The centre of our Galaxy is a mysterious place, home to exotic phenomena such as a black hole and dark matter. Finding out which of these sources produced the gamma-rays will tell us a lot about the processes taking place in the very heart of the Milky Way."
However, the team's theory doesn't fit with earlier results obtained by the Japanese /Australian CANGAROO instrument or the US Whipple instrument. Both of these have detected high-energy gamma rays from the Galactic Centre in the past (observations from 1995-2002), though not with the same precision as H.E.S.S, and they were unable to pinpoint the exact location as H.E.S.S. has now done, making it harder to deduce the source. These previous results have different characteristics to the H.E.S.S. observations. It is possible that the gamma-ray source at the Galactic Centre varies over the timescale of a year, suggesting that the source is in fact a variable object, such as the central black hole.
The H.E.S.S. team (pdf 1.56MB) hopes to unravel the mystery with further observations of the Galactic Centre over the next year or two. The full array of four telescopes will be inaugurated on September 29th 2004.
Notes for Editors
The full scientific paper
The H.E.S.S. collaboration
The High Energy Stereoscopic System (H.E.S.S.) team consists of scientists from Germany, France, the UK, the Czech Republic, Ireland, Armenia, South Africa and Namibia.
The H.E.S.S. array
Over the last few years, the H.E.S.S. collaboration have been building a system of four telescopes in the Khomas Highland region of Namibia, to study very-high-
energy gamma rays from cosmic particle accelerators. The telescopes, known as Cherenkov telescopes, image the light created when high-energy cosmic gamma rays are absorbed in the atmosphere, and have opened a new energy domain for astronomy. The H.E.S.S. telescopes each feature mirrors of area 107 square metres, and are equipped with highly sensitive and very fast 960-pixel light detectors in the focal planes. Construction of the telescope system started in 2001; the fourth telescope was commissioned in December 2003. Observations were being made even while the system was being built, first using a single telescope, then with two and three telescopes. While only the complete four-telescope system provides the full performance, the first H.E.S.S. telescope alone was already superior to any of the instruments operated previously in the southern hemisphere. Among the first targets to be observed with a two-telescope instrument was the Galactic Centre. http://www.pparc.ac.uk/Nw/SgrA.asp BROWN DWARF 2ND SUN, NUTRINO SUN, AND 4D PORTALS explanation would be that a brown dwarf is in our neighborhood. If that is the case then we´re all in a world of trouble and the deeper you dig the safer you´ll be. Does Our Sun Have A Doomsday Twin? By Paul Blakemore The Telegraph - UK (10-22-2) In 1846, researchers noticed that Uranus was wobbling in a way that confounded Newton´s Law of Motion. This meant they had two options: rewrite the most time-honoured of the laws of physics, or "invent" a new planet to account for the extra gravitational pull. Compared to Newton´s reputation, an eighth planet seemed much less massive and Neptune was discovered. Today scientists working in the University of Louisiana have discovered a statistical anomaly of similar proportions. Professors John Matese [see below], Patrick Whitman and Daniel Whitmire have studied the orbits of comets for 20 years, and their recent findings have led to startling theories. Intrigued by the work of two palaeontologists working for the University of Chicago, Prof Whitmire, along with Nasa colleague Dr Al Jackson, had earlier attempted to explain the amazing discovery that six apocalyptic events, including the extinction of the dinosaurs, have all occurred, like clockwork, every 26 to 30 million years. To try to explain this mass extinction cycle, they looked to the possibility that comet showers were to blame. The latest effort of Matese, Whitman and Whitmire studies 82 comets from the huge cloud of comets, called the Oort cloud, that exists around our solar system. They took the aphelia of these comets, the points on their orbit that are farthest from our Sun, and plotted them on a globe. Expecting to find an even distribution, they instead found that a particular band of sky, about one sixth the
total, contained more than one quarter of all the comets, and that about 25 per cent of the comets coming from this cloud have anomalous paths. So what was affecting the orbits? They went on to theorise that the best explanation is the existence of a previously unknown body - that our solar system is made up of the Sun and a shadowy partner, either a brown dwarf or a massive planet, in a wide binary system. In effect, the solar system had two stars, the Sun and a dark companion, spinning around each other. Now I know what you´re thinking Surely I´d have noticed a second Sun in the sky? But, as Prof Whitmire explained, the process of assumption based on statistical anomalies has always been a cornerstone of scientific discovery. According to their current theory, he says, "the companion is a brown dwarf star or massive planet of mass between two and six times the mass of Jupiter". A brown dwarf is a star too small to sustain the nuclear fusion that powers our Sun, and so is relatively cool (surface temperature of less than 1500C) and so also very dim, being barely hot enough to give off light. But it gets worse. Under their original theory, called the Nemesis theory, this small dark star, which lurks at around 90,000 times farther away than the Earth is from the Sun, may be on an orbit that, once every 30 million years, ploughs it into the densely packed inner cloud. Here its immense gravitational pull would drag out several of the Oort comets and give them the "kick" needed to send them towards the Sun on orbits perilously close to the Earth. This explains, in the professor´s view, the ominous mass extinction cycle, due to regular periods of increased cometary activity every 30 million years. http://www.viewzone.com/nemesis.html
Strange Object Found, Defying Ideas of Solar System Formation by Robert Roy Britt
WASHINGTON D.C. - Solar system creation theorists got more to chew on Monday when astronomers announced the discovery a huge object called a brown dwarf orbiting a star nearly as closely as Saturn is to our Sun. Added to recent findings of extrasolar planetary systems that are markedly unlike the one around the Sun, the new finding makes our solar system look like an oddball in the galaxy. Brown dwarfs are large balls of gas, much more massive than Jupiter but not heavy enough to generate the thermonuclear fusion that powers a star. In recent years, these strange, in-between objects have been found in so many bizarre configurations that researchers are scrambling to figure out whether they are dealing with one class of object or several. Lone brown dwarfs have been spotted wandering through space fairly nearby. Others have been detected at vast distances from other stars, forming in nests. Brown dwarfs might even spawn their own planetary systems. And scientists have struggled and argued over the specific differences between brown dwarfs and planets, especially how and where they are born. Finding a brown dwarf in a region around a star thought to be reserved for planets will only exacerbate ongoing disagreements.
"This finding suggests that a diversity of processes act to populate the outer regions of other solar systems," said Michael Liu, a University of Hawaii astronomer who led the team that made the discovery. Liu and his colleagues, a group of venerable planet hunters, found the object using the Gemini North and Keck telescopes at Mauna Kea, Hawaii. The results were presented here at a meeting of the American Astronomical Society. http://www.arn.org/docs2/news/browndwarf010802.htm What is a Brown Dwarf When we look up into the sky at night and see the stars it is not obvious at first glance which of the points of light we see are stars and which are planets. It is only after close examination with various instruments such as telescopes and spectroscopes that we can see that there are some bodies which shine by reflected light (planets), and some bodies which shine by their own light (stars). What is it that underlies this difference between stars and planets? A star forms when a cloud of gas contracts under its gravitational attraction, heating up as it does so. Eventually the temperature rises sufficiently for nuclear fusion to take place in the centre, this generates energy, and thus it can start shining under its own power. A planet forms by a different process: The small particles of dust, which are left over after the formation of the star, collide and sometimes stick together forming larger clumps. These clumps in turn collide to form larger clumps, the process continuing until most of the dust is used up. The result is a relatively cold body which is not sufficiently hot or heavy to produce its own light. So where do Brown Dwarfs come into the picture? If, for some reason, insufficient gas is available to form a star, then the body will not be able to increase its mass and temperature sufficiently to be able to sustain hydrogen fusion. The resulting object is what is meant by a Brown dwarf: Unfortunately this makes it difficult to recognise an Brown Dwarf simply by looking at it - we need to know its history as well - how did it form? However, by the time we find a candidate Brown Dwarf it is too late to see how it formed, so we need some other method of distinguishing a Brown Dwarf from a large planet. What would such a "failed star" be like? At the moment there seems to be no clear cut way of determining if an object is a large planet or a small Brown Dwarf. Some people have suggested a mass limit of around 10Mj, but it seems likely that it is possible to have a Large planet which has a mass greater than that of the smallest Brown dwarfs. Properties of Brown Dwarfs Mass According to the accepted theories, the critical mass required in order to be able to commence Hydrogen burning (fusion) is 0.084 Mo so a Brown Dwarf must have a mass less than this. The lower limit is more difficult to pinpoint, but a Brown Dwarf is usually regarded as having a mass between 10 Mj and 84 Mj.
Central Temperature By definition, the central temperature must be less than 3 million degrees, as that is the critical temperature required for substantial nuclear reactions to take place. The temperature is dependent on the mass, and will be lower for lower mass objects. Surface temperature The temperature of the outermost part of a Brown Dwarf is expected to be around 1000 K, though this will of course depend on its age. It will cool down as it get older. Nuclear fusion may take place at the beginning of its life, but this cannot be sustained very long. Luminosity Because of their low surface temperature Brown Dwarfs are not very luminous. The least luminous "Normal stars" area around 10-4 L, and whilst a young Brown Dwarf may temporarily be a little brighter than this before the cooling phase sets in, older Brown Dwarfs are going to be around 10-5 L. This means that its absolute magnitude is going to be around +17. Why are Brown Dwarfs important? As you may know, one of the most important problems in cosmology/astrophysics just now is the problem of the so called "Missing Mass". Various observational and theoretical arguments can be used to show that we have only been able to identify about 10% of the mass of the universe. So where is the other 90%? One theory is that it is bound up in brown dwarfs, so the discovery of vast numbers of Brown dwarfs (or the discovery that there are very few Brown Dwarfs) would have great repercussions for cosmology. http://www.bahnhof.se/~davidgr/browndwf/bd_def.html METEORS OR COSMIC RAYS Small Asteroid Passes Between Satellites and Earth http://story.news.yahoo.com/news?tmpl=story&cid=96&e=5&u=/space/smallasteroidpassesbetweensatellitesandearth Astronomers spotted an asteroid this week after it had flown past Earth on a course that took it so close to the planet it was below the orbits of some satellites. The space rock was relatively small, however, and would not have posed any danger had it plunged into the atmosphere. The object, named 2004 YD5, was about 16 feet (5 meters) wide, though that´s a rough estimate based on its distance and assumed reflectivity. Had it entered the atmosphere, it would have exploded high up, experts figure.
Satellite territory The asteroid passed just under the orbits of geostationary satellites, which at 22,300 miles (36,000 kilometers) altitude are the highest manmade objects circling Earth. Most other satellites, along with the International Space Station (news - web sites), circle the planet at just a few hundred miles up. 2004 YD5 is the second closest pass of an asteroid ever observed by telescope, according to the Asteroid/Comet Connection, a web site that monitors space rock discoveries. The closest involved a rock that flew by last March and was not announced until August. 2004 YD5 was discovered Tuesday, Dec. 21 by Stan Pope, who volunteers his time to examine images provided by the FMO (Fast Moving Object) project, an online program run by the University of Arizona´s Spacewatch Project. After the initial detection, other observers noted the object´s position during the day and its path was then calculated back. Closest approach occurred on Dec. 19. The rock approached Earth from near the Sun and so would have been nearly impossible to detect prior to close passage. It soared over Antarctica -- underneath the planet, Washington State University researcher Pasquale Tricarico told the Asteroid/Comet Connection. Astronomers are aware of this significant blind spot for asteroids that approach Earth while in the glare of the Sun. Only a space telescope could detect such objects before they arrive. Maybe this had something to do with the Dec 19 viewing of fireballs? "Lead me not into temptation, as I can find my own way" STORMS AND COSMIC RAYS TSUNAMI 12/24/2004 Well, according to the news reports from Ohio it is 9:32. Where are you at?
Storm slams region Icy roads snarl traffic, close schools a day early
One of the worst winter storms in the region´s history dumped near-record amounts of snow Wednesday and was expected to continue its assault well into the day today. The storm, which proved to be even bigger than meteorologists had predicted, shut down schools and government offices, stalled traffic and sent cars sliding
off the roads all day Wednesday. Salt trucks and snow-removal crews struggled, and at times failed, to keep up with the falling snow. http://news.enquirer.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20041223/NEWS01/412230365/1077&template=theme&theme=HOLIDAY%20SNOW COSMIC RAY PULSES TSUNAMI AND SOLAR FLARES Joint USAF/NOAA Report of Solar and Geophysical Activity 23 Dec 2004 Prepared jointly by the U.S. Dept. of Commerce, NOAA, Space Environment Center and the U.S. Air Force. Updated 2004 Dec 23 2210 UTC Joint USAF/NOAA Report of Solar and Geophysical Activity SDF Number 358 Issued at 2200Z on 23 Dec 2004 IA. Analysis of Solar Active Regions and Activity from 22/2100Z to 23/2100Z: Solar activity was low. Region 713 (S08W06) produced several C-class events. The largest was a C5 at 23/1008 UTC. This flare was optically correlated with the GOES X-ray imager data. http://www.spaceref.com/news/viewsr.html?pid=14883 LASCO pic of a cosmic surge? http://sohowww.nascom.nasa.gov/data/realtime/javagif/gifs/20041104_2142_c3.gif http://satellite.ehabich.info/index5.html click on World View and look across the top of the satellite pic to SEE this mystery force http://www.n3kl.org/ Says everything is normal and quiet...thats why the hypothesis of our passing through denser space has credence IMO the precession of the equinoxes is not the trip around the galaxy, is it? The trip around the galaxy is supposed to take around 206 million years according to the following article, so 1/2 of that would be approximately 100 million years - a rather long time frame. See. http://www.crawford2000.co.uk/koothoomi.htm (and scroll down to the bottom) EARTHQUAKES BY NEW UNIVERSE COSMIC RAYS ANIMALS GO WILD 10th December scientists disturbed by mysterious tremors - PLEASE READ
Ok I just picked up on this one, and it seems there has been a lead up to the antartic and sumatra quakes. There is without doubt events taking place on our planet that has most of our scientists and climatologists baffled. http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?file=/c/a/2004/12/10/TREMORS.TMP
Tremors rock earth deep beneath San Andreas Fault Puzzling vibrations baffle researchers
David Perlman, Chronicle Science Editor Friday, December 10, 2004
Mysterious tremors deep beneath the San Andreas Fault near the quake-prone town of Parkfield are shaking the earth´s brittle crust, far below the region where earthquakes normally strike -- and scientists say they can´t understand what´s happening or what the motions mean. Seismic researchers are monitoring the strange vibrations closely. But whether the faint underground tremors -- termed "chatter" by some seismologists -- ***portend an increased likelihood of a major quake in the area is an unsolved puzzle. *** My chinese contact just told me that the animals in the Panyu zoo are going nuts and breaking out. There is something big happening right now. check this link to see the current quakes. another happened an hour ago. http://earthquake.usgs.gov/recenteqsww/Maps/region/Australia.html Anyone pick up on this last year. Experts: Tsunami kills few animals YALA NATIONAL PARK, Sri Lanka -- Wildlife officials in Sri Lanka expressed surprise Wednesday that they found no evidence of large-scale animal deaths from the weekend´s massive tsunami - indicating that animals may have sensed the wave coming and fled to higher ground. An Associated Press photographer who flew over Sri Lanka´s Yala National Park in an air force helicopter saw abundant wildlife, including elephants, buffalo, deer, and not a single animal corpse. http://seattlepi.nwsource.com/national/apasia_story.asp?category=1104&slug=Quake%20Sri%20Lanka%20Animals energy traveled over 2500 Km!!! "This is a very unusual occurrence. The energy that hit Sydney was equivalent to a magnitude 3.0 earthquake located 50 kilometres off the coast from Sydney".
Earthquake waves surf to Sydney For immediate release, Monday 1 September
Unusual ocean-riding seismic waves explain why the recent New Zealand earthquake was felt across the Tasman but not in parts of New Zealand´s South Island. The earthquake that rocked the South Island of New Zealand on 21 August was felt 2000km away in Sydney, yet residents in Wellington, a mere 600km away, felt nothing. Geoscience Australia seismologist Dr Mark Leonard explains that the energy from the magnitude 7.2 earthquake travelled to Australia through the ocean. "Sometimes seismic waves from offshore earthquakes travel through the ocean. The waves move through the water and can travel long distances without losing much energy, much further than on land. "The waves keep going until they run out of energy, or until they hit solid ground and the energy will pass from the ocean to the land. "In the case of the New Zealand earthquake, the energy crossed the Tasman Sea and hit solid ground when it reached the NSW coast", said Dr Leonard. This unusual mechanism is the reason why the energy was able to travel so far and why the earthquake was felt in Sydney but not in Wellington. "This is a very unusual occurrence. The energy that hit Sydney was equivalent to a magnitude 3.0 earthquake located 50 kilometres off the coast from Sydney". The data from this earthquake will provide a unique opportunity for Geoscience Australia seismologists to compare predictions of where the local geology amplifies earthquake energy with locations where people did and didn´t feel the 7.2 earthquake.
December 28, 2004 Evidence for Sumatra 9.0 Quake Leans towards Meteorite Strike
By: Sorcha Faal As more scientific information begins to become available relating to the events surrounding the 9.0 earthquake off of the Northern Coast of Sumatra on December 26th, it is being reported that the depth was 10km. More importantly perhaps are the growing signs surrounding this event that rather than being caused by internal earth dynamics, as is being widely reported, it was instead caused by an extraterrestrial event, a meteorite strike into the ocean having come from the Southern Hemispheric skies. Australian researcher Professor Ted Bryant had previously warned about just such an event happening in his book, Tsunami - The Underrated Hazard. He also ‘backed up his dire warning’ with a time and a date: 8pm on February 22, 1491, when a meteorite strike caused tsunami waves in excess of 130 meters high. Further research for the Australian Spaceguard Survey by Michael Paine, and titled “Tsunami from Asteroid/Comet Impacts”, shows that an asteroid having a diameter of 2 km would be equal to 1,000,000 MT. Mr. Paine states, “When an asteroid hits the ocean at 70 000km/h there is a gigantic explosion. The asteroid and water vaporize and leave a huge crater - typically 20 times the diameter of the asteroid (that is, a 100m asteroid will create a 2 kilometre diameter crater).
The water rushes back in, overshoots to create a mountain of water at the middle and this spreads out as a massive wave - a tsunami. The centre of the "crater" oscillates up and down several times and a series of waves radiate out.” Lending credence to the suspicions of a meteorite strike causing this event have been a number of world reports relating to fireballs, mysterious lights in the sky around the world and exploding meteorites turning ‘night into day’ in both Indonesia and China over these past few weeks. Coinciding with these events was the December 22nd report that scientists had identified a small asteroid ‘after’ it had passed earth orbit, “below the orbits of some satellites” and with no prior warnings as to its passage. Of course these anecdotal events in and of themselves do not constitute proof of a meteorite strike but they do provide further evidence leading to an ever growing concern as to the mysterious events occurring in the solar system below our Southern Hemispheric skies. There seems to be coming soon a determination based upon human common sense that these numerous events are indeed interconnected and inseparable form one another. Against this ‘common sense’ however we have a most detailed scientific research paper prepared by: Mike Sandiford, University of Melbourne; David Coblentz, Los Alamos National Laboratory; and Wouter Pieter Schellart, Australian National University, and titled, "Evaluating slab-plate coupling in the Indo-Australian plate", and wherein they state: “The distributed seismicity in the central Indian Ocean is unique, inasmuch as this is the only part of the old ocean lithosphere accumulating strain at an appreciable rate, and suggests that the Indo-Australian plate is in the process of fragmenting into separate Indian, Australian, and Capricorn plates.” Supporting their research is the theory of plate tectonics. The theory of plate tectonics (meaning "plate structure") was developed in the 1960´s. This theory explains the movement of the Earth´s plates and also explains the cause of earthquakes, volcanoes, oceanic trenches, mountain range formation, and many other geologic phenomenon. The plates are moving at a speed that has been estimated at 1 to 10 cm per year. Most of the Earth´s seismic activity (volcanoes and earthquakes) occurs at the plate boundaries as they interact. Not well known in the West however is that there are multiple numbers of other theories in contention with plate tectonics, and to which none, including plate tectonics, have ever been proven. Independent Australian researcher Rob Kanen, the author of “Plate Tectonics and The Expanding Earth - A Discounted Theory”, states: “Criticism can be fired at all the theories expounded to explain the mechanism of plate tectonics.” David Pratt, author of the research paper titled, “Plate Tectonics: A Paradigm Under Threat”, and published in the Journal of Scientific Exploration, states: “Plate tectonics -- the reigning paradigm in the earth sciences -- faces some very severe and apparently fatal problems. Far from being a simple, elegant, all-embracing global theory, it is confronted with a multitude of observational anomalies, and has had to be patched up with a complex variety of ad-hoc modifications and auxiliary hypotheses.” It must be mentioned that where once Western institutions of higher learning were beacons to the world, and in fact fueled scientific thought for hundreds of years, we now find (sadly) that they have now become virtual prisons of
1 October 2004 After Trio of Explosions, Scientists Say Supernova Is Imminent
NASA -- Three powerful blasts from three wholly different regions in space have left scientists scrambling. The blasts, which lasted only a few seconds, might be early alert systems for star explosions called supernovae, which could start appearing any day now. Maybe maybe not.....................In other wavelengths such as the ultraviolet and extreme ultraviolet parts of the solar spectrum, the solar variability can be quite large. In the x-ray wavelengths, the sun can change brightness by a factor of 100 or even 1000 in just a few minutes but these wavelengths only affect the upper reaches of our atmosphere. Figure 2 shows a 5-year sequence of x-ray images of the sun from solar maximum to solar minimum Solar System Warming Trend I ahve maintained for some time that increased radiation within our solar system maybe responsible for all the warming on Earth and the increase in solar activity causing Earthquakes, wobbles, tsunamis, and other catastophic change. I also ponder the cycle of this movement as oral history through myth and other has shown this happening time and again. With the lifespan of the human we maintain little awareness of a geologic scale and written history is not antiquated enough to show any recordable geologic model. The ice cores show rapid climate change occurs within decades and I have also maintained that we are enduring such change now. Supernova and Eta Carina are examples of how this energy may be imparting itself upon our system but also the cyclic movement requires us to see if there is somelthing out there that causes this to occur on a cycle leading us to the wormwood/nibiru theory. But alas I see this warming trend continue in all planets and am wondering if anyone else has any info on seismic or volcanic activity on neighboring planets or moons as this is crucial to establishing whether or not the solar flares or cosmic dust/radiation is causing such drastic movement on our Earth. Here is one small example of evidence to a solar system model of climate change: "Global Warming on Pluto Puzzles Scientists By Robert Roy Britt Senior Science Writer posted: 01:25 pm ET 09 October 2002 Puzzling Seasons and Signs of Wind Found on Pluto By Robert Roy Britt Senior Science Writer posted: 01:45 pm ET 09 July 2003 Seasonal change on Pluto is causing the planet to warm up even as it moves away from the Sun, according to two studies that also detected the first firm signs of weather on the tiny planet. http://www.space.com/scienceastronomy/pluto_warming_021009.html
We need to look beyond our Earth to the whole system, get away from global warming and look into solar system warming as we are wasting precious time modelling a global warming system that is inadequate to explain the way we are shaking presently, IMHO. We are so caught up in the politics of climate change that we are being nearsighted in our approach to it´s impacts. Global Warming on Mars? A study of the ice caps on Mars may show that the red planet is experiencing a
warming trend. http://www.mos.org/cst/article/80/9.html Astronomers have discovered that since 1989, Triton’s temperature has increased from –235 °C (–392 °F) to –233 °C (-389 °F). This warming trend is slowly turning frozen nitrogen on Triton into gas, creating a denser atmosphere. Scientists believe that Triton’s warming is part of a natural cycle that repeats itself every few hundred years when the moon’s southern hemisphere points directly into the Sun. Direct sunlight on the southern hemisphere heats the polar ice fields on Triton, causing a gradual global warming. http://www.geocities.com/beyondearth2001/triton.htm Two more, it is happening everywhere, solar warming is bigger and more applicable than global warming. The Sun is not immune to increased energy as well, It to maybe warming due to our increase in cosmic energy within our system presently:
"Cosmic ray link to global warming boosted 17 August 2004
Exclusive from New Scientist Print Edition Jenny Hogan
The controversial idea that cosmic rays could be driving global warming by influencing cloud cover will get a boost at a conference next week. But some scientists dismiss the idea and are worried that it will detract from efforts to curb rising levels of greenhouse gases. At issue is whether cosmic rays, the high-energy particles spat out by exploding stars elsewhere in the galaxy, can affect the temperature on Earth. The suggestion is that cosmic rays crashing into the atmosphere ionise the molecules they collide with, triggering cloud formation." http://www.newscientist.com/article.ns?id=dn6270&lpos=home3 at the end of the article is the major detback in my mind, and very typical in all manner of humanity and one that needs to be put aside, leave your ego out of this stuff as the only way we can solve this is by allowing the group mind to have a go at it:
"The idea that cosmic rays influence climate "is one of only a few truly new theories in Earth science," says Steven Lloyd, an atmospheric scientist from the Johns Hopkins University in Laurel, Maryland, who will chair the session on cosmic rays and climate next week. But "the political implications of the research muddy the waters", he says. " Of interest to me is when I search this topic everything I get is from 2000 or earlier, why is there nothing new being published? Muddy waters, research grants and $$$$$$$$, that is the downfall of this incarnation of man. The influx of radiation penetrating our shield(geoelectric magnetic field) leaves one wondering as to our future:
"MATCHES BETWEEN ELECTROMAGNETIC SIGNALS AND PAST EARTHQUAKES
Latest Update: November 6, 2004 Comments - December 28, 2004
After a few days of detecting low to moderate strength earthquake warning type signals after last Sunday’s earthquake those signals have now largely disappeared. This is consistent with what I have observed in the past after an especially powerful earthquake occurs. There is a somewhat disturbing several week lull in the generation of those signals." Interesting that this site was taken down fast, and I accessed this only through the cache process at google????? 1/4/2005 Solar System Warming Trend In my December 22, 2004 report I had detailed how an ever increasing number of continuing energy surges have begun hitting our planet, and to the disruption of our world’s weather cycles. Conjointly with the disruptions of the world’s weather systems has been the unexplained lighting up of the winter night skies in the far Northern Arctic regions, and as summarized in an article that said in part, "The entire horizon is raised like magic, like the hand of God is bringing it up.” More ominous for the world’s human beings perhaps, is that what has been generally relegated to the earth’s Southern Hemispheric regions is now occurring in the Northern ones too. The evidence for these increasing energy ‘blasts’ are increasingly being pointed towards a number of events that have occurred in the universe in years past, and to which we are now feeling their effects. One of these events was the Supernova Blast (SN1987a) that occurred on Feb. 23, 1987, and as explained by Peter Garnavich of the University of Notre Dame, "The real fireworks show is finally starting, and over the next 10 years things will get spectacular.” But, and as also contained in this information, the time line for the earth’s visibility of this event lies between the years of 1995-2015. Current events
are suggesting however that these events are going to be occurring much sooner than 2010. The fear evident in Western scientists regarding this event belongs to their theories about Supernovas, and that state that they are one of the most energetic explosive events known. “They occur at the end of a star´s lifetime, when its nuclear fuel is exhausted and it is no longer supported by the release of nuclear energy. If the star is particularly massive, then its core will collapse and in so doing will release a huge amount of energy.” In a particularly strange event surrounding SN1987a, American scientists ‘reworked’ existing theories about supernovas to show not what is necessarily true, but rather what they seemingly wanted to see. (Or more ominously to keep this knowledge hidden from others.) This ‘reworking’ though, still revealed the nervousness about this event by the American scientists, and as evidenced in the comment by Dr. Neil Gehrels of NASA´s Goddard Space Flight Center when he stated, "The possibility for mass extinction is indeed real, yet the risk seems much lower than we have thought." This American reworking of these formulas to obtain the results they desired left out the continued ozone layer depletion over the Southern Hemispheric Pole, and which according to the currently ongoing 2004 British survey states, “The ozone layer over much of the Southern Hemisphere south of 50° remains around 10% below the long term normal.” Where in past times ozone layer depletion was rightly ascribed to cosmic rays (gamma rays), Western scientists have with their reworked mathematics created a whole new methodology that blames these depletions on CFC’s (chlorofluorocarbons), and which even first term Russian school child would laugh about if this were not so serious an event. Best stated about these events from a Western perspective though are these words from an unknown person, “Now, don´t get me wrong; I´m not in favor of ANY strange laboratory-created substances polluting the air I have to breathe, and I wholeheartedly endorse the current campaign to rid the atmosphere of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), the atoms being blamed for the so-called "holes" in the ozone layer. But just stop for a minute and think: If CFCs caused the so-called "holes," why are they ONLY over the Polar Regions? Are the polar explorers and scientists using too much spray-on deodorant and fly-killer? Of course not. If CFCs had much to do at all with the so-called "holes," then the "holes" would be over New York, or Tokyo, or London, or at least somewhere relative to these places where it could be shown that the air currents were causing the CFCs to accumulate. But they are not. The "holes" only occur in two places, over the North and South Polar regions, exactly in accordance with natural forces which create the bulk of ozone, and exactly in accordance with the theories and predictions of the scientists who discovered them in the first place. Western science has a long history of contradicting itself, and this time is no exception, and as stated in this research paper contributed to by a number of American educational institutions shows, "Long-term effects of gamma ray bursts would spread around the Earth and include ozone layer depletion, global cooling, acid rain and radionuclide production." So today as the world is awash in acid rain, the ozone layers at the Northern and Southern Hemispheric Poles are expanding, the Western scientists put before their ever growing uneducated citizens a scientific explanation that blames these
events on CFCs and fossil fuels, when they know the science behind these assertions is totally false. An independent American researcher, Ricardo L. Carezani, in his article titled, “SN 1987 A and the Neutrino” says it best in describing Western scientists’ penchant for making facts fit their absurd assertions; “Putting together all 7 facts, the *overwhelming* neutrino evidence is replaced by an overwhelming evidence of "the pharaoh´s science" (i.e. nothing). For those of you not familiar with the pharaoh´s science, you can perform it yourself with a table and ruler: measure an arbitrary number of table parts, use an arbitrary equation, and come up with PI. Anyone can do it! Really!!” Coming literally on the heels of this Supernova event was the most astronomically significant event of human history with the most powerful explosion in the universe since the Big Bang that occurred in December, 1997. “Astronomers are mystified by the most powerful explosion ever witnessed, an enormous burst of gamma ray energy 12 billion light years from Earth that in one second released almost as much energy as all the stars of the universe.”; and as stated in this article by the American news source CNN. NASA Headquarters at the Goddard Space Flight Center further added about this event: “A recently detected cosmic gamma ray burst released a hundred times more energy than previously theorized, making it the most powerful explosion since the creation of the universe in the Big Bang.” For about one or two seconds, this burst was as luminous as all the rest of the entire universe," said Caltech professor George Djorgovski, one of the two principal investigators on the team from the California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, CA. Aside from the majority of Western peoples being ignorant of these events, Western scientists, at least publicly, are still not acknowledging the significance of them for all of the world’s peoples. Even with hundreds of thousands lying dead in Asia there can be no expectation that Western peoples will either become knowledgeable about or heed these many universal warnings. As incredible as it may seem to us Russians, Western people, (and especially the Americans) these Social Darwinist thinking human beings, fail to even see the connection between the last American space shuttle disaster, the present lighting of the Arctic Regions of the Northern Hemisphere and continuing global weather chaos! They even have State ordered training of their children through their educational systems that indoctrinate them into this way of being! The parents and grandparents of these children even willingly hand over their children to these mass indoctrination centers, and with their knowing the destructiveness of these institutions from the very examples our own Russian history has shown them. The Western media did report that, “Upper atmosphere may hold clues in Columbia mystery” in an article that appeared in an American national publication, USA Today. This article states in part, “The space shuttle Columbia´s troubles began as it dropped like a meteor from orbit into a mysterious and poorly understood atmospheric region that scientists have
dubbed the "ignorosphere”. The Concorde, the supersonic jet, flies in the bottom of this region at more than 11 miles above the Earth´s surface. Nothing but a rocket can fly at its upper limit of 53 miles. The "ignorosphere" encompasses the mesosphere and upper stratosphere. Invisible clouds, strange electrical flashes called red sprites and blue lightning bolts that strike upward from the tops of clouds inhabit the thin air. This is the place where falling stars are made. The "ignorosphere" earns its nickname from the fact that you can´t get there from here without a rocket. It is too high for weather balloons and too low for satellites to dip down to gather information. (And what Russian can ignore the childlike language used by one of the Americans’ most read national newspapers in addressing its citizens in their use of the make believe word “Ignorosphere” instead of its proper name, ionosphere. This is more sad than able to be laughed about because if any peoples of the earth are knowing what is being done to the Americans it is us.) The connection to these seemingly disconnected events is the rare earth phenomena called Noctilucent Clouds. What are Noctilucent Clouds? “NLC were first discovered in the summer of 1884 after the eruption of Krakatoa which occurred in 1883. The volcanic eruption was at first thought to have contributed to the formation of NLC due to the ejection of huge quantities of dust into the upper atmosphere; however it has been proven that the eruption was not responsible for their formation.” The actual "discoverer" is debated, however recent work has shown that the first conclusive observations were performed by T.W. Backhouse from Sunderland, U.K. Gadsden and Schroder (1989) question why Noctilucent Clouds were not discovered prior to 1885 and suggest that the eruption of Krakatoa was significant in that it caused observers to take more of a careful note of the twilight skies. This is a very difficult hypothesis to comprehend as it suggests that no observers ever bothered to take note of the twilight sky. This is a highly unlikely scenario as it is would seem very improbable that astronomers and meteorologists who frequently observed would miss such a highly conspicuous phenomena. Of such concern are these phenomenal Noctilucent Clouds that a number of Western scientific studies are underway in the search for the answers as to why they are increasing, and to the extent that light from them is being reflected back into the normally darkened winter Northern Arctic skies. “Increased sightings of noctilucent clouds may be related to climate change.” states one of these research studies underway by an organization named CAWSES (Climate and Weather of the Sun-Earth System), and as stated in their report titled: A proposed new SCOSTEP Program for 2004-2008. Another study being conducted is by the HAIL Project (Holographic Array for Ionospheric Lightning), associated with the American Stanford University, where their approach is being directed towards, “Direct electrodynamic coupling
between lightning discharges and the mesosphere/lower ionosphere evidenced by spectacular luminous optical emissions known as red sprites and elves, VLF signatures of rapid conductivity changes and radar detection of transient ionization patches above a thunderstorms.” Specifically, these increasing cosmic ray bursts hitting our planet are causing, among other things, an ever increasing amount of upper atmosphere lighting occurrences that are also disturbing our earth’s magnetic field and causing such bad things to happen as small planes falling out of the sky due to disruptions in our magnetic field. These are best known to aircraft pilots as gravity, or buoyancy waves. “Gravity, or buoyancy waves, are pressure waves generated by disturbances within the atmosphere, where the restoring forces (potential energy) for the wave motion is provided by buoyancy and gravity, rather than compression/expansion as in higher frequency acoustic waves.” Coinciding with all of these events have been the Americans associating them with their older people’s knowledge (to them myths and legends) and warnings of not only these events, but the future events to come. Such an example is the association of the 1987 Supernova (SN1987a) with a deliberately planted falsehood of it being the ‘Blue Star’ much talked about in the Hopi American Indian legend. The problem is that the much reported on Hopi ‘Blue Star’, and its significance, is a lie. This is able to be so because the ‘power’ involved with Social Darwinism is that it subverts in the human being their ability to find truths within themselves and surrenders it to the mass propaganda of the State. Like the National Socialistic System (Nazi) of Germany during the Great Patriotic War (World War II) the individuals not in step with the masses are cast outside their social folds. For this particular example we can see that the beginnings of these rumors that the Hopi peoples had in their older people’s stories a Blue Star began not with the Hopi peoples but with two Western people, Thomas E. Mails, in his book titled “The Hopi Survival Kit” and Moira Timms with her book titled “Beyond Prophecies and Predictions”. "I am nobody. I am not a shaman, a medicine man, a guru, a channeler, or a psychic. I am not an ex-intelligence officer from the CIA, the NSA, the secret services or any other branch of any service. I am not the reincarnation of an ancient being, an ancient deity or a heavenly visitor. I have nothing to offer you in the way of credibility. I am a nobody... and I like it that way." Robert Morning Sky, introducing himself in an article called, "The Blue Star Hoax" that appeared in LEADING EDGE #95. Among other things, Morning Sky, a Hopi, claimed that the fabled "Blue Star" does not exist in Hopi legends, teachings or mythology. It was a term that he invented in the early 1970´s that has since been pirated by researchers who falsely claimed to have spent time
with Hopi Elders learning the secrets of the Blue Star Kachina (a kachina that Morning Sky says doesn´t exist), and channelers, psychics and clairvoyants who claim to have received Blue Star revelations from their spiritual sources. As we know in Russia about the older people of the earth, it is also possible that their trickster nature has been at play here when it comes to their interactions with the Western peoples of the world. Such exactly are the people of the Kachina Cult, and who the Western people call the Hopi. The Western people’s ‘everything’ is separate, nothing is ‘connected’ world view contributes to their beliefs that ‘their’ older peoples are disassociated with the other older peoples of the world, and therefore gives them no understanding that all of the earths older peoples are the same in thought and spirit about all things. The mythical lies and State organized propaganda facing the Western people’s however keep them locked away from the incredible mysteries surround these events I’ve presented here before you today. In my last letter to my American subscribers, and to which I’ve also shared with all of you, titled “Now Visible Comet Heralds Warning of Doom to World” I wrote about the significance of this new ‘Green Comet’ and it’s historical meaning to us living in these years of great tribulation and coming cataclysms, if only we listen to the earths older peoples and the universe itself and learn their songs. In the ‘choices of the threes’ that human beings are always presented with, we have been shown from these past weeks events that the earths older peoples still know the songs and did not perish in this latest cataclysm: “Elders´ Sea Knowledge Spares Some Thais”. We also have the examples of the earth’s animals knowing these songs too: ‘Tsunami Adds to Belief in Animals´ ´Sixth Sense´ And we also have from another of the earth’s older peoples, that our dreams hold these songs too, if we but listen to them: “His wife dreamed of floods, he built on stilts, and they survived Tsunami”. The ancient examples of the warnings of ‘oneness’ show to us all also that there is no insignificant event that for the greater warning of all human beings will be made known to all, and these are three. For many years now the Universe has been singing its song of warning to all human beings. From the Southern Hemispheric Regions, and where one looks into the great Magellanic Cloud, the older peoples of Australia they call the Aborigines “Slept and dreamt under the stars. They took the night stars for granted. They embraced the darkness. It is woven into their culture through song, dance, ritual, art and myth.”
The Greater Clouds of Magellan is a nebula located about 200,000 light years away and can be viewed with the naked eye. It appears to be like a slightly blurred cloud. In addition, the Tarantula Nebula, said to be the most beautiful sight in the skies (it resembles a spider), runs over the Greater Clouds of Magellan, so it is a constellation with plenty of sights.” It is written here. It also carries the name of The Swordfish, and which I had previously written to you about. In a book titled “Our Rock Who Art In Heaven, Hallowed Be Thy Name”, written by Jacqueline Brook, it is written: “The comet [or literally, "swordfish"] associated with Hermes shines bright green with an oval shape...” On February 23, 1987 “…the brightest supernova in four centuries lit up the southern sky…” and began singing a song to the earth’s human beings. Are you listening? If you are you’ll know that the lies being told by the scientists from the nations of the West are those born out of fear. Their fear comes from a knowing that the materialistic world that they have spent thousands of years building, and in defiance of the stewardship of this earth and its people’s safekeeping they were entrusted with, is soon to be no more. While the great and terrible armies of the world and the vast and mysterious powers of the universe gather for battle, the peoples of the Western Nations remain asleep and in ignorance of their soon to come deaths. In this world today the Western peoples are truly lost, soulless and faceless, not knowing any of the events about to befall them. From this slumber of theirs, we, and many others of our kind, have pledged ourselves to save as many as can be saved, not from the death of their human lives, but the death of their very souls. From China: "Climate change may lead to tsunamisÅ@ Last Updated(Beijing Time):2005-01-05 14:20
Chinese meteorologists say the rise of the sea surface in the Indian Ocean resulting from global climate changes may potentially lead to deadly tsunamis similar to the one that ravaged 8 southern Asian countries." http://en.ce.cn/National/Science/200501/05/t20050105_2758582.shtml And with Chandra getting great looks at other stars and how they generate massive X-rays, maybe this can inspire us to understand the nature of the energy generation and free energy here on this planet soon: "Giant Star Generates a Massive Amount of X-Rays Summary - (Jan 4, 2005) The Chandra X-Ray observatory took this image of an unusual star called Beta Ceti. It´s only three times more massive than our own Sun, but it radiates 2,000 times more X-ray power." http://www.universetoday.com/am/publish/bceti_brighter.html Let´s look to to the power of magnetism and atoms within stellar bodies: "Magnetic Fields May Warp Planetary Nebulae "Because atoms change their energy in response to a magnetic field in a predictable way--a process known as the Zeeman effect--it is possible to calculate the strength of a magnetic field from such polarization measurements." http://www.sciam.com/article.cfm?chanID=sa007&articleID=000BDE94-0404-11DB-840483414B7F0000 I we understand how energy respondes in a magetic field then why can we not use this to forward calculate(model) our own magnetic field for it´s stregth and predict it´s flip or burnout, perhaps it´s been done and is under wraps, who knows truly. http://www.phy6.org/Education/FAQs1.html#q1 Then perhaps you guys can better understand what´s up and whats down, really. COSMIC RAYS AND VOLCANEOS Russian volcano erupts in Kamchatka
Petropavlosk, Russia (UPI) -- Russian seismologists said the Shiveluch volcano in the eastern Kamchatka peninsula began erupting Tuesday, sending hot ash up to 6,500 feet. Seismic stations near the volcano registered underground tremors from a depth of up to 16,000 feet with spasmodic volcanic vibration, the Novosti news agency reported. Scientists said it was impossible to conduct video observation of Shiveluch because of bad weather. The 10,700-foot mountain first became active last May 10, sending up an ash plume more than 30,000 feet and triggering lava-ridden fragmentation avalanches. At that time, government officials closed the area to everyone but scientists. The report said the main concern Tuesday was the threat to aviation, as the dense ash clouds can paralyze aircraft engines. The diurnal range in a 16 hours period is freaky to say the least. It was a hot summer yesterday and a cold winter last night. Ever heard that song - 4 seasons in 1 day........ What are Noctilucent Clouds? “NLC were first discovered in the summer of 1884 after the eruption of Krakatoa which occurred in 1883. The volcanic eruption was at first thought to have contributed to the formation of NLC due to the ejection of huge quantities of dust into the upper atmosphere; however it has been proven that the eruption was not responsible for their formation.” Noctilucent clouds are a nice study themselves and perhaps the connection is important, here is a link to what they look like: http://www.meteo.helsinki.fi/~tpnousia/nlcgal/nlcgal.html This is from another site: "One reason for the recent spread of noctilucent clouds might be global warming. "Extreme cold is required to form ice in a dry environment like the mesosphere," says Thomas. Ironically, global warming helps. While greenhouse gases warm Earth´s surface, they actually lower temperatures in the high atmosphere. Thomas notes that noctilucent clouds were first spotted during the Industrial Revolution--a time of rising greenhouse gas production." I love how quick they are to blame global greehouse gases for the trouble, these clouds are ideed interesting, Dr. P have you studied these strange babies before?
Noctilucent clouds are generally believed to be composed of meteoric dust. If this is true, they have nothing to do with either volcanic eruptions or "global warming". But this is out of my field. http://science.nasa.gov/headlines/y2003/19feb_nlc.htm Link to who is blaming those pesky greenhouse gases, I note here that they were in plentiful display during the eruption of Kraktoa and the IRev. had not yet swung into full gear. Also this to me is very interesting: "Noctilucent Clouds Also in this layer, or near its base, we can occasionally see very high altitude clouds forming, which can be seen well after sunset. They are called noctilucent clouds and scientists still don´t know how they form or why. Their appearance seems to have something to do with the level of solar activity." http://ds9.ssl.berkeley.edu/LWS_GEMS/6/secef_9.htm I always understood NLCs were very high altitude cirrus which were still in sunlight long after the sun had set at ground level. http://freespace.virgin.net/eclipsing.binary/index.html Here is a group that observes them, do not have time presently to investigate but here is a link. Here is a tech paper on a forty year study on these clouds as well, no time yet: http://isr.sri.com/nlc2001/papers/p15_Romejko.pdf These noctilucent clouds up North are also called PME´s and here is a sheet on them: " POAM II/III PMC Research Although the POAM II and POAM III instruments were not specifically designed nor their orbits especially suited to observe Polar Mesospheric Clouds (PMCs), the instruments have proven sensitive enough to definitively distinguish PMC signatures in the data. So, while PMCs are not a major research emphasis in the POAM II/III project, analysis has been made in this area. Since this is the first
time that PMCs have been observed in extinction, the data set and its analysis is quite unique and can add to the understanding of this atmospheric phenomenon. PMCs and Noctilucent Clouds (NLCs) are believed to be two different names for the same phenomenon, namely clouds of ice particles which form slightly below the cold summer mesopause where temperatures routinely fall below 140 K. This occurs during an approximately 12 week period centered about two weeks after solstice. This is approximately from mid-November to late-February in the SH and from mid-May to late-August in the NH. Generally these clouds are called PMCs when viewed from space and NLCs when viewed from the ground, whose only differences are due to a diurnal effect on the particle size. The POAM II instrument aboard the French SPOT3 satellite has observed three seasons of PMCs in each hemisphere. Because of our latitudinal coverage, and the time of the year during which we can observe PMCs, the number of observations of PMCs in the Northern Hemisphere has been extremely small. Therefore, the emphasis on analysis of POAM II data has been in the Southern Hemisphere. The POAM III instrument has observed one season of PMCs in each hemisphere. As with POAM II, the emphasis on analysis of PMC data has been in the Southern Hemisphere." http://wvms.nrl.navy.mil/POAM/pmc/pmc.html Also of interest here is these clouds and the Sun’s 11-year cycle: "The clouds also show an 11-year variation roughly opposite in phase to the Sun´s activity cycle" http://spider.irf.se/program/afp/nlc/ What do these clouds signify, and why only since 1886/7 have they been spotted, seems something as beautiful as these would have been long talked about in Viking country? See: http://www.bu.edu/cawses/science.html Also http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/stp/SCOSTEP/CAWSESDraft.html Anyway this CAWSES project is a great read if this stuff is of interest to you and it seems that sun luminosity and solar wind, magnetic interaction is what we are into here so : "Scientific Motivation for CAWSES There are both purely scientific and applications motivations for identifying and producing an improved understanding of variations in the Sun-Earth system."
"The rise and fall of the Sun´s 11-year activity cycle causes terrestrial temperature and density changes, especially in the thermosphere. Significant changes also arise from the cumulative effects of geomagnetic storms, as clouds of charged particles propagate through the heliosphere and input energy more or less efficiently to the magnetosphere and the polar regions of the atmosphere with seasonal changes in Earth´s orientation and during maximum and descending phases of the solar cycle. Solar wind modulation of the interplanetary environment alters the interaction of the magnetosphere and upper atmosphere with energetic solar particles and galactic cosmic rays, and produces additional fluctuations, as well as those produced by internal dynamical oscillations within terrestrial regimes." " Magnetosphere The magnetosphere is the local region of interplanetary space where the Earth’s magnetic field largely excludes the solar wind. The magnetosphere buffers the Earth’s atmosphere from energetic charged particles and solar wind plasma. Regions of trapped high-energy charged particles surrounding the Earth are called radiation (or "Van Allen") belts (inner zone and outer zone). Some events are so powerful as to produce a new intermediate zone radiation belt." "Middle Atmosphere The mesosphere and stratosphere are found between 10 and 100 km. These regions interface the radiation-dominated thermosphere above with the troposphere, where life exists, below. Ozone residing in the stratosphere protects biological species from exposure to harmful solar UV radiation. The middle atmosphere is the site of the most significant anthropogenic effect yet identified in the solar-terrestrial system - namely the Antarctic Ozone Hole. This, and the apparent global depletion of ozone, prompted policy making that led to the Montreal Protocol. In Figure 5, the setting sun illuminates noctilucent clouds, the highest altitude form of clouds, seen overhead after the ground beneath is dark. Increased sightings of noctilucent clouds may be related to climate change." Finally: "Unresolved Questions for the CAWSES Program There are many unresolved questions about the sun-earth system, and its contribution to global change and space weather. Some are related to shorter-term variation (space storms), others to longer time scale modulations (space environment and climate). The CAWSES program will provide significant progress in scientific understanding of processes to resolve fundamental questions. Among them are: Can we link the end-to-end processes that produce geoeffective coronal mass ejections, facilitate their transfer through the heliosphere, their interaction with the magnetosphere, and the production of geomagnetic storms that affect the atmosphere?
Can we identify evidence for long-term variations of solar luminosity related to solar activity and resultant impacts on global change, compared with other climate change mechanisms? To what extent are the magnetosphere and ionosphere-thermosphere systems modulated by solar activity on long time scales, including the solar cycle, and how do variations driven by different processes interact with dynamical and radiative forcing processes from below? Can we reconcile apparent responses of the middle and lower atmosphere to solar activity, identify the physical mechanisms, in comparison with anthropogenic influences, and estimate future ozone changes ?" "Long-term changes in the human habitat, such as surface temperatures or UV exposure have potentially wide-ranging societal, biological and economic impacts. Solar variability (e.g. luminosity changes) can force natural changes in Earth’s climate and its protective atmospheric ozone layer, thereby mitigating or enhancing anthropogenic influences on our habitat. Solar changes may also enhance or modify natural variability modes in the coupled climate-atmosphere system (e.g. ENSO). Specifying and understanding the Sun’s role in causing surface temperature change, and in modifying ozone can affect policy making about global change. It also impacts seasonal-decadal forecasting. In order to know what environmental changes may be due to human activities, it is necessary to identify those arising from natural causes. " This is a great article and I just grabbed some stuff, but the whole thing is excellent and great graphics, enjoy. If as we mostly agree increses in radiation and cosmic rays are peppering our solar system then this interaction is what I wish they were trying to understand and perhaps model is different frequencies/rays/radiation to see what may happen? I really like the last sentence, nessasry to identify those arising from natural cause, this is where it is happening, man may play a small role but these other causes are where the study should occur. The Sun Is Freaking Out by Paul Winter Introduction (Table of Contents below) This web proposes a number of hypothesis to explain the increase in severe solar system weather and relates it to increased solar activity. In February 2003, space station astronauts noticed the increased observability of noctilucent clouds high in our atmosphere. The clouds are about 50 miles above the Earth. They were first seen in 1885 two years after the eruption of the Krakatoa volcano which sent ash as high as 40 miles high into Earth´s atmosphere. Eventually the ash settled, but the noctilucent clouds remained
viewable if you traveled to latitudes above 50 degrees. However, in recent years noctilucent clouds can be seen as far south as Utah and Colorado. I believe this is an indication that volcanic activity around the globe and mostly in the ocean, has increased to such an extent that the ash released is increasing the visibility of noctilucent clouds. That is a lot of ash which can only be explained by the large increase in volcanic activity for 2003. This increase is exactly what was predicted and is right on time. http://www.handpen.com/Bio/sun_freaks.html http://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=en&q=noctilucent+clouds+predict+solar+cycle&spell=1 FLOODING AND COSMIC RAYS ***Widely Scattered*** and Localized Flooding Across U.S. http://water.usgs.gov/osw/ HIGH FLOWS AFFECTING SOUTHERN APPALACHIANS Water levels above flood stage are being observed at nearly two dozen streamgaging stations in more than a dozen States on Thursday. These widely scattered and localized pockets of high water are mixed within a more pervasive pattern of moderate streamflows. The storm system that brought heavy snows to the Middle Mississippi and Ohio Valleys yesterday and today also produced rain in the Southeast, which is generating what could become ***new record high flows*** for December 23rd at dozens of stations. COSMIC RAYS SUN AND DNA MUTATION So much for the increased radiation only effecting the upper atmoshere, UV radiation and its environmental effects An increase in the transmission of solar radiation in the UV-B region (specifically, 280-320 nm) is expected to occur as a result of anthropogenic degradation of stratospheric ozone. The primary UV-B damage induced in biological systems is to DNA. Researchers have identified many potentially serious effects of increased exposure to UV-B radiation in human health (human immune system, eye cataracts, and skin cancer) and on the environment (agricultural crops, trees, and marine organisms). Human Health UV-B radiation is responsible for the main cause of sunburn and tanning, as well as the formation of vitamine D in the skin, and it has influences on the immune system. UV-B radiation is also the main cause of snowblindness and an important factor in the induction of cataracts. UV-B radiation contributes significantly to the aging of the skin and eyes, and it is the UV-B range that is the most effective in causing skin cancer.
The southern Brazil predominantly white Caucasian population is apparently already being affected by enhanced UV-B radiation. Skin cancer (cutaneous melanomas) cases had climbed up one fold between 1983 (0.88 cases per 100,000 persons) and 1993 (1.65 cases per 100,000 persons) in Rio Grande do Sul, the southern most state of Brazil (data from the State Secretary of Health). Skin cancer represented about 25% of all cases of cancer recorded in the city of Rio Grande (main city of Patos Lagoon estuary) between 1986 and 1995 (O. Rodrigues unpublished). It is already the second more common type of cancer in Rio Grande, being surpassed only by genital and gastrointestinal cancer cases, respectively, between women and men. This high proportion is due to the region main economical activities, such as agriculture, cattle ranching and fisheries, where people is daily exposed several hours to full sun light radiation. Environmental Issues Increasing UV-B irradiance and irradiation time decrease photosynthetic activity (thus production) in seedlings of common crops like radish (Raphanus sativus), soybean (Glycine max), bean (Phaseolus vulgares), loblolly pine (Pinus taeda). Also UV-B causes these plants to increase their flavonoid leaf content (aparently protective pigments). Futhermore, as the UV-B/PAR ratio increases with decreasing total irradiance (for instant, with increasing cloud cover), low radiation levels are potentially dangerous to some plants even though the UV-B levels may seem negligible. In the begging of this decade, the US Environmental Protection Agency and International Rice Research Institute have initiated a co-operative programme to investigate the effects of UV-B and global climate change on rice. Rice is the world´s most important food crop and responses to both UV-B and climate change. For components of marine ecosystems, existing data suggest that increased UV-B radiation will modify the distribution and abundance of phytoplancton and benthic algae, and potentially change ecosystem structure. Various experiments have demonstrated that UV-B radiation causes damage to fish juveniles, shrimp larvae, crab larvae, copepods, and plants essential to the marine food web. These damaging effects include decreased fecundity, growth, survival, and the reduction of other functions in these organisms. Potential effects of elevated UV-B levels striking the surface of the sea would be lessened by the decrease in UV with depth, and may be restricted to the upper few meters of the water column, but the changes induced in intertidal zones and terrestrial environments might be dramatic. Rooted salt-marsh plants in intertidal estuaries and other coastal areas play critical roles in the biogeochemical cycles of these environments. Salt marshes are considered vital habitats of fisheries resources and their primary production has been related to commercial and non-commercial coastal animals´ abundance throughout the world. The increment of solar UV-B radiation may decrease marine community diversity, creates community structure shifts, and to decrease total productivity.
This is just the mainstream info, I believe that there are many many unknowns to be factor in. Compared to what we think we know our ignorance is many times greater. UV B radiation also affects cloud cover which in turn affect climate. What means something to me is the fact that on a 60 degree day the sun burns my skin. Its also means that where the sun in 60 and early 70´s was discribed and appeared yellow and you could glance at it for a second, it isn´t and you can´t now. It also means that while mainstream info is a good thing to follow, your intincts also mean something. It means to me that even the best scientific minds and info only tell part of the story. A rational mind is a wonderful thing but an open mind is just as important and think much of the mainstream is influenced to much by scientific dogma. Summary Paragraph Current PlanetoPhysical alterations of the Earth are becoming irreversible. Strong evidence exists that these transformations are being caused by highly charged material and energetic non-uniformity´s in anisotropic interstellar space which have broken into the interplanetary area of our Solar System. This "donation" of energy is producing hybrid processes and excited energy states in all planets, as well as the Sun. Effects here on Earth are to be found in the acceleration of the magnetic pole shift, in the vertical and horizontal ozone content distribution, and in the increased frequency and magnitude of significant catastrophic climatic events. There is growing probability that we are moving into a rapid temperature instability period similar to the one that took place 10,000 years ago. The adaptive responses of the biosphere, and humanity, to these new conditions may lead to a total global revision of the range of species and life on Earth. It is only through a deep understanding of the fundamental changes taking place in the natural environment surrounding us that politicians, and citizens a like, will be able to achieve balance with the renewing flow of PlanetoPhysical states and processes............. more at http://www.tmgnow.com/repository/global/planetophysical.html "Biological changes could have many causes other than temperature changes. Weather patterns may be due to warming but may not. There has been no increase in earrhquakes." ----Ok, but what about these: RE: Global Warming-Biological Changes http://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/Newsroom/MediaAlerts/2004/2004110817850.html
COSMIC RAYS AND WIND STORMS GLOBALLY TSUNAMI 12/24/2004 In Alberta we´ve been battered by record high winds all week. The weather stories on the news and newspapers gave no one any warning and no ones explaining anything to us either. This is the only story I´ve found that even attempts to explain these winds that are not only hitting us here in Canada but all around the world too.
Wind storm deadly Man on snowboard killed as 100 kmh gusts sweep across central Alberta
By SHANE HOLLADAY and AJAY BHARDWAJ -- Sun Media A snow-kite sailing trip across frozen Lac St. Anne ended in tragedy yesterday when 100-kmh winds slammed a man and his snowboard into the side of an abandoned church, killing him. The 48-year-old man was caught in severe winds that swept through a strip of central Alberta, stretching from Edson to the Saskatchewan border which felled trees, toppled a radio tower, flipped small planes, tore up roofs and knocked out power to more than 29,000 people.
http://cnews.canoe.ca/CNEWS/Canada/2004/12/20/790845-sun.html Wind storm causes electrical power outage in Santa Paula Wild winds were to blame for Thursday’s power outage that left Main Street traffic signals blank and some mid-town homes without electricity for hours. By Peggy Kelly Santa Paula Times Wild winds were to blame for Thursday’s power outage that left Main Street traffic signals blank and some mid-town homes without electricity for hours. According to Nancy Williams, Southern California Edison Region Manager, the “whole system was impacted by the extremely high wind that came roaring through Thursday morning,” cutting power to about 10,000 SCE customers throughout the region. Most of the power outages were “Related to tree branches in the lines; we also had a tree take out three poles in the Oxnard area,” noted Williams. Described as gale force winds in some areas of the state, gusts in the Santa Paula area began early Wednesday evening and intensified throughout the night.
TIMES NEWS NETWORK THURSDAY, DECEMBER 23, 2004 Its winter. However, the city is witnessing unusual drop in day temperature instead of the night. Infact, Thursday was the ´coldest day’ of this winter so far with maximum temperature dropping to 16.5 degrees, six degrees below normal. In contrast the minimum temperature was 12.6 degrees, six degrees above normal. Interestingly, the actual temperatures during the last 24-hour hovered between 13 to 14 degrees. The ´overcast’ skies fascinated people. It was not clouds but ´fog in suspension.’ A thick dense fog, with vertical thickness of two kilometres, had enveloped the state. http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/articleshow/969547.cms 12/24/2004 According to the news reports from Ohio it is 9:32 Storm slams region Icy roads snarl traffic, close schools a day early One of the worst winter storms in the region´s history dumped near-record amounts of snow Wednesday and was expected to continue its assault well into the day today. The storm, which proved to be even bigger than meteorologists had predicted, shut down schools and government offices, stalled traffic and sent cars sliding off the roads all day Wednesday. Salt trucks and snow-removal crews struggled, and at times failed, to keep up with the falling snow.
JUPITER "..a sign that the planet is about to undergo a major climate shift," http://www.berkeley.edu/news/media/releases/2004/04/21_jupiter.shtml COSMIC RAYS AND LIGHTENING Lightning strikes UP; claims 27 lives: India News, Jan 4 At least 27 people were killed and ten others sustained serious burn injuries when lightning struck different parts of Uttar Pradesh, an official said here today. While six persons were killed in Unnao yesterday, three each were killed in Sitapur, Rae Bareli and Bareilly, two each in Kanpur dehat, Barabanki,
Shahjahanpur and Lakhimpur and one each in Faizabad, Lucknow, Etawah and Hamirpur, Principal Secretary, Home, Alok Sinha said. Several others received serious burn injuries and were hospitalised, he said adding an ex gratia of Rs. 50,000 each has been provided to the families of the victims. Several people were also injured in Etawah due to hailstrom that lashed the district yesterday. About a dozen villages of the state received rains and hailstorm which also damaged crops, reports reaching here said adding directives have been issued to provide relief to the victims. Meanwhile, MET office sources here said that after showers and hailstorm, the state was now expected to remain dry for the next 24 hours. Bareilly, which recorded eight degrees celsius, was the coldest place in the state. PTI
GALACTIC ETI INTERNET GALACTI ETI INTERNET the Universe communicate with Itself, and hence to its life forms, unhampered by time dependency? The electromagnetic wave theory of gravity will be used to demonstrate intergalactic information wave coupling via instantaneous longitudinal transmissions into and out of the Solar system. With the plotting of Solar system resonance's, interplanetary coupling, magnetospheric and Schumann resonances, and free geomagnetic oscillations of the Earth, we will begin to understand how this cosmic information becomes available to human bioenergies. The vertically-arrayed human body senses and functions within the Earth's ever-changing local atmospheric electrical potential and the longitudinal gravity waves which the Earth intercepts are sensed by the human body nervous system. A multiplicity of solar system vibration signals occur within the same spectrum-octaves as the detected brain/body signals. The extremely low frequency, long wavelength near field signals associated with interstellar and intergalactic gravity coupling will be shown to be detected in a similar manner by our brain/body sensing mechanism. These naturally-occurring information signals bring about changes within the human body energy pathways, restructure body water resonances, modulate the DNA processes and stimulate other circadian rhythm entrainments. As we move about the planetary surface in our daily activities, we are generally unaware of the vast information exchange occurring within our human body structure and of how our individual minds continually communicate with the planetary, stellar, galactic and cosmic Mind. to describe for you this apparent intimate instantaneous interconnection of our very own brain/body/mind to the immensity of the Universe. When simultaneous electromagnetic measurements are performed for the detection of brainwave signals and for the detection of the Earth and
atmospheric activity, it is found that there are many synchronous frequencies detected. All matter is in constant vibration; the building blocks of the physical creation-- the atoms, the subatomic particles, electrons, protons, gluons, quarks and all other names that we use-- are all in constant motion; all are receiving, transmitting and reflecting the vibrations which sweep through all matter at light velocities. Consider that within atoms there are electron packets of energy that are singing the same vibrational song throughout your brain/body, the Earth, Solar system and Universe. This is a sounding chorus of the One Great Electric Body. There are other subatomic vibrations with other ever constant songs which harmonize within you, Now! These subatomic resonances harmonize together, whether they help build a dancing water bug, a granite cliff, a twirling planet, a blazing star or a swirling galaxy. All of the atomic structures of the elements have their own unique natural resonances, which astronomers and chemists use in spectrum analysis for determining the chemical content of the distant and 'near at hand' combinations of the material soup. Light spectrum analysis and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance are but two of the ways that we observe the nature of vibration in the atomic structure and the way that the atoms combine into molecules for wonderous constructive purposes. Not only are these atomic and molecular resonances radiating from here on Earth but also their frequency spectrums are detectable coming into the Earth from far space. For example, astronomers choose to observe the spectrum associated with hydrogen resonance in their interstellar and intergalactic searches. The whole electromagnetic spectrum, from infinity to infinity, at the upper high energy cosmic ray frequencies on through to the very long wavelength and slow rhythms of planetary, stellar, and galactic motions may be detected here in the Earth's vicinity by electromagnetic sensors of various types. The energies of the human body receive and transmit the spectrums and resonances of Light. Complexities of Electromagnetic vibration stream into and out of the cellular and skeletal structure. We listen to the Infrared, Microwave, Radio, Visible and slow Cosmically driven Extremely Low Frequencies. The cells move visibly in response to these electrical pulses by stimulating glands, triggering the heart muscles, and setting our overall moment to moment environment. Our total being responds to the song of the UNIVERSE. Through Touch we exchange this alignment and attunement of Cosmic-inspired wonderment. We are the transducers of this Light.
The human organism maintains its functioning balance by a dynamic information exchange between its various systems and the environment. Information exchange occurs at all levels within the organism. Electromagnetic radiation may be seen as electrical and magnetic waves of information moving through space, atmospheric and the Earth environment. These appear to create a resonant coupling between atoms in biological molecules that allows them to move together in response to this very low amplitude electromagnetic music. The cells whisper and dance together as they listen to these faint vibrations within and outside the body. The functioning of cell membranes entail very great sensitivities both to vibrating electric fields and to molecular stimulation at extremely low energy levels. The cellular processes cooperate to bring about high amplification of these weak stimulus frequencies. Recent research has shown that electromagnetic fields in the ELF (extremely low frequency) spectrum can change the characteristics of hormone, antibody, neurotransmitter and cancer-promoting molecules at the cell sites. These modulating actions of electromagnetic fields show highly cooperative processes within the biologic systems. See figure (2) Ultra Violet Spectra. The cells move visibly in response to electrical pulses which set the cellular surfaces moving like the wind across a field of mature grass. Interactions between the Earth's magnetic field and a weak, manmade, low frequency electromagnetic field produces measurable changes such as a major amplification at the cell receptor sites. This makes intercellular communication at the gap junctions very sensitive to weak, oscillating electromagnetic fields. Pineal gland cells respond to changes in both polarity and intensity of the Earth's magnetic flows, where they powerfully influence bodily circadian rhythms. The heart muscles have been shown to resonate at a fundamental node frequency within the spectrum associated with the planetary circumference. A high percentage of Earth-related naturally occurring vibrations offer harmonics within that same spectrum. Bone and muscle display piezoelectric properties which are also sensitive within these same Earth-related frequencies. Some of these resonant body structures exhibit a resonance matching the Earth's natural magnetic field, allowing certain rhythmic behavior as seen in human and other life forms. All life on Earth has developed under the influence of this geomagnetic field which varies in structure and dynamic properties via geomagnetic pulsations. These pulsations are due to the interaction of the plasma waves coming from throughout the Solar System and Cosmos and interacting with the Earth's magnetosphere. When our brain and body rhythms are measured electromagnetically, they are found to occur prominently within what is termed the ELF (extremely low frequency) spectrum and lower. This brainwave spectrum is also divided into band segments, called the alpha (greatest amplitude)(8 to 16 Hz.), beta (16 to 32 Hz.), theta (4 to 8 Hz.), delta (2 to 4 Hz.), and zeta (1 to 2 Hz.), ranging from 32
cycles per second (Hertz) and down below 1 cps (Hz.). See figure (3) Brainwave Frequencies. The measurable presence of these different frequencies seems to indicate changes in individual consciousness. An example might be that a relaxed, attentive state develops strong alpha wave rhythms; these are also the prominent Earth resonant frequency ranges. The theta rhythms are found to occur during the dream period, and also while experiencing a spontaneous creative, intuitive state. The theta frequencies are seen to have strong lunar rhythm harmonics. The Moon has long been associated with our intuitive, creative capacity. When calculations are performed related to the solar system and the planets, it is found that all of the planets and most of their moons have frequency aspects which fall within our brainwave spectrum. All of the planetary systems have electromagnetic field structures and prominent magnetospheric frequencies. Our home solar system forms a complex, harmonically interrelating, multi-octave musical instrument composed of over forty octaves of vibrational interplay. Your brain/body structure resonates to those continually fluctuating field patterns as they beat against the Earth's, Moon's, and Sun's natural rhythms. This vast array of solar system matrices is in constant flux as the various motion aspects phase in and out of resonance within the interplanetary magnetic field. Well known cyclical motions present harmonic relationships: the solar day cycle resonates with the Alpha spectrum Earth frequency, the 11 year Sunspot cycle harmonizes with a Jupiter-Saturn frequency beating; Planetary-coupled Moon motions are harmonically resonating with the Earth's motions. The basic planetary revolution time cycles form a mathematical design like the growth pattern of the sunflower blossom. All of these modulate the Earth's rhythms and by so doing send to us their music. See figure (4) Phi Related Solar System Motions. Notice as we take a long slow inhalation, hold, and then a long slow exhalation; observe that our whole body structure is in rhythmical motion. Let's watch this breathing motion once again and place our attention on its process. Each breath stimulates a bipolar, electromagnetic field across the upper body by causing stress within the crystalline rib-cage. An electromagnetic field is generated by the piezoelectric pressure of the bone and muscle crystal and water liquid-crystal structures. This breath-rate electromagnetic field modulates the transfer of signals that continually communicate up and down the intricate spinal cord. These bundles of spinal and cranial nerve cells listen and vibrate to the soft, gentle cadence of your breath moving in and moving out. This pulsing central nervous system, consisting of bundles of sensory and motor axons radiating from the brain and spinal cord segments, is constructed from a great number of interconnected, multi-polar neurons which are composed of vast numbers of cells. These cell membranes display very great sensitivities both to vibrating electric fields and to molecular stimulation at extremely low energy
levels. The cellular activities cooperate to bring about high amplification of these weak signal frequencies. Electromagnetic fields in the ELF (extremely low frequency) spectrum can change the characteristics of hormone, antibody and neurotransmitters at the cell site. These modulating actions of electromagnetic fields show highly cooperative processes within the biologic systems. Each breath-beat creates whispers of motion across and throughout your bodily cellular field, modulating the existent complexity of intracellular information flow. Within your cells, the organizing DNA double helix structure and its RNA message carriers dance to the beat of ever higher and higher frequencies. There, information is sent, received, stored and transferred by the resonance and polarity shifts of the amino acid protein building blocks, bringing about shifts within the proteins. Changes of external sound and electromagnetic frequency have a measureable effect upon the amino acid protein response, mutation rate, cell lifetimes, primary processes and relaxation rate of the cells. Amplitude and frequency changes throughout the electromagnetic spectrum of the ELF/VLF, radio, microwave, visible, ultraviolet and beyond have shown detectable cellular change. See figure (5) Biological Events Time Scale. Not only does your breathing influence your whole body, but the music of the Earth itself seems to influence your biological functioning! In addition, within the very cellular structure energy is absorbed from the surrounding electromagnetic and electrostatic field to do the work of the cellular functioning. Do you set the drumbeat for your whole biologic system? Let's look at more. Specialized piezoelectric cardiac fibers, which contain automatic cells, are capable of producing automaticity. This ability allows them to function as the primary (natural) pacemaker, producing impulses which continue even when the heart is removed from the body. These heart muscle crystals serve as sensory receivers and energy transducers designed to read specific radiations of the EM spectrum and to convert these stimuli into signals that are decipherable by the cells. The body water, or blood, acts as a carrier of bio-information, thus allowing paramagnetic substances in the blood molecules to act like a magnetic tape, carrying and delivering information throughout the body. The blood and blood components are susceptible to different signals as they course throughout your body. The amount of blood distributed in vessels is determined by the cardiac output and tone of the vascular system. This is under the influence of external, natural geomagnetic fields. So with each breath, you not only set a biologic clock pulse in motion but you also receive the oxygenated energy frequencies and information to transmit throughout your bio-system. The geomagnetic field varies in structure and dynamic properties. One aspect of this variation is the geomagnetic pulsations which are caused by the interaction of plasma hydromagnetic waves coming from the Sun and the Galaxy and interacting with the Earth's magnetosphere, as proven in thousands of experiments. Some examples of the effects of this field variation are: changes in heart rate during fluctuations of the geomagnetic fields in the 2 to 10 Hertz rhythms, and alterations in water properties, of the water molecules contained in
the liquid-crystal like membranes of the cells. See figure (6) Geomagnetic Pulsations. Very recent measurements of the well-known Schumann resonance, the natural oscillations of the Earth's ionospheric cavity, indicate that the polarization modes change from lefthand to righthand across its ELF spectrum. Our cellular water crystals are being adjusted by this Schumann excitation, whose source stimulation appears from scientific measurements to be from beyond the Earth's magnetic field. Thus, the geomagnetic field is able to interact with biological systems at a quantum-mechanical level, thereby affecting the electron systems, molecules, magnetic moments and spins, and thus changing the current flow signals in the cellular system, leading to more complex bioenergetics. As we look lower in frequency from the ELF and Schumann spectrum into what are called micro-pulsations, we measure greatly increasing levels of magnetic strength. These are slow but very powerful signals from 1 Hertz and down, and they increase with a growth in the density and velocity of the Solar wind. The micro-pulsations especially follow the regular changes of the Interplanetary Magnetic Field (IMF), a current sheet of solar equatorial magnetic field lines. The current sheet is shown as lying near the solar equator with spiraled, outward-pointing magnetic fields lying above it and inward-pointing fields lying below it. The current sheet contains folds or flutes. When the Sun rotates, the Earth experiences a polarity change above and below the ever-spiraling current sheet. Even slower geomagnetic spectral density measurements extend into years and centuries. An electric field in the atmosphere cannot be maintained indefinitely, but must be generated by nonelectric forces. Three sources of low frequency electromagnetic waves are presently known:1.Thunderstorms and related phenomena in the lower atmosphere.2.Tidal wind interaction with the ionospheric plasma at dynamo layer heights.3.Solar wind interaction with the magnetosphere. These fields shift into the ionosphere and drive electric currents within the earth dynamo region, the magnetic component of which can be observed on the ground. In addition, instabilities within the magnetosphere are the cause of electromagnetic waves with frequencies ranging from the 0.1 mHz. band to the kHz. band and beyond (geomagnetic substorms, geomagnetic pulsations, and natural ELF, VLF and LF noise). The atmosphere is an electrically conducting medium; electric currents can flow due to the electrical ionization around the Earth. The earth's crust contains radioactive materials. Beta and gamma rays emitted from the ground can ionize the molecules of the air in the first few meters above ground. Radon is a major ionization source in the first few 100 m. above ground over the continents. The second major source of ionization is galactic cosmic rays with a maximum in midlatitudes at about 15 km. height.
Solar X-ray and extreme ultraviolet radiation are the principle sources of ionization above 60 to 70 km. altitude with the rates dependent on latitude, time of day and season, and solar activity. During extremely intense solar flare events, solar protons of cosmic ray intensity can greatly enhance the ion production rate. The solar radiation is responsible for the formation of various ionospheric layers of intense activity. At an altitude of about 100 km. the electrons drift at right angles to the earth's magnetic field, while the ions move in the direction of this earth field. This area of peak amplitude is called the dynamo region, where there is this range of peak parallel conductivity along the geomagnetic field lines of electric equipotential. The direction of the geomagnetic field changes from horizontal at the equator to vertical at the magnetic poles. Since the vertical current cannot flow out of the dynamo region, a polarization charge is built up on both boundaries of the dynamo region causing a vertical electrical polarization field with the earth's surface. Amplification of electric current at the geomagnetic equator occurs within this dynamo region. Thunderstorms behave like batteries which are connected with the highly conducting ionosphere and earth via the barely conducting lower and middle atmosphere. The passive electric continuous current flowing outside the thunderstorm regions down to the earth is part of the global electric circuit. In fair weather regions far away from thunderstorm areas, one measures a downward-directed current density which is believed to be driven by the global thunderstorm activity. This current density is remarkably constant with height. Since the air is electrically conducting, the current is accompanied by a downward-directed electric field of the order of 100 volts per meter on the ground. The average potential between ground and the ionosphere, called the atmospheric electric potential is 240 kV. but varying between about 180 and 400 kV. The electric field on the earth's surface is always at right angles to the ground. This indicates that the earth's surface behaves like an electric equipotential layer for continuous electric fields with greater electric current density at higher altitudes along the surface. One source of the space charge near the ground is due to the electrode effect. The negative ions drift upward and the positive ions drift downward under the influence of the vertical electric field. Thunderstorms are the main source of electromagnetic energy within the lower atmosphere and are believed to drive the global electric circuit. Telluric currents will flow in the surface layers of the earth. Since thunderstorm maximum events occur at low latitudes in the afternoon and evenings, these telluric currents must be directed equator-ward during the daytime and poleward at night. Telluric currents are a relatively shallow surface phenomena, yielding 1/2 day hemispheric telluric currents in the 102 to103 ampere range. The intensity of telluric currents are then adaquate to supply the flow from the global fair weather charge accumulator to the bases of the thunderstorms. Electric currents will flow between hemispheres at all times and the current density at any location is a direct function of the inter-hemispheric currents and their potential gradients.
The maximum spectral amplitude of a thunder signal is near 100 Hz. The mean flash rate of lightning over the whole earth is estimated to be on the order of 100 flashes per second. These lightning flashes generate radio signals at frequencies greater than 100kHz. Lightning channels behave like huge antenna systems which radiate electromagnetic energy. These natural impulsive signals at frequencies below 100 kHz arise from coherent electric currents in lightning channels during return strokes and are called atmospherics. These signals are radiated throughout the earth and atmosphere, and propagate within the waveguide of the earth-ionosphere cavity. The waveguide thus has two windows of peak activity, one in the ELF (Extremely Low Frequency) range, and the other one in the VLF (Very Low Frequency) range. The phase velocity of the mode decreases with increasing frequency and is greater than the speed of light within the VLF range. The transmission function of the terrestrial waveguide has a window at extremely low frequencies and pulses containing significant spectral amplitudes in that range may be received around the earth where the waveguide behaves as a natural resonator. At these ELF ranges, resonances occur for waves with horizontal wavelengths which are an integral multiple of the earth's circumference; the spectral signals from lightning are amplified at these frequencies. The activity of this Schumann Resonance reflects the action of the global lightning. The second generator of electromagnetic energy in the atmosphere is the ionospheric dynamo. The dynamo coil is the electrically conducting air within the dynamo region between about 80 and 200 km. height. The driving force is the tidal wind which moves the ionospheric plasma against the geomagnetic field and induces electric fields and currents. Manifestations of the electric currents on the ground are regular variations of the geomagnetic field depending on solar day and lunar day. The basic period of the solar tides is one solar day. The basic wavelength is the size of the earth. The tidal wave modes therefore depend on the spherical and rotating earth. Within the lower and middle atmosphere traveling waves transport energy and drive the ionospheric plasma at dynamo layer heights so that a horizontal electric current flows. Electric charge separation sets up an electrically polarized field, and the magnetic field generated by this current can be measured on the ground as variations superimposed on the geomagnetic field from the earth's interior. In addition, atmospheric lunar tides are excited by the gravitational force which the moon exerts on the earth. Its pressure amplitude on the ground is 20 times smaller than the solar tide but the lunar tide does induce electric currents at dynamo region heights. This current configuration is fixed to the sun, while the earth rotates beneath it with a current of about 140kA flowing. The rotating current and the conducting earth behave like a huge transformer with the dynamo region as the primary winding and the electrically conducting earth as the secondary winding. The electric polarization of the field current and tidal winds have primarily an east-west component at the equator. These polarization changes produce a vertical electric field at the equator, thus enhancing the total current strength in the
immediate environment and therefore producing a strong band of eastward flowing currents between the morning and early afternoon hours. The third main source of electromagnetic energy within the atmosphere is the magnetospheric hydromagnetic dynamo. A steady flux of low energetic particles flows from the sun in a radial direction called the solar wind. Magnetic fields from the sun offer periodic fluctuations and reversals of the polarities within this solar wind, with the well known 22 year sunspot cycle being dominant. The earth passes through two or four sectors of opposite polarity of the interplanetary magnetic field during one synodic rotation of the sun, a period of about 27 days. The plasma of the solar wind impinging on the earth's magnetic field cannot penetrate directly into the earth's atmosphere. It by-passes the geomagnetic field and creates a cavity, where, the solar wind has direct access to the magnetosphere. The solar wind also stretches the geomagnetic field out into a long magnetic tail on the downward night time side, several hundred earth radii long. Several belts of highly energetic particles (the Van Allen belts) are formed within the magnetosphere and surround the earth as intense toriodal fields that are formed of the spiraling and drifting proton/electron flows. The current via the dynamo region of the ionosphere is related to the dawn-dusk cycle. The superposition of magnetic fields originating from all fluctuating magnetospheric electric currents measured on the ground determines the degree of geomagnetic activity. The electrical conductivity in the dynamo region varies with time of day, season, and latitude. Solar wind-magnetospheric interaction causes a never-ceasing, but highly fluctuating, energy input into the polar fields, which leads to an almost permanent enhancement of the earth electrical conductivity. The magnetosphere behaves like a resonant cavity for waves with wavelengths comparable with the dimensions of the magnetosphere. The largest resonant wavelength is around 105km., which yields a time period of about 140 seconds and a frequency of around 7 mHz. Many resonances of this frequency and higher are detected within the magnetosphere and earth. Waves present within the magnetosphere can be amplified by energized particles, mainly near the magnetospheric equator. These enhanced waves in the VLF range can penetrate the magnetosphere and propagate along the geomagnetic field lines. Fluctuations of the geomagnetic field with periods ranging from 0.2 seconds to more than 10 minutes are called geomagnetic pulsations. These pulsations are observed at all geographic latitudes with maximum occurances at the subaurora latitudes. Sudden pulses are a worldwide phenomena occurring nearly simultaneously on the day side and on the night side. The magnetospheric regions are copious sources of radio emmission, which radiate low frequency wave power of about 109 Watts into space at maximum spectral amplitudes near 200 kHz. The general global electrical circuitry combine to a powerful unified geo-electrical vibrational sea within which all living beings are immersed.
What are some of the sources of the vibrational waves which surge past and through our Earthly home? or quite a number of years I have been working with the available calculations and astronomical data of the motions and physical constructions of our solar system. The calculations show more than a forty octave spectrum of electromagnetic frequencies associated with the planets, their satellites, rings and motions within the presently known solar system. The frequencies often demonstrate strong harmonic interplay among the dancing and swirling planetary bodies. The home solar system is a vast, complex, multi-octave musical instrument, with ever-shifting tuned resonances and harmonies. All of the planets and most of their moons have fundamental frequencies which align exactly within our spectrum of prominent brainwave rhythms. All of the planets have a detectable electromagnetic energy field structure and prominent magnetospheric frequencies as reported by the Voyager flybys. By the use of sensitive detection circuits and spectrum analysis, many of the Earth and Moon frequencies have been measured. Some of these Earth/Moon related frequencies have also been detected within the human biofield by using expanded sensors and biofeedback technology. Your bodily rhythms sing in harmony with the continually fluctuating energy field patterns of the whole solar system. Each planetary system plays upon a different musical keynote pattern. These keynotes also gives us an indication of the strong harmonic intercommunication existing among the planetary bodies and their surrounding moons and rings. See figure (9) Planetary Keynotes. Combining all of the planetary system frequencies into one chart allows a glimpse of a possible collective chord for the whole solar system. The Voyager planetary flybys had the instrumentation aboard to measure the magnetospheric signals of the outer planets, and they did detect EM signal activity over these very same brain/body vast frequency ranges. See figure (10) Solar System Resonance. If, as we observe, the solar system and its planetary systems are active with multi-octaves of electromagnetic frequencies, how, do these energies reach us over the vastness of interplanetary space? There are very powerful resonances detected in the Earth-Ionosphere cavity in the spectrum of VLF (Very Low Frequencies) atmospherics. These frequencies are also referred to as Auroral Kilometric Radiation. The AKR frequencies are often associated with the peak power spectrums of lightning discharge. Recent measurements of the VLF range clearly show a definite resonance effect over the AKR spectrum. In addition, the measurements indicate a triggering of these lightning spectrum signals from the plasma-induced activity in the outer magnetosphere. The magnetospheric relationships are an important link in the chain of energy exchange between the solar plasma field and the Earth. See figure (8) AKR Frequencies.
When we look at the data of atmospheric transmission of radiation energy, it clearly shows that all spectrums of energy arrive at the Earth's surface, but some of much greater intensity than others. We are protected from the powerful ultraviolet and x-rays, and somewhat shielded in the low infrared. As our solar system moves rapidly toward the star Vega, it is bathed in a multi-octave spectrum of background microwave radiation which has been measured coming from all directions, with slight variations in the intensity observed. This radiation appears to be extra-galactic. See figure (7) Atmospheric Transmission. Our solar system is also swimming in an intense flux of cosmic ray activity, with frequencies detected from the microwave to as high as 1024 GHz. The cosmic ray flux power spectrum is modulated in interplanetary space by the solar wind and planetary changes. All of the Planets, Moons, Astroids and other bodies of our Solar System, including the Sun, dance and sing vibrationally with one another. Each body receives, vibrates, resonates and transmits its own unique frequency tones of sound and electromagnetics. The spherical nature of the planetary and stellar bodies act to allow broad spectrums of vibration to resonate within their structure and surrounding energy fields. Each stellar body, due to its own unique physical structure and dimensions, vibrates to fundamental chords and tones; in the form of sound, electromagnetic or other vibratory modes. Our neighboring stars couple their energy patterns to our Earth home via longitudinal near-field chords of resonance. See figure (12) (14) Neighboring Stars. The Earth sets up a pattern of electromagnetic vibrations between its circumference frequency, around 7.5 Hertz (cycles per second) and its radius frequency of 47 Hertz (Hz.). The atmospheric cavity Schumann Resonance spectrum has been measured via electronic detection instruments. This Schumann Resonance, which occurs within the Earth and its surrounding energy field, has immediate impact upon planetary life-forms. See figure (11) Earth Frequencies. When we measure our own brainwave electromagnetic signals, we see displayed these very same Earth vibrations. Since the Earth is very much alive vibrationally, these electromagnetic signals are continually changing and interacting while creating the continual flux of a vibrating planetary song. See figure (15) Earth Planetary Harmonic Spectrum. Additional Earthic vibrations occur as the result of energy movement within the surrounding fields, such as the Van Allen belts. The electrons and protons within these energy belts develop resonances due to the belt's sizes and motions as they dance and circulate around us. See figure (16) Van Allen Belt Frequencies The longer cycles of the Earth motions also produce measurable vibratory fluctuations of the Earth's daily rotation, the yearly orbit, the apogee and perigee cycle, and the eleven/twenty-two year sunspot cycles. Other Earth-frequency-
related determinants are the distances from the Earth to the sun and the planets, the lunar cycles, the Earth/Moon distance, and the Solar rotation. Interestingly enough, the Earth core radius is almost exactly equal to the Moon diameter and therefore in direct fundamental resonance [108]. The frequency related to the changing Earth/Moon distance is easily detected with EM vibration-sensing instruments. Many of the diurnal, semi-diurnal and long period ocean tides are harmonically related to the above mentioned Earth-core-to-Moon-diameter resonances. The Earth and Moon are intimately linked vibrationally and many of the prominent resonances fall directly within our very own brain/body vibration spectrum. See figure (17) Planetary Parameter Comparisons. It may now be becoming clear that there is a complex play of vibrational harmonics around and through us as we live our daily lives here on the surface of the Earth, spinning within the Solar System and Galaxy. Each and every planetary and stellar system radiates a mosiac of vibratory energies within and throughout. These planetary-interstellar-galactic electromagnetic waves are continually sweeping throughout our immediate environment. Imagine this: the electromagnetic wave front that is passing through your body at this moment, was 186,000 miles away one second ago and one second from now, the same wave front will be 186,000 miles distant. This continual surge of light waves is part of what connects us to all of the Universe. By using spectrum analysis and electromagnetic sensors, Nick Fiorenza and I were able to measure amd plot a grid of vibrational patterns over the surface of the Earth, and even extending above the surface. We focused our measurements within the frequencies associated with the human brainwaves. This grid of energies resembles furrows of electromagnetic standing-waves for a particular frequency rate. How, you might ask, do the cosmic bodies couple their wave energies to one another? First, let us consider what these electromagnetic energies really are. They are light waves, part of the energy pulsations that we do not visually perceive of the spectrum of light. Our eyes see only a small portion, about one octave, of the vast electromagnetic "Light Keyboard". If we consider the piano keyboard and its many harmonically related black and white keys, then imagine it extended infinitely in the left direction as lower and lower notes, and in the right direction as higher and higher notes, we will have an image of the electromagnetic "Keyboard of Light". Each frequency or tone has associated with it a wavelength. A wavelength is the distance of one complete cycle of the wave, the measured distance from a wave peak to the next peak or from a wave valley to the next valley. As we move down the "Light" keyboard from the visible, the wavelengths become longer, greater distances; the light wave names are Infrared, Microwave, Radio shortwave, and Radio longwave. The Extremely Long Waves and beyond are the waves that represent the vibrations of the Moons, Planets, Suns and Galaxies.
If we move up the "Keyboard of Light" from the visible, the wavelengths become shorter and shorter; Ultraviolet, X-Rays, Gamma Rays, and Cosmic Rays. These shorter waves are the building energies of matter, the vibrations of Molecules, Atoms, Protons, Electrons and other names that we give the sub-atomic energy vibrations. All of the "Keyboard of Light" is called the electromagnetic spectrum and each range of wavelengths has its unique qualities of transmission, reflectivity, and refraction. There is no zero frequency, the electromagnetic spectrum extends infinitely into both the longer and shorter wavelength directions; this appears to be so from our present knowledge. Each of the planetary and stellar bodies acts as a spherical receiver, transmitter and reflector of the electromagnetic long wavelength light energies in similiar manner to a satellite communications dish antenna. The sphere is an ideal shape for a resonant cavity. The Earth sphere resonates naturally over vast spectrums of EM and sound frequencies. For any position on the surface of the Earth at any particular time, there are always signal vibrations arriving, being refracted, reflected and focused by the Earth spherical structure from many outside, distant vibrational frequency sources, such as other planets and stars. The surface focal point of a conjunction, for example, not only receives the energy of the conjunct body but also receives its reflected version, which is now linked and modulated by the Earth's own naturally resonant signals. Keep in mind that the combining of waves may be disharmonious as well as harmonious. Therefore, how the waves combine at Earth will depend on the unique vibrational patterns and frequencies of each of the interacting cosmic bodies. It should now be seen that any two of the heavenly bodies are interactive with one another at any time, but their shifting positions allow vibrational changes and couplings to occur. Since the Moon is a simple harmonic to the Earth's core, during the Moon's movement about the Earth, it would intercept conjunct vibrations and superimpose them onto the familiar vibration chord/wavelength between it and Earth, amplifying these far-flung energies of alignment. See figure (18) Earth/Moon Coupling. You are a vibrant, dancing form of Light, the light vibration of all the electromagnetic spectrum. You radiate the ultra-violet and higher energies; streams of infrared waves flow between your bodies. The complexities of microwave information resonate and chat within the molecular and cellular structures. The cellular chemical messengers circulate and form, then dissipate to reform anew the delicate instructions. The radio waves of ancient galaxies, neighboring stars, and the solar family planets rain and dance upon the Earth's umbrella-like energy shields, altering the intensity and selectively protecting the delicate organic forms. Planetary turnings, solar sprinklings, starry pulses, galactic tides and universal songs sweep through and around you every instant. The body reverberates with the wind of Light; every cell listens to the drumbeats, attunes its DNA structure to
the composition, and sings its own unique chord, inducing resonant vibrations throughout the quivering cellular molecules. Ripples of electromagnetic light sweep thru and around us each instant, triggering shivers of spinal impulses resounding through our being. These rhythms, sensed between our spherical brain shell and our Earth-contacted feet, set up full body responses to this continually changing cosmic drumming. Anywhere from 300 to 1000 volts potential is present between our head tops and our feet. Variations in this voltage are determined by the surface electrical activity potential of the Earth at a particular location or the overall lower atmospheric electrical gradient. The sensitivity and activity of this lower atmospheric Earth gradient allow frequency fluctuations to occur within the body capacity of the human system, which in turn stimulates resonances within organs, tissues and the cellular structure, there to resonate within the varied components of the cells. It is well recognized that certain electromagnetic frequencies will alter the cell activity and structure. In addition, measurements have shown that low frequency electromagnetic waves ripple through the cells like the waves over the ocean. Does anyone doubt that we are able to sense changes within ourselves day by day, hour by hour, or sometimes minute by minute? Cosmic-inspired information promotes changes within the Earth field, which our intricate human sensors inhabit. The NASA astronauts have all described altering experiences when immersed within new energy references, away from the familiar Earth surface. We on Earth are literally, intimately connected via a web of longitudinal long waves to the Universe. Each solar system body is connected to every other by right-line direct-connected wave motions. See figure (19) Solar System Longitudinal Resonance. See figure (20) Nearest Stellar Resonances. The Earth spherical shape acts as a multi-frequency harmonic receiver for these extremely long waves, and we are positioned within the near-field of each of these interplanetary resonances. The region nearest a resonant or radiating element is known as the evanescent or near-field. This region, which is within a few wavelengths of the radiator, may be either a propagating or nonpropagating energy. These near-field energies may be detected capacitively or inductively, and are not under the free-space impedance propagation conditions because the electric and magnetic fields are not orthogonal. Under evanescent conditions the velocity of propagation appears to be infinite. There is no light velocity transmission delay. Since we are immersed within these near-field radiative conditions, our body capacities feel the instantaneous changes of these remote solar and cosmic body's longitudinal couplings, or Gravitation; the quantum force comes from the wave function of the Universe which is beyond spacetime. This Earth-received cosmic signaling is as constant as the waves along the ocean shore.
For years now, Bill Ramsay in South Carolina has monitored these low frequency, long wavelength signals by using simple gravity wave detectors designed by Gregory Hodowanec http://www.rexresearch.com/hodowane/rhysmo~1.htm. Ramsay's measurements have shown strong correlation with Nick Fiorenza's varied and unique plottings of cosmic and planetary positionings.See figure (13) Gravitational Wave Patterns. Is it possible that we are catching a glimpse of the mechanism of the Planetary Mind and its interconnection to the Galactic Mind or our very own Infinite Mind? Does not this vast harmonic spectrum of cosmic longitudinal resonant strings create for us the Geometry of Infinite Mind? REFERENCES Adey, W. R., Cell Membranes, Electromagnetic Fields and Intercellular Communication., International Conf.on Dynamics of Sensory and Cognitive Processing in the Brain., Berlin., 1987. Astumian and Robertson., Nonlinear Effect of an Oscillating Electric Field on Membrane Proteins., J. Chem. Phys. 91, No.8, Oct.1989. Becker and Selden., The Body Electric. William Morrow + Co., 1985. Bliokh, Nicholaenko and Fillippov., Schumann Resonances in the Earth-Cavity. I.E.E., London, 1980. Borovkova and Dovbnya., Daytime Pi1C at the Polar Cap for an Interplanetary Magnetic Field., Geomagnetism and Aeronomy, Vol.28, No.3, 1988. Chkhetiya, A.M., The Manifestation of Parameters of the Interplanetary Medium in the Development of the Initial Phase of a Geomagnetic Storm., Geomagnetism and Aeronomy., Vol.28, No.5, 1988. Dearhoit and McSpadden., Electromagnetic Wave Propagation, McGraw Hill, 1973. Dergachev and Shershnev., Relation between Geomagnetic Activity and the High-Latitude Magnetic Field of the Sun., Geomagnetism and Aeronomy, Vol.28, No.5, 1988. Druzhin and Shapayev., The Role of Global Thunderstorm Activity in the Formation of the Amplitude of the Regular Noise Background., Geomagnetism and Aeronomy., Vol.28, No.1, 1988. Feynman, Richard P., The Feynman Lectures on Gravitation. Addison-Wesley, 1995 Fiorenza, N.A., Planetary Harmonic Spectrum Charts, Private Edition, Not Published. --Erection of the Holy Cross, IANS Conf., Fort Collins, CO. 1995 Gul'Yel'Mi, Dovbnya, Matveyeva and Shchepetnov., Geomagnetic Pulsations in the 1-Hz. Range at Polar Latitudes with Immersion of the Earth in the Plasmasphere of a Flare Stream., Geomagnetism and Aeronomy, Vol.28, No.6, 1988. Hainsworth, L.B., The Effect of Geophysical Phenomena on Human Health., Spec. in Science and Technology., Vol.6, No.5, 1983. Hodowanec, Gregory., The Hodowanec Papers, Rex Research, P.O. Box 19250, Jean, NV 89019 Lazebnyy, Nikolayenko, Rafal'skiy and Shvets., Detection of Transverse Resonances of the Earth-Ionosphere Cavity in the Average Spectrum of VLF Atmospherics., Geomagnetism and Aeronomy., Vol.28, No.2, 1988 Libin and Yudakhin., The Latitudinal Variation of the Power Spectrum of Cosmic-Ray Fluctuations., Geomagnetism and Aeronomy, Vol.28, No.3, 1988.
Lipinski and Boguslaw., Biological Significance of Piezoelectricity in Relation to Acupunture, Hatha Yoga, Osteopathic Medicine, and Action of Air Ions., Medical Hypotheses, Vol.3, No.1., 1977. Llaurado, Sances, Jr. and Battocletti., Biologic and Clinical Effects of Low-Frequency Magnetic and Electric Fields., Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, IL. 1974. Ramsay, William., Exploring the Aethers, Adventures Inspired by Hodowanec Discoveries., ISNE Conf., Denver, CO., 1994 Rauscher and Van Bise., Information Signaling and Homeostasis in the Human Body., Bioenergetic Research and Development, Inc., May 1988. Richards, E.E., Earth Power Spectrum and its Potential as a Usable Energy Source., International Conf. on Nonconvential Energy Technology., Atlanta, Ga., 1983. ---Multi-Octave Harmonic Interconnections., 1st. International Tesla Conf., Colo. Sp. CO., 1984. ---Harmonic Vibrational Motions of Earth, Aether and Space., 2nd International Keely Conf, Colo. Sp. CO., 1989. ---Biofield Harmonic Energizer., 22nd. Annual USPA Conf., Columbus, OH. 1996 Rivin and Kosheleva., Variations of the Geomagnetic Field and of Solar, and Geomagnetic Activities in the Range of 1<10 Years., Geomagnetism and Aeronomy, Vol.28, No.1, 1988. Rusakov and Bakastov., Rotation of the Horizontal Projection of the Magnetic Field Disturbance Vector at Schumann Resonance Frequencies., Geomagnetism and Aeronomy, Vol.28, No.6, 1988. See, T.J.J., Wave-Theory, Discovery of the Cause of Gravitation,Volume II, Nichols Press, Lynn, Mass., 1939 Tenorro-Tagle, Moles and Melnick., Structure and Dynamics of the Intersteller Medium., Proceedings of IAU Coll., 1989. Tesla, Nikola., Colorado Springs Notes 1899-1900,NOLIT, Beograd, Yugoslavia, 1978. Waite, Burch and Morre., Solar System Plasma Physics., American Geophysical Union., 1989. Weaver and Astumian., The Response of Living Cells to Very Weak Electric Fields: The Thermal Noise Limit., Science, Vol.247, Jan.1990. Wilson, Edgar. S., M.D., In Search of the Elusive Chi, 1989 --Holding on to the Tail of the Tiger, 1988 Wyller, Arne A., The Planetary Mind, MacMurray & Beck, Aspen, CO 1996 Zusmanovich and Kryakunova., Modulation of Cosmic Rays with Nonstationary Phenomena Taken into Account., Geomagnetism and Aeronomy, Vol.28, No.6, 1988.
Is it necessary that the speed of light limit our communications? Are there other star-systems awaiting our contact? Is the SETI (Search for Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence) program realistic in using transverse or electromagnetic (radio) waves, which are light-speed limited? Why search microwave frequencies for distant life when the detected human biological frequencies are in the ELF (Extremely Low Frequency, 3-300 Hz.) spectrum? unfold evidence for a new direction in communications technology; I will present some easy to construct circuits for you to begin listening to the galaxy. There is a possibility that in our own neighborhood of the galaxy there are other creative beings searching, imagining or wondering who else might be out there in the cosmos. Surely the Universe must communicate with Itself in REAL TIME, not having to wait billions of light years for a far away response. If so, how is that instantaneous communications performed? Please join me in my personal discoveries. Let us jump back a few centuries to the renowned Sir Isaac Newton, who proposed that gravity is a universal force; and that everything influences everything else. Newton stated, "that the powers of gravitation arose from the impulses of a subtle medium that is diffused over the universe, and penetrates the pores of grosser bodies". This implies that all matter is intimately connected to all other matter in the universe. Everything is connected to everything else through this 'action at a distance'. To the present day there is little more than that known about the real cause of gravity. One hundred years ago Nikola Tesla was receiving his first patents on "Apparatus for Producing Electrical Currents of High Frequency and Potential. "Tesla was the first to utilize a resonant oscillator for the transmission of high frequency signals. Through the commercial applications of Marconi and others, this became known as radio. It took an "Act of the U.S. Congress" in 1943 to recognize Tesla as the true inventor of radio. By the efforts and discoveries of many amateur and professional experimenters since that time, we may now maintain communications from any location on the planet. Tremendous changes and developments have occurred in our communication abilities since those first few experiments by Tesla in his small New York City laboratory during the early 1890s. Although Tesla took those first steps toward radio, he did not benefit from its financial returns because his visions were in other directions. The equipment he constructed and patented were oriented toward a complete planetary communications system. First, he built a large experimental facility near Colorado Springs, Colorado, where he explored natural electromagnetic signals, especially from lightning. He then went on to transmit high power and large potential electromagnetic signals around the earth, while utilizing varying versions of what has become known as 'Tesla coils'. Figure (1), shows Tesla's first patent on a system of transmitting electrical energy. He may have been the first person to listen to the radio spectrum (Solar Cycle 13) before other man-made transmissions were initiated. Imagine the middle of the twenty meter band at the peak of the sunspot cycle with no other man-made activity. What might he have
heard? Later, Tesla went on to begin construction of a much larger version of his transmitting facility at Shoreham, on Long Island in New York, but for many reasons it was never completed. Tesla considered his methods of transmission not 'Hertzian waves', or what we now refer to as transverse electromagnetic waves (radio), but another type of signal transmission. He described them as faster-than-light (FTL) longitudinal wave transmissions.. He did state that he had indeed detected signals from the other planets while performing his experiments at Colorado Springs in 1899! Tesla claimed, " that he had heard periodic and clear signals of number and order". His method of sensing was an elevated sphere in a series resonant circuit between the atmosphere and the earth. In 1921, Marconi also reported that he had detected "interplanetary communications" while performing tests in the Mediterranean and another experimenter, David Todd, stated that he had detected extraterrestrial signals while listening in 1924. Before we come back to present day researches, let us glance at the writings of mathematician and astronomer, Dr. Thomas Jefferson Jackson See of Missouri, whose works include a two volume set on the detection, calculation and mapping of binary star systems. These he published around the turn of the twentieth century. Mr.See prepared many works called the "Wave-Theory! Discovery of the Cause of Gravitation". From his research, he presented a mathematical picture of waves of gravity extending throughout space, the nature of gravitational stress, and the cause of gravity's invisible influence. See's gravity waves, which he showed mathematically to be different from electromagnetic waves, were not detected at that time. He sometimes referred to them as "long waves". Dr. T.J.J. See envisioned a spider-web of wave structure extending along all the radii vectors at all distances, filling all space, from star to star. Figure(2), shows one of See's many attempts to present visually this unseen mechanism of celestial influence. See's classical mathematics calculations and drawings show a constant bidirectional gravitational wave-stress. Its interlocked, cork screw tension in the aether connects all bodies in pairs. The characteristics of an all embracing aether provided the framework for See's calculation of the 'Wave Theory of Gravity'. By building on Newton's image of the aether as a "Vibrating medium that diffused over the universe and penetrated all matter", he was able to calculate many physical constants, such as its energy, stress, rigidity, and pressure. See's elastic pressure of aether envisioned a universe filled with invisible Fourier waves of all possible lengths and traveling in every direction under balanced symmetry of stress about a vibrating body, such as a planet [GENO PHYSICS IN HYPERELATIVITY OF SANTILLI]. Tesla and See were both outspoken critics of Relativity and the supposed accepted limit of the speed of light. Consequently, neither were given much consideration in the expanding Relativity climate of physics theory during that period. Even Albert Einstein in his first Relativity papers accepted the influence
of masses at great distances (or non-local influence). The interpretation by many physicists of Einstein's equations of General Relativity do not exclude the possibility of faster-than- light (FTL) communication. Later in his life, Einstein stated that he could not imagine the transmission of electromagnetic waves without some form of an aether. This idea of an all pervading aether has returned to us in recent years in a whole new form. In 1935, Einstein, Podolsky and Rosen wrote a paper, called "the EPR Paradox," examining the Quantum interpretation of a possible instantaneous communication. Over thirty years later, John Bell, a physicist at the CERN facility in Switzerland, proposed an experiment to confirm or deny this instantaneous action at a distance. When the experiments were performed, there was indisputable evidence of the presence of its reality in nature. Bell's theorem stated that not only are faster-than-light connections possible, but are necessary for the Universe to function. To the present day, Quantum physicists believe that their Quantum Field theory formulae allow for an instantaneous connection throughout all space and time. They believe a quantum vacuum, universal, zero-point energy field fills all space. It becomes the source of all matter, and thus, the primary reality of all of the universe. Light and gravity are no longer phantom-like waves traveling in empty space, but are moving through this continuous energy field. This newest vision reconfirms the most ancient insight of an all-pervading aether. About twenty years ago I discovered a paper written by Dr. Robert C. Beck entitled "E.L.F. (Extreme Low Frequency) Magnetic Communications and Signaling". Mr. Beck offered suggestions for many applications of these relatively unknown frequencies. The ELF spectrum is below the 10 KHz. boundary of internationally regulated frequencies . It is usually considered to be the spectrum of 3 Hz. to 30 Hz. (VLF-3 to 30 KHz.) (ULF-300 to 3000 Hz.) (ELF-3 to 300 Hz.). See figure (3).The wavelengths in the ELF range are from 100,000 Km. to 1,000 Km., and the wavelength for the earth's 40,000 Kms. circumference falls within that spread. Quite a large antenna farm might be needed for a resonant dipole in those bands. Beck suggested that the earth's circumference frequency could be detected, and he even offered an additional paper with easy to construct circuits to do so. I have since learned that the prominent human brain-wave signals are within this same ELF range. I also discovered that there are other uses for these ELF frequencies. While living in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan in 1977-78, I became aware of the U.S. Navy's interest in constructing a large underground antenna array at these ELF frequencies for their communications with the deep-diving Trident submarines. These frequencies do not see the earth as an obstruction, but are easily propagated through the whole planet. A scaled down version of the ELF Project array was constructed for the Navy in Michigan. Its signals are be easily detected anywhere.
In 1952, physicist W.O.Schumann postulated mathematically that our earth and ionosphere constitute a cavity wave-guide whose physical constants and magnetic field oscillate at a resonant frequency identical to the range of human brain-waves. In 1962, researchers at the then National Bureau of Standards reported the actual detection and recording of these signals. They closely resemble the encephalographic recordings from human brain-waves. Beck refers to them a the "earth brain-waves". Recent years have seen investigation by many researchers into the possible interconnection between these "Schumann Resonances" of the earth and the EEG detected human brain-waves. At first I installed a simple 40 meter dipole with marvelous success. Curiosity soon compelled me to connect it to an oscilloscope and observe some of the other electromagnetic activity in that area. During the summer season, the old scope presented a vast spectrum of lightning-related signal activity. I constructed a large tunable tank circuit with a 9 inch by 3 foot inductive coil form and a bank of switched capacitors. I was then able to selectively tune the incoming signal activity to the oscilloscope. I was especially interested in the electromagnetic (EM) activity below the VLF frequency range. I soon went on to construct five (550 feet) Vee beams switched from the center for improved world-wide ham communications. This was my dream antenna. I began to notice some very powerful activity in the ELF spectrum while using this antenna and decided that I might be seeing the Navy's ELF transmitter in Michigan and the Russian 'woodpecker' transmissions from the Ukraine. If the Navy could use these frequencies, what might I see in this VLF to ELF spectrum if I also tried an underground antenna? Putting an antenna underground in the rocky high plateau of New Mexico seemed an impossible task. I tried just laying it on the surface. A year before I had purchased a very large reel of wire from the surplus of the Los Alamos Research Laboratory. With my wife Beth (N1EJS) on one side of the reel and me on the other, we walked directly west and lay the wire on the earth's surface. Upon returning to the shack and connecting the long wire to the oscilloscope and tank circuit, I was amazed at the never-before-seen signal activity. Suddenly I was able to see strong, and often harmonically related, signal activity day and night throughout the year. These signals came through the earth and were picked up by this surface antenna. I observed EM activity changing with the time of day---sunrise, sunset, high noon, even at midnight when the sun was opposite on the earth from New Mexico. I was seeing lightning activity coming through the earth at all times of day. The most interesting observation was that the combined lightning signals created a vast spectrum of harmonically related wave-forms. The earth was alive with vibration, the sum total of the planetary activity. A short time later we added three more mile-long wires to make them switchable for each cardinal direction. At about this time, I began regular forty meter schedules with Hal Faretto, WA7OZW in Reno, Nevada. Hal, an employee of a research institute in Reno, shared my technical interests. We spent hours each week with 'on the air'
discussions of experiments or recent discoveries of others. Hal sent me a copy of an article from RF Design on Near Field Communication. I read and filed it for later use. Near field radiation had been given little attention in my studies at tech school and at that moment I saw little need for the information. That would change. he earth's natural resonances in the ELF spectrum fall within the range of the brain-wave spectrum. I became interested in the possible frequencies for the rest of the solar system. By utilizing all of the known available physical characteristics of size and motion, I calculated many frequencies for each solar system body. There were many harmonically related frequencies, some of which fall within the human brain-wave ELF spectrum. Figure (3) shows the brain-wave spectrum and some of the more prominent solar system frequencies within the same band. "The Music of the Spheres", an ancient concept of the Universal Song, may be seen as a reality when considering the motions of the solar system. When the revolutions and rotations for the planets and their moons are converted to frequencies, there appear many harmonic relationships. For examples: the Moon's revolution is harmonically attuned to the three largest moons of Jupiter, which are themselves one octave separated from each other in their revolutions. Jupiter's rotation is a harmonic of the Earth, and Pasiphae, the outer moon of Jupiter, is in harmony with the Earth's revolution. There are many other similar solar system harmonics. Hal, WA7OZW, helped me construct a sensitive ELF receiving circuit to be used with a PC-operated spectrum analyzer device. Hal used a more elaborate Hewlett-Packard spectrum analyzer. Over the period of a number of years we communicated back-and-forth via radio and the land-line regarding the ever changing ELF activity. We were able to see simultaneous frequency activity at widely separated areas of the country. Hal and his colleagues were especially excited by observing some of the lower frequency ELF signals, which seemed to hold correlation with Earth's seismic activity. They referred to those signals as geologic frequencies. Other researchers are now considering quite seriously these ELF frequency relationships to earthquake predictions. Figure (4) demonstrates the magnitude of the received signals from the ELF and lower in frequency. Earth is alive with this constant electromagnetic vibration intensity. It supplies a complex play of oscillating harmonics around and through us each moment of our lives. Let me introduce you to an experimenter who may actually be detecting and utilizing gravity waves today. For many years physicist Gregory Hodowanec in Newark, NJ has been detecting what he refers to as monopole gravity waves. These monopole signals, unlike the usually detected gravity waves, are relatively strong and more easily detected. Hodowanec says, "that monopole gravity waves have been detected for many years; it's what we are calling 1/f "noise" signals, flicker or background noise". He refers to his detected waves as scalar in nature, which means the waves are described in terms of magnitude alone. An example
of a scalar field is the one of temperature. Gravitation has a scalar aspect. Gregory Hodowanec has developed a number of easily constructed circuits to utilize and detect these monopole gravity waves. In Hodowanec's cosmology, the universe is considered to be a finite, spherical, closed system. Monopole gravity waves propagate any distance in Plank time, which is about 5.4x10-44 seconds, therefore their effects appear everywhere almost instantly. These gravity wave signals are the sum total of the background flux of the universe, similar to the total summation of the earth's lightning signals I observed in New Mexico. Such signals could be a new window into the universe. They may reveal many aspects not observable with present-day electromagnetic techniques. Gregory states that listening to the scalar gravity signals with the audio amplifier can be quite impressive. Some of the coherent "musical" sounds appear to come from the same direction of space on a daily basis. According to Hodowanec's theories, scalar-type radiation fields, as is the gravitation field, might be useful to transmit information "instantly" everywhere in the universe. At his location of 42 degrees N. Latitude, some of the detected sounds appear to originate from the Perseus and Auriga regions of our galaxy when those regions appear at zenith. Some of these signals might be of extra-terrestrial intelligence, and thus interest other experimenters in SETI (Search for Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence) to investigate this possibility. Such communication between different galactic cultures may not be limited by the long time intervals required by speed-of-light communication of radio. Over 150 years ago, the renowned grandfather of electromagnetic experimentation, Michael Faraday, stated, "I believe that as the inductance is to magnetism, the capacitor is to gravity". Gregory Hodowanec may have given us the gift of a view of our communications future. Earth's ever-present gravity field provides the presence of a scalar gravity field on the plates of a capacitor, causing the molecules of the dielectric to polarize just as though an external DC voltage were being applied. A schematic of his scalar gravity-signal detector is shown in figure (5). The small gravity-impulse current generated across capacitor C1 is coupled to the input of IC1 for amplification. IC1 functions as a current-to-voltage converter. The capacitance, C1, and the feedback resistance, R1, are chosen sufficiently high in value so that input circuit "resonance" is much less than 1 Hz. The detected gravity flux oscillations are a function of both the sensing capacitance and the feedback relationship, and will thus have different frequencies for different capacitor and feedback resistor values. The extra op-amp, IC1-b provides added gain and frequency stability. The gravity detector may be enclosed within an aluminum box to provide a shield from electromagnetic interference (EMI). The output may be fed to the input of an oscilloscope or chart recorder for monitoring. Figure (6) shows a simple audio amplifier that can be used with the detector to listen to the gravity signals, which sometimes resemble a music rhythm.
Our next stop on the road to gravity wave communication is with Bill Ramsay, W2IAS, who was living in South Carolina. Ramsay had also discovered Hodowanec's intriguing experiments. They stirred his sense of wonder and prompted him to perform some of the same tests. Bill had been hearing these signals for years during his lifetime of electronic/radio repair. Could anything good come from this ever-present electronic noise which is the engineer's menace? One day he thought that noise, or better put, fluctuation actions of all kinds, are present in everything,--the jitters at the quantum level, Brownian movements in molecules, universe microwave background, thermal variations, air movements, fluid movements, the human brain-mind-nervous system, and much more. This "noise" is fundamental to everything. Bill became particularly interested in one mode of the detection circuits that Hodowanec calls "QND" for Quantum Non-Demolition. This mode is reached by adjusting a control so that the circuit operation hangs at the point of oscillation and awaits the introduction of a gravity pulse. The result is a slight ringing somewhat like that of a bell being struck, with discernible variations being created by interactions between the earth's gravity field and those of other cosmic structures. Ramsay describes it as the sound of dried peas being dropped against a bell. During some situations there are prolonged 'singings' such as when a moistened finger is run around the rim of a crystal glass tumbler. Ramsay went on to construct a series of multiple detectors with each attuned to a slightly different frequency spectrum The effect, he says, was 'enchanting'. He describes this as being like listening to ancient chants while on a space journey. During other monitoring periods, the sounds resemble that of the ocean calls of humpback whales. One of Bill's monitoring periods was during the summer solstice on June 21st. He thought that there might be some unusual 'goings on' at the time that the Ancients called "The day the sun stands still". And so there were! Many prolonged singings were heard with one of them at the exact moment of gravity solstice, 8.3 minutes ahead of the much slower light speed response. Ramsay says that since that day he has many times observed this leading gravity pulse. He refers to his circuits as the "Cosmic Winds Device". Bill, W2IAS's next discovery was what he calls 'Fixed Rate Scanning'. While running some tests on a Rustrak strip-chart recorder for some other experiments, he thought 'why not try this on a Hodowanec gravity-wave circuit'? He set up a recorder and allowed it to continuously run. One morning he was amazed to discover that a beautiful and intricate pattern had been formed while he slept. This opened a whole new door for Ramsay's cosmic exploring. In this setup the exact frequency and stability of the generator is primarily determined by a common component, a capacitor, like Hodowanec was using in most of his detectors. Michael Faraday strikes again! Bill Ramsay describes for us this most interesting strip-chart recorder experience, "The strongest sense of this process is gained by sitting in front of a recorder and watching as the exposed needle seems 'seized' by some force and guided to exactly the right place at exactly the right moment to add one more dot to the
emerging pattern. For a one hour long pattern there are 1800 dots, each one put on the chart paper by the striking action of a spring-loaded bar at exact two second intervals. The needle has more chances of being in the wrong place than in the right one when the bar snaps it against the pressure sensitive paper and forms a dot. And since the chart moves in one direction only, there are no chances to go back to fill in a missed place". Figures (7),(8) are an example of the 'Fixed Rate Scanning'. These amazing, very long wavelength patterns seem to represent the frequency beatings of the sun, the moon, and the planetary motions, all in combinations with other cosmic influences, which may even be beyond our home star system. Ramsay says that "These pulses might be providing 'markers' or coherency to the universal hologram". He has had opportunity to compare simultaneous measurements with other experimenters, and thus to observe these strong correlation. As Bill sees it, "Each location on the earth surface detects a portion of the universe--the whole earth acts as a detector/resonator to the complex total. Earth is a mirror of the universe in the gravity wave qualities". One day while I was considering this problem of instantaneous communication, it suddenly occurred to me that we on earth are within the near-field of the wavelength determined by the earth and moon. This earth-moon signal, around .78 Hz., I have detected by using ELF sensing equipment. So, beginning with the article that Hal, WA7OZW, had sent to me years before, I searched for any information I could find related to near-field radiation, which was really very little. The region nearest the antenna or radiating element is known as the evanescent or reactive near-field. The evanescent component of the EM energy decays in amplitude very rapidly with distance. This region includes both non-propagating (reactive) and propagating energy. We are familiar with and utilize the propagating field. The evanescent region is considered to be within three wavelengths, with the greatest energy levels within one wavelength. The evanescent near-field seems to have some characteristics which differ from the radiating near-field and the normally used far-field. First, it does not maintain the commonly detected 90 degree (orthogonal) relationship between the E (electric) and the H (magnetic) field components, nor is it related to the characteristic 377 ohm impedance of free-space. Because of these differences it is considered a non-propagating energy. However, it is capacitively detectable, but not by free-space propagation. Evanescent energy can be detected in near-field measurements as energy with a spatial frequency. Spatial frequency is a frequency measured in units of distance (cycles/distance) as compared to temporal frequency, which is measured in units of time (cycles/second). For the evanescent waves, the phase is independent of distance, so that the phase velocity appears to be infinite or faster-than-light (FTL). Under these conditions of independence, the transverse electric from the transverse magnetic, each have a longitudinal component as well as transverse. In addition, energy is stored in the volume occupied by these fields.
The description of the evanescent energy as non-propagating or non-radiating seems to indicate that it is not detectable by established electromagnetic methods. There may be other methods that we must consider to perceive these energy fields. I would like to present quotations by and about noted physicist Richard P. Feynman, from his "Lectures on Gravitation". Feynman thought long and hard about the fundamental problems of gravitational physics. These lectures represent some of his viewpoints and insights into gravity and gravitational waves. Feynman compares electricity and gravity in the statement, "If we compare the differential equations of motion of particles in electrical and gravitational fields, we find that the gravitational equation has a qualitatively distinct new feature; not only the gradients, but also the potentials themselves appear in the equations of motion. Thus, even though the differential equations for the fields are closely parallel, there is a distinction in the interpretation. In the case of gravitation the quantum force comes from the wave function of the universe. [VORTEXIJAH] The important point is that the electron-photon interaction of special relativity is separated into a faster-than-light instantaneous longitudinal polarized non-radiative near-field and a transverse radiative far-field in every frame of reference". He also states that there is "required to be a static instantaneous Coulomb potential with its own force field and wave function, and the uncharged scalar field must be attractive or there would be no long range Newtonian gravitational force". Feynman also says that he understands "gravity as both geometry and a field". MECHANISM OF GRAVITY COMMUNICATION Now that we have considered the supporting evidence for the existence of an instantaneous gravity wave communication, let us try to determine the possible mechanism to begin our experimenting. Clearly, the physics and mathematics allow for a much faster velocity than light speed. It may not be instantaneous, but many orders of magnitude faster-than-light. The release of very recent research by a group of Russian scientists regarding what they term "torsion fields" suggest a speed in the order of a billion times the light velocity. We have looked at the methods of sensing by Hodowanec and Ramsay; these two researchers are making a great contribution toward our future galactic communication. Now I would like to make an attempt to pull together all of the information to see if there might be a usable overview as a base for continuing experimentation. Each cosmic body---a planet, a moon, or a star---utilizes the spherical shape as its energy containment. The sphere is an ideal shape for a resonant cavity. The very nature of the sphere means that it resonates over vast spectrums of frequency. For example, if we start by considering the earth circumference of approximately
7.5 Hz., as a fundamental, we may calculate and detect many higher harmonically-related frequencies. In addition, there are radius frequencies with higher harmonics present. Harmonic waves in a spherical solid set up a periodic distribution within the inner and outer spherical cavities. The Van Allen energy belts surrounding the earth also present a multitude of resonant harmonics at lower frequencies than the circumference 7.5 Hz. Figure (9) shows some of the earth related frequencies. The numerous energy belts about the earth act as spherical capacitors, one within another. These energy field capacitors create highly fluctuating potential gradients, vertically arrayed at right angles to the earth surface. These large spherical capacitors longitudinally couple a continuous supply of vibrations from the outer magnetosphere to the earth surface and within the earth. The many surrounding energy belts act as sensitive detecting membranes to couple the solar system and galactic information vibrations to the inner earth fields which we inhabit. In addition, they also transfer the earth's natural resonances back out into the solar system and galaxy, thus supplying earth's link to the galaxy. Let us once again look at the Moon and its mean distance from the Earth. If the distance of the Earth to the Moon (approximately 385,000 Km.) is considered as a wavelength, then its frequency will be .78 Hz. The distance changes throughout each month due to the elliptical orbit, giving a maximum frequency of .83 Hz. and a minimum of .74 Hz. The higher harmonics of these frequencies may be detected by ELF sensing instruments. All of these harmonics lie within the human brain-wave region. Figure (10) shows many of the possible energy belt frequencies. These frequencies are also within the human biological spectrum. What might this Earth-Moon-wavelength longitudinal near-field wave of influence look like? Just imagine it as a long vibrating steel rod extending from and attached to the Earth on one side, and the Moon on the other. Now compare this with a meter stick held in your hands. If you tap your finger on one end of the meter stick, the taps will be instantly felt at the opposite end. There is no transmission time. Likewise, Earth's multitude of natural resonant vibrations are instantly, longitudinally, coupled to be received at the Moon. Also the Moon sends back her messages. There is no rate of velocity of the signal transmission, such as the speed of light; all is instantaneous. The Earth and Moon each modulate the common longitudinal chord with their individual resonances. Since each body is a multi-resonant sphere, they also share many common fundamental frequencies and harmonics. See Figure (11). It should not take a great stretch of your imagination to see how our solar system's ever-changing longitudinal chords of influence resonate and interact by coupling all bodies of the system to all other bodies, instantaneously! Figure(12) shows an example. Each individual system of stars, planets, moons, asteroids, and comets instantaneously displays its own unique qualities of vibrational influence to the neighboring star systems and to the galaxy. Figure (13) shows us some of the frequencies of the other nearby stellar systems. And Figure (14)
shows some of the nearby sun-like stellar systems, which may have similar planetary configurations to our own solar system. What are these longitudinal waves and how might they function? As noted previously, T.J.J. See pictured an incessant bidirectional, gravitational, wave-stress, interlocked, cork-screw tension in the aether. The Russian torsion field researchers describe them in at least three types of electric fields, spin fields, and bidirectional gravity fields. The physicist Andrei Sakharov describes a longitudinal, spin-polarized G-field which cannot be screened. Another researcher, E.T. Whittaker, describes bundles of harmonic bidirectional longitudinal wave-pairs. There are many common frequencies associated with all spherical structures. Imagine an infinite series harmonic longitudinal spiraling wave emitted from the Earth, meeting a likewise opposite spiraling wave emitted from the Moon, pulling and holding against the counter force of the link to all other bodies of the universe. These are strong indications of instantaneous or faster-than-light transmissions that use interlocked longitudinal bidirectional waves. These waves may be of multiple harmonic content. They may contribute to what we have for many years named gravity. These gravity waves may interact to cause a pulling and pushing of mass objects. The signals appear to change according to astronomical cycles. They are being detected by electronic instruments with capacitors as the sensor. Might we begin to receive and transmit these types of waves by coupling through the Earth's natural resonant harmonic energy fields? The puzzle awaits and the pieces are spread before us with much yet to learn. The Universe must communicate with itself in real-time, nearly instantaneously, through out all levels, from the micro-subatomic to the macro-intergalactic. When I sit quietly among the gently blowing trees, the whole universe speaks and listens to itself. Earth moves and spins, listens and chats in its primary chords. Its revolving partner, the Moon, intercepts and resonates additional messages. The longitudinal near-field resonator of the Earth/Moon within which we live detects far-flung changing vibrations, and in turn, responds back to the universe. Our home solar system, powered by the Sun, creates ever-changing patterns of longitudinal form, retrieving those very long waves of resonance like the telescope collects visible light. In return it also sends out to other star systems its own unique messages. The giant galactic milky nest hums with the continual excitement of birthing stars, planets, dust, life-forms, and you and me. A web of linked galaxies exchanges instant waves of creative unfoldment. They all may be listening to the collective dreams from a third speck of dust revolving about a minor star in the outskirts of an average spiral galaxy. Are they us or are we them? NOTES: 1. Sullivan, Walter, We Are Not Alone-The Continuing Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Penguin Books USA, 1994. 2. U.S.Patent # 568,176
3. Tesla, Nikola; Colorado Springs Notes, 1899-1900, NOLIT, Beograd, Yugoslavia, 1978. 4. Cheney, Margaret, Tesla, Man out of Time, Prentice Hall, 1981. 5. Jackson, C.D. & Hohmann, R.E., An Historic Report of Life in Space; Tesla, Marconi, Todd., American Rocket Society, 17th Annual Meeting, Los Angeles, CA, 1962 6. See, T.J.J., Wave Theory, Discovery of the Cause of Gravitation, Vol. II, Nichols Press, Lynn, MA.,1939 7. US Patent # 5,590,031 8. Hodowanec, Gregory; All About Gravitational Waves, Radio Electronics, April 1986. 9. Ramsay, William; Exploring the Aethers, Adventures Inspired by Hodowanec Discoveries., ISNE Conf., Denver, CO., 1994 10. Dearhoit and McSpadden., Electromagnetic Wave Propagation, McGraw Hill, 1973. 11. Feynman, Richard P.; Feynman Lectures on Gravitation, Addison Wesley. 1995. 12. Akimov, A.,Shipov, G., Torsion Fields and Their Experimental Manifestations, Journal of New Energy, Vol.2, No.2, Summer 1997, pp 67-84. 13. Whittaker,E.T. On An Expression of the Electromagnetic Field Due to Electrons by Means of Two Scalar Potential Functions, Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society, Vol. 1, 1904, pp 367-372. Jack Sarfatti UFOs are Geodesic Gliders Tue Jan 4, 2005 19:46 68.124.66.233 On Jan 4, 2005, at 7:36 PM, Jack Sarfatti wrote: Einstein's guv(curved space time) ~ (Minkowski)uv Lp^2(Goldstone Phase)(,u,v) Should be for non-inertial observers using non-gravity forces to hover (i.e. stand still as it were) at a fixed distance from a "source": Einstein's guv(curved space time) ~ (Minkowski)uv + Lp^2(Goldstone Phase)(,u,v) When the vacuum coherence -> 0, then we get back globally flat Minkowski spacetime, which is what we have in the pre-inflationary highly unstable completely incoherent false conformal vacuum. What does curved spacetime mean operationally? One thing it means for space travelers is that they have to fire their rockets in order to HOVER at a fixed
distance from some compact source. This is independent of measuring tidal stretch-squeeze relative accelerations between closely spaced geodesic test particles. If you fire a rocket in flat spacetime you move Bhubba, you buggy and you feel inertial g-force! Not so in curved spacetime where you move weightlessly in a geodesic glide relative to the distant stars or to the local cosmic black body microwave background radiation. What the ETs know how to do is to geodesically glide in whatever direction they desire using small amounts of onboard power in their Magnificent Unconventional Flying Machines. That's what we are after! http://stardrive.org/cartoon/MagicBean.html We have the nonlocal "curvature without curvature" effect, analogous to the Bohm-Aharonov effect from non-simply connected global topology on locally observable physics (e.g. shift in a fringe pattern). As shown by R. Kiehn this comes from closed inexact Cartan form structure in the "gravity field", i.e. the Levi-Civita connection field for parallel transport of objects in the standard 1916 Einstein theory with zero torsion, zero nonmetricity and zero other exotic field effects. ///// THE DENSITY BANDLET CLOUD ZONES Astrophysicists Dr. J Katz reveals that initially the Gamma ray burst (GRB) sources were discovered by U. S. and Russian satellites searching for nuclear explosions (J. Katz, High Energy Astrophsics", Addison-Wesley (1987). R. Klebesadel, I. Strong, and R. Olson, Ap. J. (Lett.) 182 L85 (1973). But a new series of observations occurred at the beginning of the 1990s that made the gamma ray bursts far more enigmatic. As Dr. Schwarzchild revealed in 1992, new observations made from the Compton Observatory revealed that the Gamma Ray Bursts were isotropically distributed around the earth. [B.. Schwarzchild, Compton Observatory Data Deepen the Gamma Ray Burster Mystery, Physics Today (February 1992), 21.] This coherent isotropic distribution cancelled sources confined to the galactic plane as being responsible, therefore these GRBs were considered to be at galactic halo distances; and as being relatively local to our solar neighborhood. Those GRBs that are within the neighborhood of our sun system being approximately at 1000 AU, distance, or a loose estimate distance for te inner Oort cloud. The Oort cloud GRBs that are located 100 light-hours (720 AU) from our sun, assuming they are spherically symmetric sources of gamma rays, radiate about 10 Λ26 erg,. [. Schwarzchild, Compton Observatory Data Deepen the Gamma Ray Burster Mystery, Physics Today (February 1992), 21.] In 1992, professor Katz discussed the Oort cloud GRBs, in his paper entitled ”A Burst of Speculation”, as an energy source, and propossing cometary collisions [J.
Katz, A Burst of Speculation astro-ph/9211001 (1992).]. In fact in 1993, Dr. J. Maddox published his research of colliding cometary ice producing gamma rays, accounted by the poorly comprehended phenomenon known as sonoluminescence in water due to cavitation, with some researchers arguing that the cavitation bubble could produce plasmas with black-body temperature at least ∼ 100,000 K. (For comparison, 1 MeV ≈ 10 Λ 10 K)). (J. Maddox, Sonoluminescence in from the dark, Nature 361 (4 Feb 1993), 397.] These plasma’s coming from the superconducting-like sonoluminescence within interstellar ice in all probability having the M-State platinuum group elements in a high orbital spin arrangement (ORME superconductor), or Magnecule arrangement (Santilli Hadron Physics), being the next Loka density band transforms transforming our dimensional reality. In light of the enormous energy of the black body temperatures of ∼ 100,000 K, we should consider what the black body is referring to. When analysing a group of atoms in the form of one periodic element, it is stored within a transparent container, where as a changing state of energy, it causes a photonic release of light. Then a special form of light called “black body” radiation is illumined through the transfiguring element, propels the photonic light particles released to pass through the lense of a prism, or slot grating, diversifying the light particles into the color spectrum that is filmed. Through the black body radiation’s ambiguous quality, the film only capture a small series of vertical colored lines, created by the inumerous quantities of photons the periodic element is releasing, at precise frequencies of colour, atoms are releasing certain color frequencies of light (photons). one must make the distinction between nonlocal micro-quantum theory with signal locality corresponding to Valentini's sub-quantal equilibrium vs local macroquantum theory with signal nonlocality corresponding to sub-quantal nonequilibrium. The human mind field in the brain is obviously the latter. There is now a well developed physics for the emergence of complex macro-quantum nonequilibrium systems by P. W. Anderson "More is different" based on the idea of spontaneous broken ground state dynamical symmetry. The ground state does not have the full symmetry of the dynamical action in the general theory of emergent collective orders of increasing complexity. Relying on traditional von Neumann micro-quantum measurement theory will not work for complex conscious systems. This is shown explicitly by Valentini. You must violate traditional quantum measurement theory to get signal nonlocality and without signal nonlocality you have none of the essential empirical facts of what is now known about mind-matter physics, e.g. presponse. The key issue is micro-quantum signal locality which prevents, as a matter of
fundamental physical principle, the presponse seen in experiments (including SRI RV) and whose significance was first noted by Penrose in "The Emperor's New Mind" I think and then by Josephson in "Biological Utilization of Quantum Nonlocality". All living matter is a macro-quantum open system far from the thermodynamic branch in Prigogine's sense. Equilibrium in general is death to life. Sub-quantal equilibrium or "heat death" in Valentini's sense is death to inner consciousness. Saul-Paul's ADE math will apply nicely to my theory to the unfolding of the local macro-quantum coherent hologram Psi(x) that is the conscious mind field in the brain. The micro-tubule configuration is the Bohm "particle" or "hidden variable" I suspect. Psi is a BIT "landscape" like in neural net theory with Thom catastrophic "unfoldings" as in SP's math. The material brain, or Wheeler's IT, in the form of local micro-tubule configuration density in 3D space (like a spin lattice in solid state physics), as in the qualitative picture of Stuart Hameroff, gets its marching orders from Psi, which is Wheeler's BIT. This is mind moving brain, i.e the "will". This is IT FROM BIT (Wheeler). But that is not enough, you also need "back-action", i.e. BIT FROM IT (not in Wheeler). This is Wigner's matter moving mind to create inner consciousness in the BIT field Psi. You need a non-equilibrium BEC to do this in the sense of Herbert Frohlich. It's non-equilibrium at all levels including sub-quantal, hence macro-quantum locality with "spooky telepathic retro-active" signal nonlocality that accounts for teleological presponse in ordinary consciousness as well as paranormal effects like telepathy and the remote viewing of alleged alien Grays as well as humans. The Grays appear to have it more well developed than the best of our PSI Warriors. In summ
JACK SARFETTI STARDRIVE.ORG DECEMBER 2004: CONFIRMATION OF THE SUPERCONDUCTING STAR GATE MODEL AT THE EDGE OF OUR SOLAR SYSTEM I have figured out that the anomalous gravity tug on the NASA Pioneer Space Probes 10 and 11 of Hc = 10^-7 cm/sec^2 are from a hedgehog topological defect in the macro-quantum coherence of the vacuum. Imagine two concentric spheres centered at the Sun. The first sphere is at ~ 20 AU from the Sun where there is a dark energy [MAGNE] exotic vacuum region out to the second sphere of unknown, as yet, radius. The Galactic Halo holding our solar system to the galaxy is also a dark energy effect. Alternating regions of exotic vacua with positive and negative quantum pressures make a weightless warp drive. We control the pressure using the Josephson effect, i.e. the beat between the phase of the coherent vacuum and the phase of a macro-quantum control system [SANTILLI SUPERCONDUCTION]. NASA's Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) satellite recently revealed small ripples of one part in one hundred thousand in the angular distribution of the cosmic background microwave thermal radiation left over from the Big Bang. These observed ripples, possibly the remnants of ultra-microscopic quantum fluctuations when the universe was even smaller than a single electron, might provide the mechanism for galaxy formation. This important new observation
gives us a picture of the universe as it was only about three hundred thousand years after the initial moment of creation of real time out of imaginary time. Sarfatti conjectures that the quantum ripples observed by the COBE satellite may have been created from the far future, in a cosmic scale loop in time by an ultra-advanced intelligence, quite possibly evolved from us. A quantum optics experiment he had published a few years ago in Physics Essays could actually test that idea in the laboratory. "If it works as the equations predict, it would be possible to build a kind of quantum telescope that probes the future just as a classical telescope probes the past. The power of prophecy would no longer be the exclusive domain of mystics, psychics, and avatars. It would be technology." But how do we go from hypothetical extraterrestrial or future-terrestrial super-technology, We can now begin to see how what looks like a right angle turn at enormous acceleration to a non-inertial observer on the surface of the earth, might feel like nothing special to the freely floating inertial passengers aboard the UFO. That's because the UFO isn't being propelled in the familiar sense. It's simply freely floating in a locally bent space-time geodesic in its immediate neighborhood. "If UFOs are really spacecraft, then somehow they're controlling their local space-time curvature, maybe in angstrom thin boundary layers fitting the outside surface of the UFO like a skin," speculates Sarfatti. "And if that's true, they're probably doing it using loops in time. It's just a hunch." Then he added, "You know, when these things are really pumping up their local curvature engines, let's say during a high speed, right angle turn, standard Fourier signal analysis says that they're going to be generating significant broad band gravitational radiation. It happens that John Clauser at UC Berkeley is building a new type of ultra-sensitive atomic beam gravitometer that should be able detect just such radiation. Maybe his device could be used as the first bona fide UFO detector." A prerequisite for UFO propulsion may be the principle of global self-consistency, or logical consistency, used by Kip Thorne and Igor Novikov in their traversable wormhole-time travel papers. This same key principle was independently discovered by Sarfatti and published in Physics Essays, Vol. 4, No.3, Sept. 1991, in a paper provocatively titled, "Design for a Superluminal Communication Device." Sarfatti's gedankenexperiment, which he no longer believes will work without a significant coupling between mind and matter, attempted to use the quantum spin correlation between special types of photon pairs, as a communications channel. This spin correlation is non-local, that is, faster-than-light.
Correlation, according to the equations of quantum mechanics, means that each photon in every pair is permanently entangled with its photon twin. Interfere with one photon, and its twin is always affected. The correlation persists regardless of the distance between the photon pair. This spooky, telepathic-like effect, known as the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen effect, has actually been observed in a number of different atomic physics and quantum optics experiments. Sarfatti considers a paper by David Deutsch published in the November 25, 1991 Physical Review D to be a milestone. "Deutsch explicitly shows that influences from the future constrain initial conditions on the classical level, and yield a globally self-consistent pattern of probabilities at the quantum level," he explained. "That's why the thermal radiation ripples observed by the COBE satellite could be an intelligently created artifact from the future. But here on the laboratory scale, any of our clever attempts to create time travel paradoxes will likely cause one of the following three things to happen: Either laboratory equipment or people will malfunction with certainty -- in which case free will is an illusion, isn't it? Or, zero point energy will be released, physically changing space-time curvature in such a way as to always avoid paradox. Or, as David Deutsch suggests, the universe will simply split." [SOLAR SYSTEM GAMMA SOURCE, AS N DIMENSIONAL TECH] Jack Sarfatti The Universes Next Door Sat Dec 18, 2004 17:45 64.170.194.125 PS The NASA Pioneer 10&!! Anomaly a_g = cH ~ 10^-7 cm/sec^2 directed back to Sun is more evidence for the local macro-quantum Higgs order parameter, this time with S^2 symmetry forming a dark energy hedgehog topological defect starting at 20AU from Sun. ending we do not know where yet. The Galactic Halo holding our solar system in the Galaxy is also a dark energy exotic vacuum blob that is more stable than Vilenken's thin vacuum domain wall. Preliminaries on the nonlocality of gravity energy from Penrose "Road to Reality". Note that Shipov's "oriented point" in his torsion theory extension of 1916 GR has a non-trivial topology configuration space with a spinor structure as shown in detail by Roger Penrose. The Cartan p-form is a "density" unlike the graded Grassmann algebra analog to it. A p-form in a N > p space is a N - p dimensional hyper plane element that is dual to the p mult-vector field. The multi-vector from Grassmannian wedge products is not a "density" for integration. Think of the multi-vectors like the Bohm hidden variable particle trajectories and the dual p forms as the pilot qubit wave fronts.
The p-form is the intersection of p 1-form covectors (N-1 dim hyperplane elements) Fig 12.10 p.228 Penrose. See Fig 12.7 & 12.8 & 12.9 p. 226 on covectors as generalized contours but with a "twist" obstruction p. 225 The p-form is what we integrate over a p-dim submanifold of the N-dim manifold. The topology is generally mutiply connected with Betti numbers and other global topological measures. Curvature is a 2-form integrated over 2-dim sub-manifolds of spacetime. Diff(4) is automatic for these global integrals and they are, therefore, independent of the arbitrary choice of overlapping local coordinate patches or charts whose atlas covers the entire manifold. The overlap transition functions between them are precisely Einstein's general coordinate transformations (GCT) and GCT symmetry means completely arbitrary LOCAL choices of coordinate charts exactly like the completely arbitrary choice of phases in SU(n) local gauge theories! There is no rule that we MUST choose the largest possible local charts for example. However, each choice of a local coordinate chart specifies a possible distribution of local observers some (LIF) on intrinsic geodesics of the metric space others (LNIF) not. That is, there is a well conceived physical measurement scheme associated with EVERY GCT subject to local causality light cone constraints and negligible quantum gravity uncertainty in the light cone localizations. Every GCT transition function is a switch from one configuration of local observers to another all inside a small enough spacetime blob without obstructions from event and particle horizons so that they can all exchange light signals. "One of the beauties of this ... is that it automatically deals with any changes of variable that we may choose to invoke." The p-forms are INVARIANT under GCT and so are their GLOBAL INTEGRALS. There is an analog to the Cauchy integral residue theorem sum over poles with the Betti-numbered wormhole handles analogous to the poles in evaluating the integrals. For our problem we are talking about the hologram closed 2-surfaces enclosing volumes. "The parameters x^u or x^u' could be taken to be one of the coordinates in a coordinate patch in this ambient space, where we are happy to change to a different coordinate when we pass to another coordinate patch." p. 230 "This eliminates the explicit mention of awkward quantities known as 'Jacobians'" p. 235 *None of this point set topology manifold structure closely tied to local causal measurement theory is in Hal Puthoff's too simple PV theory without a consistent measurement theory.
Splitting universes require a non-Hausdorf manifold. Fig 12.5 p. 223 A Hausdorff space forbids the splitting and fusion of alternative world timelines in a PK Dickian multi-verse of parallel universes next door. A non-Hausdorff space means we can pass to a universe next door where Phillip Roth's "The Conspiracy Against America" and P.K. Dick's "The Man in the High Castle" are actual realities down to the last comma! major step towards the realization of ultra-fast, non-tappable, non-jammable communications, as well as the next generation of ultra-fast and intelligent quantum computers -- something deep spacefarers will most certainly require --was made with the announcement of the demonstration of quantum teleportation in the laboratory. The following PHYSICS NEWS UPDATE from The American Institute of Physics Bulletin of Physics News Number 350 December 10, 1997 by Phillip F. Schewe and Ben Stein summarizes this important development. "Quantum teleportation has been experimentally demonstrated by physicists at the University of Innsbruck (Anton Zeilinger, 011-43-676-305-8608, anton.zeilinger@ uibk.ac.at ; Dik Bouwmeester, [email protected] ). First proposed in 1993 by Charles Bennett of IBM (914-945-3118), quantum teleportation allow physicists to take a photon (or any other quantum-scale particle, such as an atom), and transfer its properties (such as its polarization) to another photon--even if the two photons are on opposite sides of the galaxy. Note that this scheme transports the particle's properties to the remote location and not the particle itself. And as with Star Trek's Captain Kirk, whose body is destroyed at the teleporter and reconstructed at his destination, the state of the original photon must be destroyed to create an exact reconstruction at the other end. In the Innsbruck experiment, the researchers create a pair of photons A and B that are quantum mechanically "entangled": the polarization of each photon is in a fuzzy, undetermined state, yet the two photons have a precisely defined interrelationship. If one photon is later measured to have, say, a horizontal polarization, then the other photon must "collapse" into the complementary state of vertical polarization. In the experiment, one of the entangled photons A arrives at an optical device at the exact time as a "message" photon M whose polarization state is to be teleported. These two photons enter a device where they become indistinguishable, thus effacing our knowledge of M's polarization (the equivalent of destroying Kirk). What the researchers have verified is that by ensuring that M's polarization is complementary to A's, then B's polarization would now have to assume the same value as M's. In other words, although M and B have never been in contact, B has been imprinted with M's polarization value, across the whole galaxy, instantaneously. [as ketamin implies for the eti] This does not mean that faster-than-light information transfer has occurred. The people at the sending station must still convey the fact that teleportation had been successful by making a phone call or using some other light-speed or sub-light-speed means of communication. While physicists don't foresee the
possibility of teleporting large-scale objects like humans, this scheme will have uses in quantum computing and cryptography. (D. Bouwmeester et al., Nature, 11 Dec 1997)." The American Institute of Physics Bulletin of Physics News website is at http://www.aip.org/physnews/graphics SARFETTI GAMMA RAY BURST LASER ENGINEERING If UFOs are real they use this super-technology called “metric engineering.” Any civilization eventually reaches this level of knowledge and this is reason enough for extra-terrestrials to visit us if only to prevent us from destroying them as well as ourselves. How to travel vast distances in the twinkle of an eye is no longer a conceptual problem in physics today. Even time travel to the past is a serious possibility no longer science fiction. That we live in a Super Cosmos with parallel universes next door is also respectable. The Universe we live inside of is only one of an infinite number of parallel universes floating in hyperspace like a field of icebergs, or better yet, Leviathans… in the unending Dirac Sea. Each local Universe in this Multiverse is a self-organizing post-quantum computer program up for grabs by a sufficiently clever sub-program inside it. Asking for Omega ratios etched in stone is like saying there is only one kind of electromagnetic field configuration possible inside a conducting metal cavity. The flying saucer observations by qualified military and civilian pilots as well as air-ground controllers are therefore very relevant to this whole cosmological issue… As Above, So Below. I have also shown how, in principle, using the Bohm-Aharonov-Josephson effect with rotating superconductors (E. Podkletnov & Ning Li), we can manipulate the relative amounts of anti-gravitating dark energy and gravitating dark matter to make stable traversable wormhole star gates for effective global super-fast space travel and even time travel, while hardly moving at all locally, within our universe and the parallel universes next door in the hyperspace of super cosmos. Also, I am, to my knowledge the first to suggest the possibility of exotic gamma ray weapons using nuclear isomer transitions way back in 1962-64 from my work with George Parrent, Jr at Tech/Ops in Lexington, Mass in same building with Mitre Corporation back then. I worked on the concept with Hans Bethe at Cornell on the third floor of the Newman Laboratory for Nuclear Studies in that time period as well. Bethe discouraged my idea of making a "gamma ray laser" saying that the "cross section numbers were not good enough." I had previously worked with Bethe in my senior year at Cornell 1960 on fixing an error in Schwinger's calculation of the polarization of synchrotron radiation off the plane of the electron orbits. I discovered the error as part of Bethe's senior honors seminar in experimental tests of special relativity. Peter Goldreich was also in that small seminar of maybe six students. Also I should add that George Chapline, Jr. and I knew each other in La Jolla, CA in 1966-67. We were part of the group that Greg Benford describes in his sci-fi book "Timescape" dealing with the physics of “signal nonlocality” from future to past that is very much a part of my post-quantum physics of Dick Bierman’s “presponse” beyond orthodox micro-quantum theory. Post-quantum (AKA “macro-quantum”) theory is a
covering theory of micro-quantum theory. Covering theories are like the New Testament compared to the Old Testament – new wine in new bottles. What is not possible in the theory, may be possible in the covering theory and vice versa. Einstein’s general relativity of gravity from 1915 is a covering theory of his special relativity from 1905. It is not possible to describe gravity only with special relativity. That is why Hal Puthoff’s “PV” theory of metric engineering is wrong. It is possible to have global inertial frames (GIF) in special relativity, but they are not possible in general relativity where they are replaced by local inertial frames (LIF) that do not rotate and move along free float weightless zero g-force “timelike geodesics,” which are the straightest paths in curved space-time inside the local light cone at each point and moment on the path. This is the significant difference that curvature makes. Similarly, micro-quantum theory obeys “signal locality” so that you, for example, cannot clone a photon. You cannot use the nonlocal entanglement of the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen effect for a stand-alone untappable command-control-communication (C3) system. You always need a second classical signal as the “key” to unlock the coded message hidden and stored in the nonlocal entanglement beyond space-time. You can code the message nonlocally but you cannot decode it locally. This quantum cryptography/teleportation game changes dramatically when we leave the domain of validity of micro-quantum theory and go to the broader domain of macro or post-quantum theory where we now get stand-alone “signal nonlocality” necessary for our own inner consciousness as well as the paranormal phenomena like the CIA study of “remote viewing” by Puthoff and Targ at SRI in the 1970’s. Antony Valentini has shown that the domain of post-quantum theory is that of “sub-quantum nonequilibrium” in the sense of Bohm’s hidden variable pilot wave theory extended by J.P. Vigier. This new development also may mean that Lenny Susskind loses his debate with Stephen Hawking on information loss down a black hole real or imaginary? Hawking says “real”, Susskind says “imaginary,” i.e. the information is not really lost. I was the senior physicist at Joe Firmage's ISSO that Bekkum mentions and I introduced Creon Levit to Joe and encouraged him to take a leave from NASA to direct ISSO Science for Joe. The author has also shown how, in principle, using the Bohm-Aharonov-Josephson effect with rotating superconductors (E. Podkletnov & Ning Li), it may be possible to manipulate the relative amounts of anti-gravitating dark energy and gravitating dark matter to make stable traversable wormhole star gates for fast space travel and even time travel within our universe and the parallel universes next door in the hyperspace of super cosmos. In 1849, Alexander Bain invented the first well-known electrochemical recorder, which would receive, record and print out an incoming transmission through a chemical action. Many companies soon replaced their old electromechanical devices with this more sensitive electrochemical substitute. Due to their low current consumption, these devices were even better at being powered by the natural electrical energy within the ground. However, when many telegraphic operators returned to their posts after a night's sleep, they would find parts of sentences and strange geometric patterns recorded by the device. Could this
have been early contact with an ETI or even an EDI -- an extradimensional intelligence?
NIKOLA TESLA'S CLOSE ENCOUNTER
Dr Nikola Tesla, the little-known inventor of the AC electrical power system, dedicated much time to researching the high-voltage, high-frequency electrical structure of the planet. During these investigations at his Colorado Springs research station, Tesla noticed that his instruments were receiving some unusual signals. In his own words, he wrote:
I can never forget the first sensations I experienced when it dawned upon me that I had observed something possibly of incalculable consequences to mankind. I felt as though I were present at the birth of a new knowledge or the revelation of a great truth....
My first observations positively terrified me, as there was present in them something mysterious, not to say supernatural, and I was alone in my laboratory at night; but at that time, the idea of these disturbances being intelligently controlled signals did not yet present itself to me. The changes I noted were taking place periodically and with such a clear suggestion of number and order that they were not traceable to any cause known to me.
I was familiar, of course, with such electrical disturbances as are produced by the Sun, Aurora Borealis and Earth currents, and I was as sure as I could be of any fact that these variations were due to none of these causes. The nature of my experiments precluded the possibility of the changes being produced by atmospheric disturbances, as has been rashly asserted by some.
It was some time afterward when the thought flashed upon my mind that the disturbances I had observed might be due to an intelligent control. Although I could not decipher their meaning, it was impossible for me to think of them as having been entirely accidental. The feeling is constantly growing on me that I had been the first to hear the greeting of one planet to another. A purpose was behind these electrical signals...
Tesla was investigating a form of radio very different to the one we use today. Our present radio communications use transverse electromagnetic waves that travel through the air -- the same technology SETI uses to scan the Universe for signs of ETI. The electromagnetic waves used in Tesla's system were longitudinal and travelled through the Earth and/or the plasmic layer of the atmosphere, i.e., the ionosphere. But it was through the use of this latter system -- and not the type used by SETI -- that signals of non-human origin had been received.
This incident plagued Tesla's mind for the rest of his life, and so played a part in his last publicly announced invention. While he had spent much of his life investigating the nature of high-voltage, high-frequency electricity, particularly with regard to employing it in a system to transmit electricity without wires, Tesla changed direction in the late 1930s and did research into high-voltage,
direct-current electricity. His plan was to transmit electrical energy in the form of a particle beam -- an idea that was not practically realised until the late 1980s with SDI, the "Star Wars" project. While his system for transmitting energy via high-frequency potentials was limited to the Earth, Tesla's new particle-beam system was intended to transmit power to other planets! He then hypothesised that if the same beam were modulated with the vibrations of the human voice, we would also be able to communicate with the ETIs who dwell upon our neighbouring planets.
As far as is known, Tesla never had the opportunity to put his plan into action. The political climate at the time, which resulted in World War II, had generated much paranoia. The British had stated that they had a new weapon, a "death ray" invented by their own Mr H. Grindell Matthews. The Russians reacted and stated that they also had such a weapon, invented by Comrade Grammachikoff. Tesla, being a patriot of his adopted country, stated that he had also invented a similar device. Since then, Tesla's instrument of benign communication has been referred to as the "death ray".
Working unaware of, but parallel to, Thomas Townsend Brown was Gregory Hodowanec. While developing a new, sensitive weighing balance, Hodowanec noticed slight variations in the reference weights he was using. Assuming that the problem was with the circuitry he had designed, he went about trying to counteract these anomalous variations. After some "stab in the dark" experimentation, Hodowanec found that the humble capacitor in the right part of the circuit counteracted these unusual variations. But the question remained: how could a capacitor be able to generate the signal to nullify these apparent variations in standard reference weights?
On further investigation, Hodowanec found that his weighing system was not at fault, nor were the reference weights. What he did find, however, was that the Earth's gravitational field is not stable but fluctuating, sometimes at quite a rapid rate. The weighing system he had developed was so sensitive that it picked up these variations as changing values in the reference weights. He concluded that somehow the humble capacitor was able to pick up these gravitational variations and convert them into an electrical signal.
From this discovery, Hodowanec went on to develop a gravitational detector that used modern electronic components. He knew that any induced effect on a capacitor would result in a displacement current; hence, the circuit he developed was a simple operational amplifier wired up as a current-to-voltage converter. This circuit was connected to the sensing capacitor, while its output was fed into a standard voltage amplifier which in turn drove a loudspeaker. The signals received by this simple circuit were described as being similar to whale song, but this evidence is inconclusive. But it does seem that some very strange, yet structured, audio signals were received by this comparatively simple device.
Hodowanec stated that his device received monopole gravity waves, different to the quadrapole waves described in Einstein's general theory of relativity. Also,
while the gravity waves theorised by Einstein were limited to the speed of light, these monopole waves described by Hodowanec could reach any point in space in one Planck second (10-44 seconds). He also stated that electronic equipment had been receiving this gravitational radiation for a very long time, but it had been mistaken for 1/f noise (where the intensity is inversely proportional to the frequency over a spectrum of noise). It is similar to what you get when your radio is not tuned to a station, which is that rushing water type of sound. However, 1/f has a deeper sound, perhaps more resembling the crashing of sea waves. Technically, it is a spectrum of random frequencies which have equally random intensities, but in general the lower frequencies are higher in intensity than the higher frequencies. If you were to look at this with reference to white light (which is composed of all light frequencies in the visible spectrum), then you would perceive it as a soft pink light. For this reason, 1/f noise is often referred to as "pink noise".
Hodowanec also hypothesised that the Universe is filled with this radiation and that the detected isotropic microwave background radiation, thought to be the echo from the Big Bang (which does sound like 1/f noise), is actually gravity-wave emissions. He stated that the instruments that were picking up this signal were in fact receiving the gravitational radiation rather than the electromagnetic energy from the beginning of the Universe.
During his investigations with the device, Hodowanec found Auriga and Perseus in the Milky Way to be the source of many natural, yet unusual, audio signals. He stated that the general background noise is modulated by the passing of large astronomical bodies which cast a shadow over these emissions. This means that when such radiation is demodulated, what one would hear would be the movements of planets, stars and galaxies. Much of the high-frequency radiation is generated by astronomical processes such as stars going supernova, star quakes and even the tectonic movements within nearby planets.
However, it was not long before Hodowanec received signals of an unnatural origin while scanning the skies with his gravity-wave detector. One evening, for only eight minutes, Hodowanec received a train of equally spaced impulses that resembled the Morse code for the letter S. After determining the origin of these signals, he attempted to make contact using more conventional means (a Morse radio transmitter). To his surprise, he received on the gravity-wave detector a reply made up of random Morse code containing the letters E, I, T, M, A, N, R, K and S. During another transmission, Hodowanec transmitted a sequence which he received back as a copy with the letters G and D added. In the end, he was able to hold an almost coherent conversation with the ETI he had contacted. Interestingly, he found that only at certain locations could he establish contact with the ETI. Also, judging from several years' experience in Morse code, he found that the transmissions were not synthetic; the ETI was using a Morse key, and in fact there was more than one entity operating it!
It would seem, then, that there are many gravitational signals throughout the Universe. Many of them are natural and high in frequency. These signals become
modulated by the movement of astronomical bodies such as stars, galaxies and even planets. But among these natural signals may be the transmissions of a host of extraterrestrial intelligences.
It is not clear whether the signals received by Brown and Hodowanec are gravitational in nature. Even Townsend Brown stated that the evidence pointed to this hypothesis, but the subject was still inconclusive in his own mind. There may be a host of energies and radiations that still remain undiscovered.
In 1962, Silesian-born engineer L. George Lawrence, employed by the LA Space-Science Corporation to develop jam-proof missile components, decided to try using biological material in electronic sensors. His first line of enquiry led him to the work of Alexander Gurwitsch, one of the pioneers of vital force research. Gurwitsch showed that cells appear to affect each other during the process of mitosis, which led him to develop a theory in which cells communicate through what he called "mitogenic rays".
Lawrence also reviewed the work of Cleve Backster, the polygraph specialist who studied the psycho-galvanic reaction of plants. Backster used polygraph-type equipment to monitor the physiological activity in plants and discovered some amazing effects. One of the most unusual is a plant's ability to detect the presence of a plant murderer! Lawrence used Backster's original circuit designs as a springboard for his own research into biological sensors. He discovered that such biological transducers are able to detect changes in a variety of different environmental parameters including magnetism, temperature and humidity.
While Backster used a pen-chart recorder to indicate reactions, Lawrence replaced this with a voltage-controlled audio oscillator whose pitch changed in sympathy with biological changes. Eventually he replaced Backster's galvanic response system with piezo-electrometers, which gave better stability with greater sensitivity. The first biodynamic transducers were simply vegetable samples wired up and held in a temperature-controlled bath.
With further advancements, Lawrence developed a sensor which consisted of two small quartz crystal wafers bonded together with specific organic materials. Whatever transducer was used, they were all sealed within a Faraday cage which in turn was held within a lensless telescope-type assembly complete with sighting apparatus. All investigations were conducted in what Lawrence referred to as "electromagnetic deep fringe" areas which were outside the influence of almost all electromagnetic fields so as to avoid false readings from external sources.
During one test, Lawrence pointed a newly developed biosensor at a tree some distance away, that he he had wired up to a remotely controlled battery circuit. When the switch was activated, a current would pass through the tree so as to electrically stimulate it. Meanwhile, the biosensor's output signal was monitored for dramatic changes. Sure enough, when the tree was stimulated, the biosensor's output changed. This indicated some form of mitogenic ray communication
between the tree and biosensor. However, while having lunch, he left the biosensor pointing in some random direction. To his amazement, the audio output from the biosensor's circuit started to warble rapidly, indicating some mitogenic or biodynamic signal being picked up. After an intense investigation, Lawrence concluded that the signals had originated from outer space and were of intelligent origin.
Initially, he thought the signals were from Ursa Major, but on further investigation he found that they probably originated from the galactic equator. He also concluded that the signals were not aimed at Earth, but were an overspill of communication between companion civilisations. As for the signal coding, Lawrence was confident that they would not be in the form of a structured language. Instead, he felt that they would be graphic in nature, so he decoded them using digital spectrograms displayed on a standard 8-bit resolution grey-scale. These graphic signals were received using some of the most advanced biodynamic transducers, consisting of carefully manufactured synthetic biochemical substances.
There has been little success in tracing the elusive George Lawrence, mainly due to the fact that "George Lawrence" was a pseudonym employed by the author who reported this research in several electronics magazines in the mid-1970s. All that is known of this author is that he was employed by several government agencies that exercised strict security measures. This research into biodynamics was a spin-off of the work he had conducted while within their employment. However, it is worth mentioning that these agencies were mainly involved in NASA projects around the time of SETI.
There are many energies that lie undiscovered, yet already we are trying to find a unified field theory based on the few energies of which we are aware. There have been many discoveries in the past that could have brought us closer to the truth; however, mainstream science has ignored nearly all of them.
The human race has a great understanding and control over the force of electromagnetism. However, it is naive to think that this is the only method through which to communicate and that all other civilisations out there have developed technologically in this same direction. It must also be remembered that there are other dimensions parallel to our own. These, too, may be contacted, but not necessarily by looking upwards. We must first open our minds, then ask the question, "Is there anybody out there?"
References: • Brown, T. Townsend, "Electrogravitational Communication System", US Patent No. 719,767, issued September 1956. • Cocconi, G. and P. Morrison, "Searching for Interstellar Communications", Nature 1959;184:844&endash;846. • "Three Nations Seek 'Diabolical Ray'", New York Times, May 28, 1924.
• Eisen, Jonathan (ed.), Suppressed Inventions and Other Discoveries, Auckland Institute of Technology Press, Auckland, 1994. • Tesla, Nikola, "Talking with the planets", Collier's Weekly, February 9, 1901 • Vassilatos, Gerry, Lost Science, AUP, USA, 1999.
The notion of sub-evolution is in accordance with the ”Ontogeny recapitulates phylogeny” principle (ORP): the evolution of organism, now the entire Universe, contains the evolutions of the more primitive organisms as
Clearly, subsystem-complement decomposition of infinite primes would at the level of the spacetime surface correspond to the geometric Matter-Mind duality. b) One can consider the possibility of giving up the idea that the property of spacetime sheet determines whether it carries fictive fermion number or not and require that fictive fermion number represents some two valued parameter characteristizing the spinor structure of configuration space. This kind of parameter indeed exists. The representations of the configuration space gamma matrices are either Ramond or NS type and correspond to the representations of the configuration space gamma matrices in terms of leptonic resp. quark like oscillator operators. The representation of the gamma matrices is clearly a signature of the 3-surface and also of a 3-surface defining spacetime sheet (which can be regarded as a point of the configuration space) and it is possible that Ramond-NS dichotomy corresponds to the fermionboson dichotomy. The weak point of this identification is that one must consider the spacetime sheet as ’free’ 3-surface. Furthermore, in quantum TGD there does not seem to be absolute need for specifying Ramond-NS distinction for given spacetime sheet. It is also not clear whether this identification makes sense when hierarcy of infinite primes is allowed. It seems that the identification of the fictive fermion number as distinguishing between material and cognitive spacetime sheets is more convincing. It would realize Matter-Mind duality at the level of number theory so that the theory of infinite prime would become and essential part of TGD inspired theory of consciousness. This identification is also consistent with the hierarchy of infinite primes: at given level of hierarchy finite time duration of the cogntiive spacetime sheet means that the time duration measured using Quaternions, octonions, and infinite primes M. Pitk ̈anen 1, June 24, 2003 1 Department of Physical Sciences, High Energy Physics Division, PL 64, FIN-00014, University of Helsinki, Finland. [email protected], http://www.physics.helsinki.fi/∼matpitka/. Recent address: Kadermonkatu 16,10900, Hanko, Finland. GAMMA RAYS BEYOND THIS UNIVERSE NEW UNIVERSE Talks with Dr. John Huchra, Professor of Astronomy at the Harvard Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics, 1999. He was one of the co-discoverers of what is called the Great Wall of Galaxies back in 1989 (see details of this find in The Unity Keys Of Emmanuel), Although there are some people who think that some of these giant gamma ray bursts and other explosions like that -- other giant outbursts of radiation -- could
be due to things like white holes erupting. However, the current favored models are not those." IF THESE HUGE GAMMA RAY RADIATIONS THAT WE MEASURE ONCE IN AWHILE WERE WHITE HOLE EXPLOSIONS INTO OUR UNIVERSE - THEY WOULD HAVE TO BE COMING FROM SOMEPLACE OUTSIDE THE UNIVERSE, WOULDN'T THEY? "Well, that's a tough question. As you see, there are things that we don't know about physics and about the universe. ETI AND PULSARS AT THE GALACTIC CENTER COMMUNICATING IN INTELLIGENCE SEQUENCE… SETI http://www.zeitlin.net/OpenSETI/OSPulsars.html “Explaining pulsar radiation is one of the most difficult problems of astrophysics" - Prof. Janusz Gil J. Kepler Astronomical Center, Zielona G6ra, Poland one of the two most obvious choices for an electromagnetic beacon would be a pulsing signal with a fixed repetition rate. A fixed pulse rate would optimize a receiving civilization's possibility of finding the beacon through the use of adaptive techniques requiring minimal a priori knowledge or assumptions. In situations with moderate signal-to-noise ratios (SNR), the signal would be noticable even without advanced receiving techniques. In these cases, the fixed repetition rate would serve to call attention to the pulse sequence and possibly even suggest artificiality. It would be left to the receiving society to aim some directive antenna in the direction of the signal source in order to maximize SNR, either as part of an intentional search or accidentally. In fact, this is exactly what happened in 1967 when Cambridge University radio astronomers Ms. Jocelyn Bell and Dr. (now Professor) Antony Hewish discovered first one, and then a second regular pulsing source in two widely-separated parts of the sky. Since no pulsing signal sources other than terrestrial man-made ones had ever been seen before, a strong possibility of ETI-origin was suspected. The scientists decided that, if this proved to be correct, they could not make a public announcement without checking with higher authorities. There was even some discussion about whether it might not be in the best interests of mankind to destroy the evidence and forget it! (Sturrock, 2000) For Jocelyn Bell's own story of the events, see Little Green Men, White Dwarfs or Pulsars?
The pulsing signal finding was not published until an initially-plausible non-ETI intepretation had been constructed: highly dense compact stars (white dwarf stars) that were somehow contracting and expanding or dimming and brightening (Hewish et. al., 1968). In classic scientific tradition, the sources were labeled "LGM1," "LGM2," etc., the term 'LGM' standing for "Little Green Men"!21 But the idea of pulsars (and other newly-discovered astrophysical objects and phenomena) as ETI beacons must have been circulating among astronomers. In a note added to his published proceedings of a 1971 USSR conference on Communication with Extraterrestrial Intelligence (CETI),19 Sagan (1973) wrote, "The very serious current energy problems both in quasar and in gravity wave physics can be ameliorated if we imagine these energy sources beamed in our direction. But preferential beaming in our direction makes little sense unless there is a message in these channels. A similar remark might apply to pulsars. There are a large number of other incompletely understood phenomena, from Jovian decameter bursts to the high time-resolution structure of x-ray emission which might just conceivably be due to ETI. Perhaps, in the light of Doctor Marx's presentation, we must ask if the fine structure of some fluctuating X-ray sources is due to pulsed x-ray lasers for interstellar spaceflight. But Shklovsky's principle of assuming such sources natural until proven otherwise, of course, holds. Extraterrestrial intelligence is the explanation of last resort, when all else fails.31 "The pulsar story clearly shows that phenomena which at first closely resemble expected manifestations of ETI may nevertheless turn out to be natural objects--although of a very bizarre sort. But even here there are interesting unexamined possibilities. Has anyone examined systematically the sequencing of pulsar amplitude and polarization nulls? One would need only a very small movable shield above a pulsar surface to modulate emission to Earth. This seems much easier than generating an entire pulsar for communications. For signaling at night it is easier to wave a blanket in front of an existing fire than to start and douse a set of fires in a pattern which communicates a desired message." At about that time, Oliver and Billingham published the influential Cyclops Report (1972) containing what I claim to be a flawed justification for dismissing pulsed signals as probable ETI beacons in place of a search for monochromatic signals.15 Sagan's suggestion was not taken up by the astronomical community. Astronomers were unwilling to (publicly) consider an ETI-based source for the signals they were receiving. One reason they gave (Jastrow and Thompson, 1977) was that the pulse type of beacon was too wasteful of energy and wouldn't be the method they would choose. That was an echo of Oliver's argument. But Oliver aside, refusing to examine evidence of ETI because the putative ETI behaves oddly is a commonly-encountered, and thoroughly-unsound, rationale. Here, the astronomical community was projecting our own contemporary resource limitations onto unseen and unknown ETI civilizations. Furthermore, pulsing beacons (as the
Russians knew) are no more wasteful of energy than the monochromatic kind, given that the civilization on the receiving end employs matched filters and synchronous detection techniques, as discussed earlier in this essay. Such receivers would gather energy from the beacon that had been dispersed throughout the spectrum. We have often noticed that perfectly-competent scientists lose their capacity for rational thinking when it comes to the subject of ETI actually encountered, as opposed to ETI theoretically considered. In this, scientists reveal their common humanity, and this human race has a deep fear of such an encounter. On the subject of a civilization's resource limitations, it would be well to consider here the classification of civilizations according to the scale of their access to energy, as proposed originally by Russian astronomer Nikolai Kardashev and taken up more recently by Michio Kaku. Kardashev and Kaku visualize societies capable of harnessing the entire energy output of its planet (Type I society), its star (Type II), and its galaxy (Type III). (We would be a Type 0.) For Kaku, a Type III civilization has access to physics that we would not only not comprehend, but would not even be able to perceive. One would not have to look very high in this hierarchy of civilizations to find some for whom the efficiency of beacons would not be a consideration. Pulsars have been found to exhibit a large number of interesting and quite intricate behaviors - behaviors that (though this may be called post hoc reasoning) fit much more easily with a model of an ETI beacon carrying information than they do with any natural-origin model that has been proposed. In 2002, two years after the publication of LaViolette's book, Kramer et. al., in a paper summarizing the results of high-resolution single-pulse studies of the Vela Pulsar open with the statement: "After more than thirty years of pulsar observations, the emission mechanism of pulsars is only poorly understood.”
This is an equal-area projection of the Milky Way in galactic coordinates. North galactic longitude is to the left. The view shows stars and constellations, not pulsars. The distribution of pulsars drops abruptly near 1 radian north of the Galactic Center - as seen within 53 l.y. from our location. The profile of supernova remnants does not show this drop-off. There is an anomalous concentration of pulsars at the south 1-radian point. The two fastest known pulsars are located at the two points. The neutron star lighthouse model predicted that pulsars would be formed in supernova explosions and in fact several of them have been found near supernova remnants. If that were truly how they were formed, one would expect to find pulsars concentrated toward the center of the galaxy where most supernovas occur. However, LaViolette has noticed that the distribution of observed pulsars in the galactic plane differs markedly from that. (He also cites studies of neutron stars associated with supernova remnants showing that the stars were not formed in the supernovas.) In fact, there is a clumping of them near a point one radian to the "north" of the galactic center. There is a sharp fall-off (2-1/2 fold) of pulsars just beyond that point. He also noticed that some of the most unusual pulsars are found right at that edge in the distribution. Now that is very odd because the distribution of pulsars appears to concentrate at that point only when seen from near where we are (within 53 l.y of our location), and there is nothing special about the place where we are, except for the fact that we are in this place. Furthermore, the concentration appears at a position that is very special. A radian is, by definition, that angle subtended by the arc of a circle whose length is equal to the radius of the circle. That makes the radian a natural (i.e., not
arbitrary) unit of angular measure. A one-radian angle would be meaningful to an intelligent entity such as a human or a human society or other entity that thinks the way we do. Entities who think about geometry would most certainly have thought about this way of measuring angles. This strongly implies that the pulsars appear where they are by design, and furthermore that the design is intended to get the attention of a society that lives exactly where we are. Does that get your attention? It does for LaViolette and he devotes a large part of his book to it. Shall we go on? Here is the all-sky view with four pulsars shown. These are four of the six known eclipsing binary pulsars - binaries in whose orbital plane we are located. Notice that one each of these pulsars is located at a 1-radian longitude position; the other two are at the Galactic Center!
It also happens that the pulsars at the two 1-radian positions are the two fastest-known-pulsing pulsars! These pulsars have other unique features that are described by LaViolette, some of which are detailed below. And there is still much more in his thesis. To continue, take a closer look at the north 1-radian position:
Pulsar 1937-21, the "Millisecond Pulsar", is the fastest known, flashing 642 times per second. Its period is extremely constant at 3.3 x 10-12 sec/yr (better than our best atomic clocks). This is the most luminous of all millisecond pulsars with 10-100 times more energy than typical ones. It is one of only three optical pulsars and the only millisecond optical pulsar. 1937-21 is one of only two pulsars that emit giant pulses. And it has the lowest proper motion of any pulsar. 1957-20 is also a millisecond pulsar as well as being the eclipsing binary mentioned above that is stationed at this point. It is the second fastest millisecond pulsar, with period just 3% longer than that of the Millisecond Pulsar. Its period is even more constant, at 0.5 x 10-12 sec/yr. A third pulsar appears in this little cluster: 1930-22 in the constellation Vulpecula. And there is yet another interesting astronomical feature at this position. Sagitta, the Celestial Arrow constellation, is here, and Gamma Sagittae, the point of the arrow, is right at 1 radian north galactic longitude. Do you think there is any meaning in that? Well, hold your opinion until we have discussed the Galactic Center and 1 radian south.
Two of the six known eclipsing binary pulsars are here: 1718-19 and 1744-24A. Here is another "arrow point": that of Sagittarius' arrow, as well as the "sting" of Scorpius.
At 1 radian south longitude we find Pulsar 1259-63, another of the four eclipsing binary pulsars located at these special positions. (Is there any doubt at this point that they are special?) The constellation located here is Crux, the Southern Cross. Consider now the symbols represented by the constellations or the particular stars associated with these three positions: Arrow Point, Arrow Point, Sting, Cross. Each has meaning as a focal point. Now how might that have come about? Clearly, "constellations" are arbitrary groupings of stars in their two-dimensional positions on the celestial sphere. The symbolic meanings they have been given are seen by our modern culture as quaint and fanciful products of simpler and more naive times. How odd, then - how very coincidental that these particular ones have been given symbolic meanings associated with pointing out something - something quite invisible to the stargazers of old. That is, pulsar with unique qualities, the (hidden) center of the Milky Way Galaxy, and 1-radian displacements therefrom, a "radian" itself being a unit of angular measure not yet thought of, at those times. What are the implications of all this? How does it happen that very special objects are located at very special positions, as seen only by observers located in the vicinity of our solar system? LaViolette concludes, and at this point I have no difficulty in supporting him in this, that the pulsars are there due to someone's intervention. And the almost inescapable other conclusion is that the constellations were named by beings who understood what was going on, and who had to mark those postions so as to draw the attention of a future
technological society. Those are strong words, but Open SETI is dedicated to paying attention to evidence of extraterrestrial civilizations, and here we have surely found such. At this point we might pause to reflect on the SETI community once again and their dogged determination to find their idea of an ETI beacon. Pulsar Technology Is it possible that pulsars could be engineered objects? Unlike Sagan, who accepted the conventional model of a pulsar but wondered if ETI could be adding fine-grained modulation, LaViolette proposes a way in which the steady emissions of white dwarf or X-ray stars could be focused into the pulses we see. He explains that ETI might be using projected magnetic fields to focus the particle flux from these stars into a nearly-collimated beam of synchrotron radiation. He point to rumors of present-day military technology that projects force fields and aerial plasmoids. Sagan's "smoke signal blanket" is retained after all. Note that even the neutron star lighthouse model invokes standing wave magnetic field patterns to modulate the particle flux. Although we may now have or soon will have the capability to transmit focused synchrotron beams, LaViolette's transmitting society has access to energy on a scale far exceeding ours. Although pulsars are probably not neutron stars, they are still stars - white dwarfs modified to produce the pulsar signals. The short of it is that we are observing a Kardashev/Kaku Type II civilization in terms of its ability to harness the total energy of a star. Why would we balk at such a proposition? If our physicists can propose it, should we not accept that we might have found it? Consider further. The pulsars we detect seem to be intentionally directed to our location (not just in our direction). But might there not be beams we don't see that are directed at others? On the other hand, perhaps they are pointing out our position to others! (Suggested by Dan Drasin, private communication.) Whatever may be its purpose, one visualizes at this point a Galactic-scale communications network that may have been in place and functioning for what to us would be geologic time. It would be operated by a society for whom stars are playthings and galaxies are villages. Messages We have already referred to a kind of message given us by the pulsars: their meaning by association with constellations named and defined by we know not who. But surely if these are intentional transmitters, they themselves must be transmitting information.
In a sense, the zero-order information is that they are there and they are intentional. This information tells us that there is a Galactic society. LaViolette pursues the issue further and discerns a first-order message as well. But at this point, we will leave the unfolding story to LaViolette and his book. We will give one hint, however. One would expect the first-order message to be of Galactic significance, and this, as divined by LaViolette, it surely is. LaViolette has looked into the astrophysical aspects of the association of several pulsars with supernova remnants and seen something that would be of critical importance to all civilizations in the Galaxy. Critical, meaning critical to their survival. For those interested, a concise review of what Dr. LaViolette believes may be the message of critical importance to civilizations in our Galaxy (or in any galaxy) can be found here. Cosmic laws may need revising, claim astrophysicists Astrophysicists say they may have uncovered evidence that the basic laws of nature are subtly changing. A team of researchers working in Australia, the US and Britain conducted tests whose results challenge fundamental assumptions about the working of the cosmos. Their observations are based on patterns of light absorption they simply cannot explain. The only answer lies in assuming that a basic constant - the strength of attraction between electrically charged particles - has changed. The findings could impact on laws such as those governing the speed of light. Its been reported fellow astrophysicists invited to scrutinise the findings could not explain the discrepancies either. Their report is due to be published in the Physical Review Letters on August 27. Research team leader Dr John Webb, who is based at the University of New South Wales, told the New York Times: "It is possible that there is a time evolution of the laws of physics. If it's correct it's the result of a lifetime." Story filed: 10:53 Thursday 16th August 2001 http://www.ananova.com/news/story/sm_375395.html "According to Bell's theorem, hyperspace would be a region of hidden variables in which all realities are represented at a single point and in which there is no need for messages to travel." - John Lily "There must be a mechanism whereby the setting of one measuring device can influence the reading of another instrument, however remote'." - John Bell "The perception of reality by biosystems is based on different...more effective, principles than...the more formal procedures of science....What appears as random pattern to the scientific method can be meaningful pattern to a living
organism ...This complementary perception...makes possible in principle effective use by organisms of the direct interconnections between spatially separated objects shown to exist in the work of J.S. Bell ...There are arguments that appear to show that no real physical manifestations of these interconnections actually exist...(In) the activities of living organisms...the interconnections (are)...put to practical use...
- Brian D Josephson and Fotinia Pallikari-Viras, "Biological Utilization of Quantum Nonlocality", Foundations of Physics, Vol 21 No 2, (1991)
In a delayed choice experiment, a selection is made between a photon traversing a specific path or both simultaneously. "No longer is the universe causal. All that is required is that whatever occurs must be self-consistent."
- Fred Allen Wolf, Parallel Universes "At the level of quantum gravity (constantly appearing and disappearing wormholes) there is no time or distance separating points... All things are interconnected in the microcosmos." "The microstructure of 3-dimensional space resembles a constantly fluctuating Swiss cheese" with patterns that self-organize.
- Jack Sarfatti - "In one cubic centimeter of empty space, the amount of energy is much
greater than the total amount of energy of all the matter in the known universe.
- - David Bohm ".... It became apparent that an enormous intelligence must be abroad in the Universe." - Fred Hoyle, The Universe: Past and Present Reflections Fred "Hoyle attributes choice to a superintelligence in the future. This superintelligence could be what we mean by God. Or it could just be some new technology in the future that has perfected the means for sending messages back in time from their universe to ours."
- - Fred Allen Wolf, Parallel Universes From the co-evolutionary point of view, past and present seem to exist together in a higher-dimensional reality we call the future."
- - Briggs and Peat, The Looking Glass Universe - - - all timelike and lightlike curves converge upon the Omega Point. In
particular, all the light rays from all the people who died a thousand years ago, from all the people now living, and from all the people who will be living a thousand years from now, will intersect there. The light rays from those people who died a thousand years ago are not lost forever; rather, these rays will be intercepted by the Omega Point. To put it another way, these rays will be intercepted and intercepted again by the living beings who have engulfed the physical universe near the Omega Point. All the information which can be extracted from these rays will be extracted at the instant of the Omega Point, who will therefore experience
the whole of time simultaneously just as we experience simultaneously the Andromeda Galaxy and a person in the room with us."
The Omega Point could simply begin the simulation with the brain memory of the dead person as it was at the instant of death (or, say, ten years before or twenty minutes before) implanted in the simulated body of the dead person, the body being as it was at age twenty (or any other age). This body and memory collection could be set in any simulated background environment the Omega Point wished: a simulated world indistinguishable from the long-extinct society and physical universe of the revived dead person; or even a world that never existed, but one as close as logical possible to the ideal fantasy world of the resurrected dead person. Furthermore, all possible combinations of resurrected dead can be placed in the same simulation and allowed to interact."
- - Frank Tipler, "The Omega Point as Eschaton", Zygon (vol. 24, June 1989)
"It would be possible for the Omega Point to simulate an entire visible universe. for the personal use of each and every resurrected human! ('In my father's house are many mansions...') . The required computer capacity is not measurably greater than that required to simulate all possible visible universes (1010123). Each private visible universe could also be simulated to contain 1010 separate planet Earths, each a copy of the present Earth, or the Earth as it was at a different time n the past. (There are about 1020 stars in the visible universe, so replacing a mere 1010solar systems in a visible universe would be a minor modification.) This is more Earths than a single human could explore before exhausting his/her memory storage capacity of 1015 bits, to say nothing of the memories stored while visiting other humans in their private universes."
- - Frank Tipler, "Physics Near the Final State: God and the Resurrection of the Dead to Eternal Life"
Because of different physical conditions the biochemical composition of organisms developed elsewhere in the universe may well differ from the biochemical composition of the organisms on Earth, but organisms with a certain degree of consciousness, converging towards the field of consciousness, must have definitely evolved everywhere. In The Model of The Dynamic Equilibrium the gravitational field functions as the carrier of the cosmic consciousness and is simultaneously connected to the activities of living organisms and evolution in general. All informations about the development of the evolution are in the cosmic gravitational field. The idea is similar to Bavid Bohm`s idea about The Implicate Order of The Universe and non-mechanicistic biologist`s idea about The Morphogenetic field. The relation gravitation - cosmic consciousness leads to idea, that maybe the density of the gravitational field is higher around living organisms than around the same dead ones. This implies that the weight of living organisms is higher than the weight of the same dead ones. In the experience of numerous meditators, in deep meditation the consciousness is experienced as a gravitational field wherein lie material objects. The most adequate mathematical representation of the consciousness is the 4-dimensional Riemann's spherical space, which in the general theory of relativity describes the
gravitational field. Experiencing consciousness as a gravitational field leads one to the idea that in black holes matter, i.e. structured energy, disintegrates into the field of consciousness, i.e. non-structured energy, THE NEW UNDERSTANDING OF TIME AND GRAVITATION IN PHYSICS Amrit Sorli Member of the Scientific & Medical Network http://www.ompio.it/cong-e.htm The Problem of Time in the Special and General Theory of Relativity
- - -
"To put the conclusion crudely - the stuff of the world is mind-stuff." - - Sir Arthur Eddington
"...We ourselves can bring into existence only very small-scale properties like the spin of the electron. Might it require intelligent beings 'more conscious' than ourselves to bring into existence the electrons and other particles?"
- Barrow and Tipler, The Anthropic Cosmological Principle quantum mechanics is just one of the cylinders, stroking from past-to-future. The other cylinder serves to condense the wavefunction, and it strikes from future-to-past....The cylinder which strokes from future-to-past is directed by superintelligence, and that through the condensation of the wavefunction our thoughts are controlled."
- Fred Hoyle, The Universe: Past and Present Reflections "The universe is an inextricably-linked loop."
- Fred Hoyle Fred Hoyle "believes that the many universes are simply an overlay of messages from the future. When we become aware of them, we tune to a universe possibility, and thus the other message possibilities are lost forever. In this case, the present universe is cut off from evolving to the future universe whose message was not received. The general tree of all possible parallel universes, with all of its branches, is simply a reference tree that defines the statistical possibilities. To Hoyle, it is the lopping off of the unused branches that makes consciousness possible."
- Fred Allen Wolf, Parallel Universes he emitted cosmic rays escape from the core virtually unimpeded. As they travel radially outward through the Galaxy, they form a spherical shell that advances at a velocity approaching the speed of light.
In 1985, astronomers discovered that Cygnus X-3, an energetic celestial source of cosmic rays, which is about the same distance from Earth as the Galactic Center (25,000 light years), is showering Earth with particles, traveling at close to the speed of light, moving in essentially straight paths.(13) Later, scientists found the Earth is impacted, at sporadic intervals, with cosmic rays emitted from the X-ray pulsar Hercules X-1 (about 12,000 light years distant).(14, 15) NEW UNIVERSE RESEARCHED AND PUBLISHED BY SOVIET SCIENTISTS IN 1997 Current PlanetoPhysical alterations of the Earth are becoming irreversible. Strong evidence exists that these transformations are being caused by highly charged material and energetic non-uniformity's in anisotropic interstellar space which have broken into the interplanetary area of our Solar System. This "donation" of energy is producing hybrid processes and excited energy states in all planets, as well as the Sun. Effects here on Earth are to be found in the acceleration of the magnetic pole shift, in the vertical and horizontal ozone content distribution, and in the increased frequency and magnitude of significant catastrophic climatic events. the PlanetoPhysical transformations taking place. This development of events, as it has become clear in the last few years, is being caused by material and energetic non-uniformity's in anisotropic interstellar space[2,3,4]. In its travel through interstellar space, the Heliosphere travels in the direction of the Solar Apex in the Hercules Constellation. On its way it has met (1960's) non-homogeneities of matter and energy containing ions of Hydrogen, Helium, and Hydroxyl in addition to other elements and combinations. This kind of interstellar space dispersed plasma is presented by magnetized strip structures and striations. The Heliosphere [solar system] transition through this structure has led to an increase of the shock wave in front of the Solar System from 3 to 4 AU, to 40 AU, or more. This shock wave thickening has caused the formation of a collusive plasma in a parietal layer, which has led to a plasma overdraft around the Solar System, and then to its breakthrough into interplanetary domains [5,6]. This breakthrough constitutes a kind of matter and energy donation made by interplanetary space to our Solar System. the increase in the frequency, and scope, of natural self-luminous formations in the atmosphere and geospace forces us to wake up, and take notice [64,65,66]. The processes of generation, and the existence of such formations, spreading all over the Earth, represents a remarkable physical phenomenon. What is most unusual about these natural self-luminous formations is that while they have distinct features of well-known physical processes, they are in entirely unusual combinations, and are accompanied by process features which cannot be explained on the basis of existing physical knowledge.Thus, features of intense electromagnetic processes are being found in the space inside and near these natural self-luminous objects. These features include:
3.2.1. Intense electromagnetic emissions ranging from the micrometer wave band through the visible diapason, to television, and radio wavelengths. 3.2.2. Electric and magnetic field changes such as electric breakdowns, and the magnetization of rocks and technical objects. 3.2.3. Destructive electrical discharges. 3.2.4. Gravitation effects such as levitation. 3.2.5. Others. All of the qualities of this class of phenomena are requiring the development of new branches of modern physics; particularly the creation of a "non-homogeneous physical vacuum model".[67]. An advancement of the sciences in this direction would allow us to reveal the true nature of these objects, which are acting apparently, and latently, upon our geological-geophysical and biospheric environment, and on human life [68]. The situation that has been created here in our Heliosphere is of external, Interstellar, cosmic space origin,and is herein assumed to be caused by the underlying fundamental auto-oscillation, space-physical, processes of continuous creation that has shaped, and continues to evolve our Universe. The present excited state of our Heliosphere exists within the whole, or entire, organism that makes up the Solar System; the Sun, Planets, Moons, Comets, and Asteroids, as well as the plasmas, and/or electromagnetic mediums, and structures, of Interplanetary Space. The response to these Interstellar energy and matter injections into our Heliosphere has been, and continues to be, a series of newly observed energetic processes and formations on all of the Planets; between the Planets and their Moons, and the Planets and the Sun. It is reasonable to point out that our Planet will soon be experiencing these new conditions of growing energy signifying the transition into a new state and quality of Space-Earth relationship. The living organisms of those regions of Earth having the major "inlets", or attractions, for cosmic influences will be taking the lead in evolving life's appropriate reactions, or processes, to these new conditions. M STATE GAMMA, WATER, ANOMOLIE In his Portland lecture Hudson relates another experiment where the break past Hc2 would have occurred much more rapidly: I'll show you tomorrow that Berkeley-Brookhaven has confirmed that this is 25,000 electron volt photons. Gamma level radiation comes out of these high spin atoms when you throw too much energy at them. We postulate that these different effects occur depending on how rapidly the superconducting system breaks past the Hc2 point. There have been numerous cases of radioactive substances displaying substantially reduced emissions, and even being rendered virtually non-radioactive. Besides the CF work, there are several other areas, such as sono-
luminescence, Brown's gas, hydro-cavitation devices, and others, that are all showing transmutation effects. The best theory I have seen proposed to account for the disappearing in a flash of light phenomenon is as follows. When energy is added to the superconducting ORMUS system it is stored within that system. Superconducting systems can store a great amount of energy but their energy storage capacity is finite. The point at which energy storage capacity is full is called Hc2. When the energy storage capacity of a superconductor is saturated any more energy put into the system will cause the system to become unstable. It appears that when energy is added via solar radiation or via electromagnetic fields past the Hc2 saturation point the superconducting system breaks down and the ORMUS elements are converted to their metallic counterparts and to energy. Evidence from Activation Energies for Superconductive Tunneling in Biological Systems at Physiological Temperatures Physiological Chemistry and Physics 3 1971, Bio-chemistry laboratory, U.S. Naval Air Development Center, Pennsylvania. Reference: pp. 403-410 "For several biological systems involving nerve or growth processes the square of the activation energy is a linear function of temperature over a moderate range of physiological temperatures. This behavior may be predicted from the hypothesis that the rate of biological process is controlled by single electron tunneling between micro-regions of superconductivity. Superconductivity has been observed. It's responsible for nerve and growth processes." Magnetic Flux Quantization and Josephson Behavior in Living Systems Physica Scripta, Vol. 40, 1989, E. Del Giudice, S. Doglia, M. Milani, C. W. Smith, G. Vitiello. Reference: pp. 786-791 "Abstract: The proposal of coherent electromagnetic processes as the engine of biological dynamics suggests that Josephson effects could be present in living cells. Positive experimental evidence is reported." Biological Sensitivity to Weak Magnetic Fields Due to Biological Superconductive Josephson Junctions Physiological Chemistry and Physics 5, 1973 , Reference: pp. 173-176 "Summary: Various species of organisms can detect weak magnetic fields from .1 to 5 gauss. Indirect evidence suggests that electron tunneling may occur across junctions between superconducting micro regions in living systems. Man made superconducting Josephson junctions have been fabricated with magnetic sensitivity as high as 10-11 gauss. It is suggested that superconducting Josephson
junctions in living systems may provide a physical mechanism with more than enough sensitivity to explain the observed responses of organisms to weak magnetic fields." Scientific American [Oct 1991]: "A spinning superdeformed nucleus slows down in discrete steps, each time emitting gamma rays, or highly energetic photons. The emissions produce a characteristic band of energy spikes all spaced equally apart. The surprise: the spectra of some different superdeformed nuclei were almost identical." I suggest to you that these discrete stepped emissions are the result of rupturing the valence circuits, one pair at a time, releasing their circuit energy (as an emission). Since the emission energy is a function of the energy stored in the valence circuit (and so not constant), when they are observed, as reported, to be the nearly the same for different elements, then this is only because the atoms were all charged in their circuits to nearly the same energy level; this is most probably a consequence of conditions imposed by the instrumentation environment that the atoms were placed in, and were observed under." I would like to suggest that the ORMUS affinity for tight spaces also holds as an affinity for the very tight spaces inside molecules. While in this tight inner molecular space I would expect the Meissner "field" to exercise some control over the behavior and configuration of the molecule it is associated with. Dr. Martin Chaplin who is the Professor of Applied Science at South Bank University in London has a well-described theory that water is generally composed of icosahedral water clusters. You can read more about this theory at http://www.martin.chaplin.btinternet.co.uk/intro.html. These water molecules would, in essence, be like molecular geodesic domes which would provide a nice comfy inner space for the ORMUS unit to chill out. These water molecules with their ORMUS resident would also be available for other chemical bonds. When bonded with hydroxide radicals they would become visible as a precipitate. As I suggested before, the ORMUS resident in the geodesic water molecule might exercise some control over the structure and behavior of the entire molecule through subtle energetic forces like the Meissner effect. Is there any evidence that such changes in the structure and behavior of water take place in nature BANDLET WATER ICE-CRYSTAL ORME SONOLUMINESSENCE INSTILLERS — SEED CRYSTALS PHASE-LOCKED TO BLACK BODY AND M-STATE, FOR SOWING NEW DENSITY LAWS "In the mid-1990s, quantum physicists Del Giudice and Preparata and other colleagues in University of Milan, in Italy, argued that quantum coherent domains measuring 100nm in diameter could arise in pure water. They show
how the collective vibrations of the water molecules in the coherent domain eventually become phase-locked to the fluctuations of the global electromagnetic field. In this way, long-lasting, stable oscillations could be maintained in the water. One way in which 'memory' might be stored in water is through the excitation of long-lasting coherent oscillations specific to the substances in the homeopathic remedy dissolved in water. Interaction of water molecules with other molecules changes the collective structure of water, which would in turn determine the specific coherent oscillations that will develop. If these become stabilised and maintained by phase coupling between the global field and the excited molecules, then, even when the dissolved substances are diluted away, the water may still carry the coherent oscillations that can 'seed' other volumes of water on dilution. The discovery that dissolved substances form increasingly large clusters is compatible with the existence of a coherent field in water that can transmit attractive resonance between the molecules when the oscillations are in phase, leading to clumping in dilute solutions. As the cluster of molecules increases in size, its electromagnetic signature is correspondingly amplified, reinforcing the coherent oscillations carried by the water." [http://www.i-sis.org.uk/water3.php] water is diamagnetic. This means that it is slightly repelled by magnetic fields. My theory suggests a number of questions, which might be answered empirically. Is this diamagnetism a form of superconductive magnetic levitation of the ORMUS/water cage molecule? · Might changes in the Meissner "field" bring about corresponding changes in the structure of water? · Does quantum coherence between the ORMUS units modulate the Meissner effect? I think that the Bosonic ORMUS and water-cage models might provide a better framework for understanding the chemistry of these elements. While we need to look at the ORMUS elements and their properties through the eyes of chemists but also we need to look at them through the eyes of physicists and mystics as well. Perhaps we will discover that all of this matter we see around us is just standing wave interference patterns in a sea of energy and the energy is the breath of God. observation that these elements must be monatomic because if they were larger than a single atom they would show up in x-ray diffraction spectroscopy because the 15 angstrom wavelength of the x-ray would have to hit the sample twice in a diatom or larger. A monatom (or diatom) is too small to be visible yet we clearly have a white (or gray or red-brown) powder that is visible. The particles of this powder are clearly visible but, in the case of the white powder of gold and iridium, are not easily soluble using strong acids. This would suggest that strong chemical bonds are active in the visible white powder particles.
If chemical bonds are holding these particles of pure gold together then they cannot be monatomic gold. They cannot be diatomic gold either. How many gold atoms must be bound together before you get a visible particle? In one of his un-transcribed lectures, David Hudson quotes from one of the scientific papers he uses for reference. (I wish I had the exact quote and the lecture reference but I don't and it might take days to find it.) The quote was probably from one of the Physical Review papers on monatomic transition elements. As I recall, the quote suggested that monatomic gold couldonly exist as a gas. If this is true, what is it that we see when we see a small white particle of ORMUS gold? What is the bond that holds these particles together? Is it a chemical bond, a nuclear bond or something we have never heard of? We obviously need a theory, which will clarify how these seemingly contradictory facts can all be true. The hypothesis, which I would suggest might reconcile these contradictions, is that the bosonic unit (that is the monatom or diatom) is not what we are seeing at all. Rather, what we are seeing is the cage or box that the bosonic unit is held in. I suspect that virtually all chemical manipulation of the unassayable ORMUS elements is actually just manipulation of the particular molecular cage it is in. If these elements are superconductors which exhibit diamagnetic properties in water then they would have to be single "unit" superconductors rather than matrix superconductors like we are used to. A single "unit" superconductor would have to be a boson with fully paired electrons AND fully paired nucleons as well. The "preference" that these elements seem to have for hanging out inside molecular cages could be that these cages provide some shielding from magnetic and other forces. As single unit superconductors they would tend to retreat from magnetic fields into any structure which gave them some shielding from those fields. My colleague noticed this when he found that a rubber banded stack of microscope slides would tend to collect ORMUS in the tight space between the slides. He took advantage of this effect when he would put a sealed bottle of aluminum oxide desiccant beads in the shielded container with his ORMUS products. He claims that these beads provide a tight comfy place for the ORMUS to hang out and that the ORMUS "gets into" the sealed container and changes the color of the indicator beads while the factory seal on the bottle is still intact. (I have seen this happen.) The sealed bottle of desiccant beads actually gains weight as the beads became saturated with ORMUS. MACRO MEISNER FIELD FROM MAGNETISING OF ORME …charging the atomic-level ORMEs fields, such as by induction from moving them in a magnetic field (or moving the magnetic field, relative to them)…increasing the strength of their pseudo-ferromagnetic properties (ie
making them more magnetic). This will be true, up to the point where their individual Meissner fields begin to touch, which if/when this occurs (again, depending on their inter-atomic spacing within the sample particle) they will at some point (as an energy-communicative grouping) begin to develop a macro diamagnetic Meissner field. Since natural ORMEs (particularly in solution) may not be very close (on average) to one another as individuals, this approach is an effective one. The same thing ("magnetizing" the ORMEs) can be done faster with a fluctuating field, as in transformer action, but doing it by mechanical induction is intrinsically safer and somewhat self-limiting, and is far less likely to blow apart the ORMEs Cooper pairs from over-charging. [It] is ingenious to utilize this effect for the practical purposes of collecting ORMEs materials from Nature. Because of the typically large inter-atomic spacings of ORMEs in natural dispersions, pseudo-FM effects are very important in this regard. The mechanical translation velocity between the ORMEs and the field lines in [this] method largely avoids flux embedding effects and consequences. There are large quantities of ORMEs in sea water, and other similar salt water bodies, as a result of eons of natural accumulation. The unique field properties of ORMEs may also be harnessed, to discriminately separate or "sieve" them out for extraction. The uniformity and pumpability of the brine carrier medium makes this a considerably simpler and more direct approach for recovery than the processes necessary to extract ORMEs from volcanic rock…It is potentially far more benign (it seems to me) from an environmental cost standpoint, to pump water out of the sea, extract the ORMEs, and then return it, rather than obtaining ORMEs from tertiary volcanic deposits by excavations. The relative percentage of gold, mostly as partial ORMEs chlorides, is also significant. Barry, perhaps Dr. Pitkanen's estimate of 10^13 Hz (30 microns) for the light frequency of Cooper pairs rings a bell with you, from DH's lectures. Do you recall DH's discussion of the electromagnetic zero point? ORME AND BLACK BODY RADIATION In other words, I suggest that (though quite real mathematically and physically) this is actually an artifact, generated by a zero point interaction; phenomena of this sort are only beginning to gain marginal acceptance. The notch which Max Planck found between black body and solar radiations occurs at about 4 microns. You may also recall that the doublets in DH's near infra-red spectroscopy data for rhodium and iridium ORMEs show unique, distinct zero point doublets, and are even closer to Dr. Pitkanen's figure. These latter two fall within the resonance band for ordinary water molecules, which has significant resonances at wavelengths between about 5-7 microns. As you can see, these are less than an order of magnitude from Dr. Pitkanen's estimate.
Zero point coupling is also related to ORMEs' ability to interact with water, producing the pseudo-viscosity that has been discussed. The EM zero point in these phenomena is an important mechanism by which energy moves to and from the vacuum energy field, and out of or into our own space-time. There exist many zero point [ZP] doublets, within reach of our experience (ie, associated with matter and energy phenomena we are capable of manipulating). They are points where physical and transcendental resonances occur simultaneously, ie, highly non-linear natural interactions between matter, energy, and space-time. Each of these ZPs represents a point of communication, through which energy may enter (or exit) our 3 dimensional world from higher dimensions, the ultimate source of the vacuum energy. The important thing to understand, is, that it is not necessary for a particular wave's frequency to "match" the mid-frequency of a particular ZP doublet, to experience this sort of transition. It is only necessary that coupling exist between energy (or matter, or both) in our dimensions (for example) and a zero point resonator. The presence of the appropriate coupling circumstances with a zero point notch or doublet results in the entrainment or discharge of energy, by means of coupling transfer. It is the coupling to the doublet resonator (e.g. a water molecule, ORME, etc.) which is important. The frequency "shift" of the coupled energy occurs as a natural consequence of this, due to topological properties associated with the zero points themselves. The zero points are not merely the specific frequencies they happen to fall on, within the EM spectrum, but are the result of the trans-dimensional resonator, which just happens to have whatever frequency it has; tuning the 'right' frequency without or apart from a ZP resonator does not constitute a zero point. I do believe that diatoms of gold and diatoms of silver can cause large-scale quantum effects, but they do so in an observable fashion only in the microtubules of our neurons. These effects are caused by the diatoms' (meaning two atoms) ability to align water within the microtubules. When sufficient concentrations of diatoms are reached, large scale quantum condensations result and this allows the psionic effects of telepathy, bilocation (not biolocation), and telekinesis to occur. In water dispersions, the diatoms cause noticeable increases in viscosity up to approximately 15X the normal for water, but this effect disappears suddenly when the material is concentrated by evaporation. At this point, the viscosity returns to 1X and solids separate. MAGNECULES isospaces … unify all possible spaces with the same dimension and signature. As an illustration, the isotopy of the 3-dimensional Euyccldiean space includes as particular case the 3-dimensional Riemannian, Finslerian as well as any other space with the same dimension and signature (+;+; +) (in view of the positive-definiteness of ˆI. Broader unifications are possible in the event such positive-definiteness is relaxed.
Since the isotopies preserve the original axioms, the unification of the Euclidean and Riemannian geometry implies the reduction of Riemannian geometry to Euclidean axioms on isospaces over isofields. In turn, such a geometric unification has far reaching implications, e.g., for relativities, grand unifications and cosmologies (see later on). Recent studies conducted by C. R. Illert (56) have pointed out that the shape of sea shells can certainly be represented via conventional mathematics, such as the Euclidean geometry. However, the latter is inapplicable for a representation of the growth in time of sea shells. Computer simulations have shown that the imposition to sea shell growth of conventional geometric axioms (e.g., those of the Euclidean or Riemannian geometries) implies the lack of proper growth, as expected because said geometries are strictly reversible, while the growth of sea shells is strictly irreversible. The same studies by C. R. Illert (loc. cit.) have indicated the need of a mathematics which is not only structurally irreversible, but also multi-dimensional. As an example, C. R. Illert achieved a satisfactory representation of sea shells via the doubling of the Euclidean reference axes, namely, a geometry which appears to be six-dimensional. A basic problem in accepting such a view is the lack of compatibility with our sensory perception. In fact, when holding sea shells in our hands, we can fully perceive their shape as well as their growth with our three Eustachian tubes. In particular, our senses are sufficiently sensitive to perceive deviations from the Euclidean space, as well as for the possible presence of curvature. These occurrences pose a rather challenging problem, the achievement of a representation of the complexity of biological systems via the most general possible mathematics which is: (1) is structurally irreversible (as in the preceding section); (2) admits the deformation theory; (3) is invariant under the time evolution; (4) is multi-dimensional; and, last but not least, (5) is compatible with our sensory perception. A search in the mathematical literature revealed that a mathematics verifying all the above five requirements did not exist and had to be constructed from the main features of biological systems. As an example, hyperstructures in their current formulations (see Ref.
(96) lack a well defined left and right generalized unit even under their weak equalities, they are not structurally irreversible, and lack invariance, thus not being suitable for applications in biology. As one can see, the above mathematics is not 3m-dimensional, but rather it is 3- dimensional and m-multi-valued. Such a feature permits the increase of the reference axes, e.g., for m = 2 we have the six axes used by C. R. Illert (loc cit.), while achieving compatibility with our sensory perception because at the abstract, realization-free level the hypermathematics characterized by hyperunit (5.1) is indeed 3-dimensional. The various branches of hypermathematics (hypernumbers, hyperspaces, hyperalgebras, etc.) can be constructed via mere compatibility arguments with hyperunit. in hypermathematics the product of two numbers yields, by conception, a set of values, e.g., 2 > 3 = (12:678; 341:329; 891:556; :::). Such a feature appears to be necessary for the representation of biological systems because the association of two atoms in a DNA (mathematically representable with the hypermultiplication) can yeld a large variety of different organs. This feature serves to indicate that the biological world has a complexity simply beyond our imagination at this time, and that the study of biological problems, such as understanding the DNA code via numbers dating back to biblical times, is manifestly insufficient. An important application of hyperformulations has already been indicated in Section 3.14, the achievement of compatibility between structure models of hadrons with ordinayr massive particles as constituents in mutated conditions, and the SU(3)-color models of classification, which compatibility is permitted by the assumption that quarks are composite, thus admitting an hyperstructure with mutivalued hyperunits. The complexity of hypertime and hyperrelativity for biological systems. The reader should be aware that the complexity of biological structures requires the use of hypermathematics as well as its isodual, e.g., for quantitative interpretations of bifurcations. In fact, a quantitative interpretation of bifurcations, e.g., in sea shells, requires four different hypertimes and their isoduals, as indicated below. In turn, this is sufficient to illustrate the departure from conventional notions of a relativity suitable for quantitative studies on biological systems, known as hyperrelativity and its isodual (57). In fact, such new relativity requires the most general notion of numbers, those with a multi-valued hyperunits characterized by an ordered, yet unlimited number of non-Hermitean elements, with consequential most general possible geometries
and mechanics, plus their isoduals. This results in an ordered, yet unlimited variety of spaces and their isoduals all coexisting in our three-dimensional Euclidean space, plus corresponding, equally co-existing varieties of time. There is little doubt that such features imply dramatic departures from the simplicity, thus insufficiency, of special relativity. An illustration of the complexity of hyperformulations and corresponding hyperrelativity is given by the four different notions of hypertime which are needed for the description of complex biological processes, such as bifurcations in seashells, all in a coexisting form and each having a multi-valued character: motion forward in future time ˆt>; motion backward in past time <ˆt; motion forward from past time <ˆtd; and motion backward from future time ˆt>d. The necessity of these four directions in time also illustrates the need of the isodual map. 5.5: Eric Trell’s hyperbiological structures. A new conception of biological systems, which constitute a truly fundamental advance over rather simple prior conceptions, has been recently proposed by Erik Trell (see Ref. (164) and contributions quoted therein). It is based on representative blocks which appear in our space to be next to each other, thus forming a cell or an organism, while having in reality hypercorrelations, thus having the structure of hypernumbers, hypermathematics and hyperrelativity, with consequential descriptive capacities immensely beyond those of pre-existing, generally single-valued and reversible biological models. Regrettably, we cannot review Trell’s new hyperbiological model to avoid an excessive length, and refer interested readers to the original literature GAMMA RADIATION INCREASE Beginning Thursday June 13, 2002 at 23:14 EDT and ending at 23:22 EDT, I recorded a very anomalous gamma-radiation increase. This radiation surge (not a concern in and of itself) was twice my normal background average of 14.5 micro-roentgen per hour, or 29 micro-roentgen during the intense period. http://www.syzygyjob.net/sensitives/messages/26688.shtml A CannonBall Model of Gamma-Ray Bursts: SuperLuminal Signatures (astro-ph/0008474), Dar and De Rujula In GAMMA-RAY BURSTS AND THE SOCIOLOGY OF SCIENCE, hep-ph/0306140, Alvaro de Rujula says: "... I discuss what we have learned about Gamma-Ray Bursts (GRBs) by studying their afterglows... Some three times a day, on average, gamma-ray bursts (GRBs) reach the upper atmosphere from
isotropically distributed sky locations. totally mysterious gamma-ray bursts increased spectacularly in the past few years. Blandford and Helfand, in astro-ph/9902004, say "... The recent gamma ray burst, GRB 990123 has a redshift zs = 1:61 and appears to have an energy E = 3 x 10^54 erg, and a peak luminosity Lmax = 10^53 erg/sec ... assuming isotropic emission. This is ten times larger than hitherto reported and in excess of the rest mass of a solar mass object. Optical observations have revealed an intervening galaxy with redshift zd = 0:286 displaced from the line of sight by 1.8 +/- 0.4". This raises the possibility that the burst is enhanced by gravitational lensing. We argue that multiple images are not present within the burst profile or within 15 minutes of the burst trigger. Preliminary inspection of the intervening galaxy image allows us to set a limit on the magnification of M < 60; if subsequent analysis of Ulysses data extends this window to about 1 day, and/or if a fainter burst is not observed within a few weeks, the magnification is at most modest (M < 10), and the burst remains the most intrinsically luminous event yet observed. ...". GAMMA RAY SSPACETIME ENGINE Fenimore, Ramirez-Ruiz, and Wu, in astro-ph/9902007, say "... GRB990123 was a long complex gamma-ray burst with an optical transient that started early within the gamma-ray phase ... . The peak and power law decay of the early optical emission strongly indicates the presence of a decelerating relativistic shell during that phase. Prior to this burst, it was not known if the shell decelerated during the burst, so an external shock origin for the gamma rays was still possible. If the gamma-rays are produced in the external shock, then the pulse widths should reflect the observed deceleration of the shell and increase by about 2.3. We analyze the fine time structure observed in the gamma-ray data from BATSE and determine that the width of the peaks do not increase as expected for a decelerating shell; the later pulses are, at most, a factor of 1.15 longer than the earlier pulses. We also analyze the variability to determine what fraction of the shell's surface could be involved in the production of the gamma rays, the so-called surface filling factor. For GRB990123 we find a filling factor of 0.008. The lack of pulse width evolution eliminates the only remaining kinematically acceptable external shock explanation for the gamma-ray phase and, thus, the gamma rays must originate at a central engine. ...". GRB 970111: No radio, optical, or X-ray counterpart was observed for the bright gamma-ray burster GRB970111. In astro-ph/9704180, Frail, Kulkarni, Costa, Frontera, Heise, Feroci, Piro, Dal Fiume, Nicastro, Palazzi, and Jager report on a comprehensive radio monitoring program of the bright gamma-ray burster GRB970111. These VLA observations were made at a frequency of 1.4 GHz and span a range of post-burst timescales between 28 hours and one month. Despite extensive sampling at sub-milliJansky sensitivities, no radio source was detected above 0.5 mJy in the current best error box (~14 arcmin^2) for GRB970111. A highly
unusual radio source, VLA J1528.7+1945, was seen to drop in flux density by a factor of two in our monitoring period but it lies outside the error box and thus it is unlikely to be related to GRB970111. Cosmological fireball models of gamma-ray bursts make predictions of late-time emission occurring at longer wavelengths. The absence of a flaring or fading radio counterpart to GRB970111 provides strong constraints on these models. Further, Scharf, Jahoda, and Boldt, in their paper astro-ph/9506008, On the Measurement of a Cosmological Dipole in the Photon Number Counts of Gamma-Rays Bursts, conclude that "... the fluence and number weighted dipoles are inconsistent for the null hypothesis [that GRBs track the cosmological CMB distribution] at roughly the 2-sigma level. "... the correlation with the direction of motion of the Local Group is more significant ... "... Together these results could indicate that a non-negligible fraction of gamma-ray bursts originate within the local (anisotropic) universe. "There is no evidence of correlation with the direction expected in a halo model." Although Scharf, Jahoda, and Boldt would like to analyze a catalogue of 10,000 bursts rather than the 410 they used, and they do not rule out distance scales intermediate between galactic halo and cosmological distances, their results support consideration of the hypothesis that some of the GRBs are relatively local, in the solar neighborhood at a distance about 1000 AU, roughly the distance of an inner Oort cloud of comets. Ti-Pei Li discusses a Heliospheric Origin of Gamma-Ray Bursts, due to large-voltage and high-temperature pinch plasma columns produced by disruptive electrical discharges in the heliosphere. EVIDENCE OF GRB TRANSFORMATION OF EARTH AND JUPITER
On September 21, 1999, as the Hubble Space Telescope looked on, the planet's north polar region erupted with ultraviolet light that brightened 30-fold in just 70 seconds.
Then, almost as quickly, the outburst abated. Although space physicists have been monitoring the Jovian aurora with HST for more than a decade, nothing this intense or abrupt has ever been witnessed. Unlike terrestrial auroras, which are powered by solar-wind interactions with Earth's magnetic bubble, those on Jupiter draw their energy largely from the breakneck, 9.9-hour rotation of the planet and its inner magnetosphere. Trapped electrons spiral down the magnetic field lines and slam into the planet's upper atmosphere, causing hydrogen atoms to glow in a bright oval of ultraviolet light. However, the 1999 flare occurred poleward of the ubiquitous auroral oval, implying a source region farther out in the magnetosphere, some 3 or 4 million kilometers from the planet's sunward-facing "morning" quadrant. The HST observers, led by J. Hunter Waite Jr. (Southwest Research Institute), can't yet explain what caused the outburst, but they suspect an external trigger. “ SARFETTI
gravity with the dark energy and dark matter emerge from such a “scalar” model where both curvature and torsion are 1D string disclination and dislocation defect densities in the large scale limit of a 4D “world crystal” discrete lattice as shown by Hagen Kleinert of the Free University of Berlin. http://www.physik.fu-berlin.de/~kleinert/ The topological defects for the space-time fabric are analogous to the stringy vortex cores in superfluid helium and superconductors except now we are doing elasticity theory rather than hydrodynamics. The world crystal lattice can also be understood as Penrose “spin foams.” Since space-time emerges from the phase ripples in the local giant quantum vacuum wave and since that wave admits signal nonlocality, that wave is the conscious “Mind of God” in Hawking’s sense in my humble opinion. Hence space is conscious. Our mind fields piloting our brain function are also local giant quantum waves in the image of the Mind of God
“The G-Engines Are Coming!” They really are coming in my opinion. Or, rather, they are allegedly already here. That’s what the flying saucers are, if they real and not an elaborate hoax. My physics research suggests more and more and faster and faster as time goes on that they are not a hoax. All scientific rational knowledge about the real world, however, is uncertain (Bayesean probability) and, in principle, must be falsifiable as explained by Sir Karl Popper and applied in the financial markets by his student George Soros. Religious faith in extreme form is simplistic and dangerous as we see in the current war on terror and throughout history. Scientists are not supposed to reject evidence. The prime-time mass media millionaire physicists on John Brockman’s client list at http://www.edge.org scoff at the kind of hard evidence that Bruce Maccabee, a US Navy physicist and Eric Davis another physicist present below. Little do the mainstream pundits realize that the discoveries of the new cosmology of dark energy since 1998 are consistent with the UFO physical evidence. They would rather sell the public unsubstantiated speculations of “strings” as “vibrations of pure energy” in 10-dimensional space and of radiating black hole. Both of these examples may well prove true in the end, but there is no evidence that they are. There is much more evidence for UFOs performing seemingly impossible maneuvers than there is from strings and radiating black holes. You want the pseudoscalar magnetic flux to "point" opposite to the pseudoscalar mechanical vortex flow circulation flux - like anti-parallel spins, i.e. the sense of the mechanical vortex circulation of rotation must be relative to the applied magnetic field such that the two terms subtract to get a very tiny action less than 2h for the single pair. That is, the vorticity and magnetic pseudovectors
r!&
rB
must point in opposite directions in space to get the vacuum-superconductor resonance or “impedance match” generating the zero point energy density exotic quantum vacuum induced strong gravity overpowering Newton’s weak gravity. This allows us to shape our own timelike geodesics as Masters of Hyperspace. The idea is that the virtual electron-positron pairs of the vacuum coherence are
merely the background "reference" beam for this "vacuum hologram" in a rough analogy, with the rotating superconductor and its enclosed magnetic flux like the scattered beam in the hologram. The "String Tension" is the basic parameter that Ed Witten of the Princeton Institute of Advanced Study uses in his discussions of "M-Theory" that unifies the five limiting cases of "super string theory" in which the elementary leptons, quarks and gauge force bosons are "vibrating strings of pure energy" pulsating in the extra space dimensions of "Calabi-Yau" hyperspace. The ordinary matter and radiation on the right hand side of Einstein's equation are open strings whose ends are stuck to 3-Dim brane worlds of which our universe is one. You can picture a string as a tiny wormhole whose two ends need not be on the same brane world because only then can you not have equal numbers of particles and antiparticles in the same brane world. Like the “Underground Stream” of the old Hermetic Alchemists and Fulcanelli, the key concept for metric engineering in the new “TechGnosis” is the Einstein esoteric current! Einstein's field equation is always the statement that the sum of all the stress-energy density tensors when put on the same side of the equation all balance out to exactly zero. We then take a "covariant divergence" of the equation to get the Einstein currents, which are conserved when added together. The covariant divergence depends on something called a "connection field", which tells us how to "parallel transport" tensors and spinors along paths or "histories" in space-time and beyond including the extra dimensions of hyperspace. Feb. 16, 2004 No frequency shift for a signal that comes from only a tiny distance away. for advanced signal from future going back in time… might be relevant to some phenomena in gamma ray astronomy? It's basically simple. Speed of signals inside expanding 3D space is completely decoupled from expansion rate … of 3D space itself! Space is assumed isotropic and homogeneous. Motion is inside space. Scale factor R(t) is controlling the space itself. You can think of 3D space imbedded in hyperspace if you like... No speed of light limit in hyperspace beyond 3D space.
NIKOLA TESLA'S ETI CLOSE ENCOUNTER
Dr Nikola Tesla, the little-known inventor of the AC electrical power system, dedicated much time to researching the high-voltage, high-frequency electrical structure of the planet. During these investigations at his Colorado Springs research station, Tesla noticed that his instruments were receiving some unusual signals. In his own words, he wrote:
I can never forget the first sensations I experienced when it dawned upon me that I had observed something possibly of incalculable consequences to mankind. I felt as though I were present at the birth of a new knowledge or the revelation of a great truth....
My first observations positively terrified me, as there was present in them something mysterious, not to say supernatural, and I was alone in my laboratory at night; but at that time, the idea of these disturbances being intelligently controlled signals did not yet present itself to me. The changes I noted were taking place periodically and with such a clear suggestion of number and order that they were not traceable to any cause known to me.
I was familiar, of course, with such electrical disturbances as are produced by the Sun, Aurora Borealis and Earth currents, and I was as sure as I could be of any fact that these variations were due to none of these causes. The nature of my experiments precluded the possibility of the changes being produced by atmospheric disturbances, as has been rashly asserted by some.
It was some time afterward when the thought flashed upon my mind that the disturbances I had observed might be due to an intelligent control. Although I could not decipher their meaning, it was impossible for me to think of them as having been entirely accidental. The feeling is constantly growing on me that I had been the first to hear the greeting of one planet to another. A purpose was behind these electrical signals...
Tesla was investigating a form of radio very different to the one we use today. Our present radio communications use transverse electromagnetic waves that travel through the air -- the same technology SETI uses to scan the Universe for signs of ETI. The electromagnetic waves used in Tesla's system were longitudinal and travelled through the Earth and/or the plasmic layer of the atmosphere, i.e., the ionosphere. But it was through the use of this latter system -- and not the type used by SETI -- that signals of non-human origin had been received.
This incident plagued Tesla's mind for the rest of his life, and so played a part in his last publicly announced invention. While he had spent much of his life investigating the nature of high-voltage, high-frequency electricity, particularly with regard to employing it in a system to transmit electricity without wires, Tesla changed direction in the late 1930s and did research into high-voltage, direct-current electricity. His plan was to transmit electrical energy in the form of a particle beam -- an idea that was not practically realised until the late 1980s with SDI, the "Star Wars" project. While his system for transmitting energy via high-frequency potentials was limited to the Earth, Tesla's new particle-beam system was intended to transmit power to other planets! He then hypothesised that if the same beam were modulated with the vibrations of the human voice, we would also be able to communicate with the ETIs who dwell upon our neighbouring planets.
As far as is known, Tesla never had the opportunity to put his plan into action. The political climate at the time, which resulted in World War II, had generated much paranoia. The British had stated that they had a new weapon, a "death ray"
invented by their own Mr H. Grindell Matthews. The Russians reacted and stated that they also had such a weapon, invented by Comrade Grammachikoff. Tesla, being a patriot of his adopted country, stated that he had also invented a similar device. Since then, Tesla's instrument of benign communication has been referred to as the "death ray".
Working unaware of, but parallel to, Thomas Townsend Brown was Gregory Hodowanec. While developing a new, sensitive weighing balance, Hodowanec noticed slight variations in the reference weights he was using. Assuming that the problem was with the circuitry he had designed, he went about trying to counteract these anomalous variations.
Tesla's knowledge of Sanskrit. O'Neal however includes the following excerpt from an unpublished article called Man's Greatest Achievement; " Man.... Long ago he recognized that all perceptible matter comes from a primary substance, or tenuity beyond conception, filling all space, the Akasha or luminiferous ether, which is acted upon by the life giving Prana or creative force, calling into existence, in never ending cycles all things and phenomena. The primary substance, thrown into infinitesimal whirls of prodigious velocity, becomes gross matter; the force subsiding, the motion ceases and matter disappears, reverting to the primary substance." —Nicola Tesla, May 13th,1907 (according to Leland Anderson. Anderson, Leland, personal communication. See also Anderson, L.I., and Ratzlaff, J.T., Dr. Nikola Tesla Bibliography, Ragusan Press, 936 Industrial Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94303, 1979.) Vivekananda met with many of the well known scientists of the time including Lord Kelvin and Nikola Tesla. 7 According to Swami Nikhilananda; “Nikola Tesla, the great scientist who specialized in the field of electricity, was much impressed to hear from the Swami his explanation of the Samkhya cosmogony and the theory of cycles given by the Hindus. He was particularly struck by the resemblance between the Samkhya theory of matter and energy and that of modern physics.” Nikhilananda, Swami, Vivekananda, The Yogas and Other Works, Ramakrishna-Vivekananda Center, New York, 1973. "So astounding are the facts in this connection, that it would seem as though the Creator, himself had electrically designed this planet...." Nikola Tesla describing what is now known as Schumann Resonance (7.8 Hz) in "The Transmission of Electrical Energy Without Wires As A Means Of Furthering World Peace",
Electrical World And Engineer, January 7, 1905, PP 21-24. Nikola Tesla. In a letter to a friend, dated February 13th, 1896, Swami Vivekananda noted the following; ...Mr. Tesla was charmed to hear about the Vedantic Prana and Akasha and the Kalpas, which according to him are the only theories modern science can entertain.....Mr Tesla thinks he can demonstrate that mathematically that force and matter are reducible to potential energy. I am to go see him next week to get this mathematical demonstration. Nikhilananda, Swami, Vivekananda, The Yogas and Other Works, Ramakrishna-Vivekananda Center, New York, 1973. Swami Vivekananda was hopeful that Tesla would be able to show that what we call matter is simply potential energy because that would reconcile the teachings of the Vedas with modern science. The Swami realized that "In that case, the Vedantic cosmology [would] be placed on the surest of foundations". The harmony between Vedantic theories and and western science was explained by the following diagram; BRAHMAN = THE ABSOLUTE | | | | MAHAT OR ISHVARA = PRIMAL CREATIVE ENERGY | | +---------+ +---------+ PRANA and AKASHA = ENERGY and MATTER Tesla understood the Sanskrit terminology and philosophy and found that it was a good means to describe the physical mechanisms of the universe as seen through his eyes. It would behoove those who would attempt to understand the science behind the inventions of Nikola Tesla to study Sanskrit and Vedic philosophy. Tesla apparently failed to show the identity of energy and matter. If he had, certainly Swami Vivekananda would have recorded that occasion. The mathematical proof of the principle did come until about ten years later when Albert Einstein published his paper on relativity. What had been known in the East for the last 5,000 years
was then known to the West. Brahman is defined as the one self existent impersonal spirit; the Divine Essence, from which all things emanate, by which they are sustained, and to which they return. Notice that this is very similar to the concept of the Great Spirit as understood by Native American cultures. Ishvara is the Supreme Ruler; the highest possible conception of the Absolute, which is beyond all thought. Mahat means literally the Great One, and is also interpreted as meaning universal mind or cosmic intelligence. Prana means energy (usually translated as life force) and Akasha means matter (usually translated as ether). Dobson points out that the more common translations for Akasha and Prana are not quite correct, but that Tesla did understand their true meanings. The meeting with Swami Vivekananda greatly stimulated Nikola Tesla's interest in Eastern Science. The Swami later remarked during a lecture in India, "I myself have been told by some of the best scientific minds of the day, how wonderfully rational the conclusions of the Vedanta are. I know of one of them personally, who scarcely has time to eat his meal, or go out of his laboratory, but who would stand by the hour to attend my lectures on the Vedanta; for, as he expresses it, they are so scientific, they so exactly harmonize with the aspirations of the age and with the conclusions to which modern science is coming at the present time". 11. Burke, Marie Louise, Swami Vivekananda in the West, New Discoveries, The World Teacher, Advaita Ashrama, Mayavati, India, 1985, p. 500 ETI AND PULSARS AT THE GALACTIC CENTER COMMUNICATING IN INTELLIGENCE SEQUENCE… SETI http://www.zeitlin.net/OpenSETI/OSPulsars.html “Explaining pulsar radiation is one of the most difficult problems of astrophysics" - Prof. Janusz Gil J. Kepler Astronomical Center, Zielona G6ra, Poland one of the two most obvious choices for an electromagnetic beacon would be a pulsing signal with a fixed repetition rate. A fixed pulse rate would optimize a receiving civilization's possibility of finding the beacon through the use of adaptive techniques requiring minimal a priori knowledge or assumptions. In situations with moderate signal-to-noise ratios (SNR), the signal would be noticable even without advanced receiving techniques. In these cases, the fixed repetition rate would serve to call attention to the pulse sequence and possibly even suggest artificiality.
It would be left to the receiving society to aim some directive antenna in the direction of the signal source in order to maximize SNR, either as part of an intentional search or accidentally. In fact, this is exactly what happened in 1967 when Cambridge University radio astronomers Ms. Jocelyn Bell and Dr. (now Professor) Antony Hewish discovered first one, and then a second regular pulsing source in two widely-separated parts of the sky. Since no pulsing signal sources other than terrestrial man-made ones had ever been seen before, a strong possibility of ETI-origin was suspected. The scientists decided that, if this proved to be correct, they could not make a public announcement without checking with higher authorities. There was even some discussion about whether it might not be in the best interests of mankind to destroy the evidence and forget it! (Sturrock, 2000) For Jocelyn Bell's own story of the events, see Little Green Men, White Dwarfs or Pulsars? The pulsing signal finding was not published until an initially-plausible non-ETI intepretation had been constructed: highly dense compact stars (white dwarf stars) that were somehow contracting and expanding or dimming and brightening (Hewish et. al., 1968). In classic scientific tradition, the sources were labeled "LGM1," "LGM2," etc., the term 'LGM' standing for "Little Green Men"!21 But the idea of pulsars (and other newly-discovered astrophysical objects and phenomena) as ETI beacons must have been circulating among astronomers. In a note added to his published proceedings of a 1971 USSR conference on Communication with Extraterrestrial Intelligence (CETI),19 Sagan (1973) wrote, "The very serious current energy problems both in quasar and in gravity wave physics can be ameliorated if we imagine these energy sources beamed in our direction. But preferential beaming in our direction makes little sense unless there is a message in these channels. A similar remark might apply to pulsars. There are a large number of other incompletely understood phenomena, from Jovian decameter bursts to the high time-resolution structure of x-ray emission which might just conceivably be due to ETI. Perhaps, in the light of Doctor Marx's presentation, we must ask if the fine structure of some fluctuating X-ray sources is due to pulsed x-ray lasers for interstellar spaceflight. But Shklovsky's principle of assuming such sources natural until proven otherwise, of course, holds. Extraterrestrial intelligence is the explanation of last resort, when all else fails.31 "The pulsar story clearly shows that phenomena which at first closely resemble expected manifestations of ETI may nevertheless turn out to be natural objects--although of a very bizarre sort. But even here there are interesting unexamined possibilities. Has anyone examined systematically the sequencing of pulsar amplitude and polarization nulls? One would need only a very small movable shield above a pulsar surface to modulate emission to Earth. This seems much easier than generating an entire pulsar for communications. For signaling at
night it is easier to wave a blanket in front of an existing fire than to start and douse a set of fires in a pattern which communicates a desired message." At about that time, Oliver and Billingham published the influential Cyclops Report (1972) containing what I claim to be a flawed justification for dismissing pulsed signals as probable ETI beacons in place of a search for monochromatic signals.15 Sagan's suggestion was not taken up by the astronomical community. Astronomers were unwilling to (publicly) consider an ETI-based source for the signals they were receiving. One reason they gave (Jastrow and Thompson, 1977) was that the pulse type of beacon was too wasteful of energy and wouldn't be the method they would choose. That was an echo of Oliver's argument. But Oliver aside, refusing to examine evidence of ETI because the putative ETI behaves oddly is a commonly-encountered, and thoroughly-unsound, rationale. Here, the astronomical community was projecting our own contemporary resource limitations onto unseen and unknown ETI civilizations. Furthermore, pulsing beacons (as the Russians knew) are no more wasteful of energy than the monochromatic kind, given that the civilization on the receiving end employs matched filters and synchronous detection techniques, as discussed earlier in this essay. Such receivers would gather energy from the beacon that had been dispersed throughout the spectrum. We have often noticed that perfectly-competent scientists lose their capacity for rational thinking when it comes to the subject of ETI actually encountered, as opposed to ETI theoretically considered. In this, scientists reveal their common humanity, and this human race has a deep fear of such an encounter. On the subject of a civilization's resource limitations, it would be well to consider here the classification of civilizations according to the scale of their access to energy, as proposed originally by Russian astronomer Nikolai Kardashev and taken up more recently by Michio Kaku. Kardashev and Kaku visualize societies capable of harnessing the entire energy output of its planet (Type I society), its star (Type II), and its galaxy (Type III). (We would be a Type 0.) For Kaku, a Type III civilization has access to physics that we would not only not comprehend, but would not even be able to perceive. One would not have to look very high in this hierarchy of civilizations to find some for whom the efficiency of beacons would not be a consideration. Pulsars have been found to exhibit a large number of interesting and quite intricate behaviors - behaviors that (though this may be called post hoc reasoning) fit much more easily with a model of an ETI beacon carrying information than they do with any natural-origin model that has been proposed. In 2002, two years after the publication of LaViolette's book, Kramer et. al., in a paper summarizing the results of high-resolution single-pulse studies of the Vela Pulsar open with the statement: "After more than thirty years of pulsar observations, the emission mechanism of pulsars is only poorly understood.”
This is an equal-area projection of the Milky Way in galactic coordinates. North galactic longitude is to the left. The view shows stars and constellations, not pulsars. The distribution of pulsars drops abruptly near 1 radian north of the Galactic Center - as seen within 53 l.y. from our location. The profile of supernova remnants does not show this drop-off. There is an anomalous concentration of pulsars at the south 1-radian point. The two fastest known pulsars are located at the two points. The neutron star lighthouse model predicted that pulsars would be formed in supernova explosions and in fact several of them have been found near supernova remnants. If that were truly how they were formed, one would expect to find pulsars concentrated toward the center of the galaxy where most supernovas occur. However, LaViolette has noticed that the distribution of observed pulsars in the galactic plane differs markedly from that. (He also cites studies of neutron stars associated with supernova remnants showing that the stars were not formed in the supernovas.) In fact, there is a clumping of them near a point one radian to the "north" of the galactic center. There is a sharp fall-off (2-1/2 fold) of pulsars just beyond that point. He also noticed that some of the most unusual pulsars are found right at that edge in the distribution. Now that is very odd because the distribution of pulsars appears to concentrate at that point only when seen from near where we are (within 53 l.y of our location), and there is nothing special about the place where we are, except for the fact that we are in this place. Furthermore, the concentration appears at a position that is very special. A radian is, by definition, that angle subtended by the arc of a circle whose length is equal to the radius of the circle. That makes the radian a natural (i.e., not
arbitrary) unit of angular measure. A one-radian angle would be meaningful to an intelligent entity such as a human or a human society or other entity that thinks the way we do. Entities who think about geometry would most certainly have thought about this way of measuring angles. This strongly implies that the pulsars appear where they are by design, and furthermore that the design is intended to get the attention of a society that lives exactly where we are. Does that get your attention? It does for LaViolette and he devotes a large part of his book to it. Shall we go on? Here is the all-sky view with four pulsars shown. These are four of the six known eclipsing binary pulsars - binaries in whose orbital plane we are located. Notice that one each of these pulsars is located at a 1-radian longitude position; the other two are at the Galactic Center!
It also happens that the pulsars at the two 1-radian positions are the two fastest-known-pulsing pulsars! These pulsars have other unique features that are described by LaViolette, some of which are detailed below. And there is still much more in his thesis. To continue, take a closer look at the north 1-radian position:
Pulsar 1937-21, the "Millisecond Pulsar", is the fastest known, flashing 642 times per second. Its period is extremely constant at 3.3 x 10-12 sec/yr (better than our best atomic clocks). This is the most luminous of all millisecond pulsars with 10-100 times more energy than typical ones. It is one of only three optical pulsars and the only millisecond optical pulsar. 1937-21 is one of only two pulsars that emit giant pulses. And it has the lowest proper motion of any pulsar. 1957-20 is also a millisecond pulsar as well as being the eclipsing binary mentioned above that is stationed at this point. It is the second fastest millisecond pulsar, with period just 3% longer than that of the Millisecond Pulsar. Its period is even more constant, at 0.5 x 10-12 sec/yr. A third pulsar appears in this little cluster: 1930-22 in the constellation Vulpecula. And there is yet another interesting astronomical feature at this position. Sagitta, the Celestial Arrow constellation, is here, and Gamma Sagittae, the point of the arrow, is right at 1 radian north galactic longitude. Do you think there is any meaning in that? Well, hold your opinion until we have discussed the Galactic Center and 1 radian south.
Two of the six known eclipsing binary pulsars are here: 1718-19 and 1744-24A. Here is another "arrow point": that of Sagittarius' arrow, as well as the "sting" of Scorpius.
At 1 radian south longitude we find Pulsar 1259-63, another of the four eclipsing binary pulsars located at these special positions. (Is there any doubt at this point that they are special?) The constellation located here is Crux, the Southern Cross. Consider now the symbols represented by the constellations or the particular stars associated with these three positions: Arrow Point, Arrow Point, Sting, Cross. Each has meaning as a focal point. Now how might that have come about? Clearly, "constellations" are arbitrary groupings of stars in their two-dimensional positions on the celestial sphere. The symbolic meanings they have been given are seen by our modern culture as quaint and fanciful products of simpler and more naive times. How odd, then - how very coincidental that these particular ones have been given symbolic meanings associated with pointing out something - something quite invisible to the stargazers of old. That is, pulsar with unique qualities, the (hidden) center of the Milky Way Galaxy, and 1-radian displacements therefrom, a "radian" itself being a unit of angular measure not yet thought of, at those times. What are the implications of all this? How does it happen that very special objects are located at very special positions, as seen only by observers located in the vicinity of our solar system? LaViolette concludes, and at this point I have no difficulty in supporting him in this, that the pulsars are there due to someone's intervention. And the almost inescapable other conclusion is that the constellations were named by beings who understood what was going on, and who had to mark those postions so as to draw the attention of a future
technological society. Those are strong words, but Open SETI is dedicated to paying attention to evidence of extraterrestrial civilizations, and here we have surely found such. At this point we might pause to reflect on the SETI community once again and their dogged determination to find their idea of an ETI beacon. Pulsar Technology Is it possible that pulsars could be engineered objects? Unlike Sagan, who accepted the conventional model of a pulsar but wondered if ETI could be adding fine-grained modulation, LaViolette proposes a way in which the steady emissions of white dwarf or X-ray stars could be focused into the pulses we see. He explains that ETI might be using projected magnetic fields to focus the particle flux from these stars into a nearly-collimated beam of synchrotron radiation. He point to rumors of present-day military technology that projects force fields and aerial plasmoids. Sagan's "smoke signal blanket" is retained after all. Note that even the neutron star lighthouse model invokes standing wave magnetic field patterns to modulate the particle flux. Although we may now have or soon will have the capability to transmit focused synchrotron beams, LaViolette's transmitting society has access to energy on a scale far exceeding ours. Although pulsars are probably not neutron stars, they are still stars - white dwarfs modified to produce the pulsar signals. The short of it is that we are observing a Kardashev/Kaku Type II civilization in terms of its ability to harness the total energy of a star. Why would we balk at such a proposition? If our physicists can propose it, should we not accept that we might have found it? Consider further. The pulsars we detect seem to be intentionally directed to our location (not just in our direction). But might there not be beams we don't see that are directed at others? On the other hand, perhaps they are pointing out our position to others! (Suggested by Dan Drasin, private communication.) Whatever may be its purpose, one visualizes at this point a Galactic-scale communications network that may have been in place and functioning for what to us would be geologic time. It would be operated by a society for whom stars are playthings and galaxies are villages. Messages We have already referred to a kind of message given us by the pulsars: their meaning by association with constellations named and defined by we know not who. But surely if these are intentional transmitters, they themselves must be transmitting information.
In a sense, the zero-order information is that they are there and they are intentional. This information tells us that there is a Galactic society. LaViolette pursues the issue further and discerns a first-order message as well. But at this point, we will leave the unfolding story to LaViolette and his book. We will give one hint, however. One would expect the first-order message to be of Galactic significance, and this, as divined by LaViolette, it surely is. LaViolette has looked into the astrophysical aspects of the association of several pulsars with supernova remnants and seen something that would be of critical importance to all civilizations in the Galaxy. Critical, meaning critical to their survival. Paper presented at the 195th meeting of the American Astronomical Society January 12, 2000, Session 33 Atlanta, Georgia Speaker: Paul A. LaViolette, Ph.D. The Starburst Foundation Evidence that radio pulsars may be artificial beacons of ETI origin if pulsars are ETI communication beacons, an obvious choice as a topic for communication would be to indicate the termination point of a one radian arc deviation from the Galactic center since such a geometrically unique off-center viewer-dependent location is not preferred by any natural process. Moreover designating this longitude indicates to us that the senders know the sky location of the Galactic center as seen from our vantage point, and hence that they intend their beamed message specifically for our particular Galactic locale. Other nonrandom pulsar positions, further emphasize the northern one-radian longitude point. For example, this pulsar clump termination point is marked by the Millisecond Pulsar (B1937+21), the most rapid of all known pulsars and also one of only two pulsars known to emit giant pulses as well as optical pulses. This unique pulsar is the closest of all pulsars to this one-radian benchmark, deviating by just 0.27°. In addition, the tip of this clump is also marked by another equally unique millisecond pulsar (B1957+20), which is the second most rapid pulsar in the sky and is distinguished as being one of just 6 eclipsing binary millisecond pulsars. This second pulsar is unusual in that its period is just 3.18 percent longer than that of the Millisecond pulsar, approximating the percentage amount that the sky position longitude of B1957+20 (l = 59.2°) surpasses the longitude of the one radian point (l = 57.24°). This and other nonrandom pulsar position relations, suggest that pulsars comprise a vast network of ETI beacons that extends throughout the Galaxy and is beaming signals in our particular direction.1 _________________ 1) LaViolette, P. A. The Talk of the Galaxy (Alexandria, VA: Starlane Publications, 4/2000). GAMMA RAY DNA TRANSFORMATION
biologist Dr. David Deamer collaborated on a science/art project which consisted of measuring the vibrational frequencies of the four DNA base molecules, translating them into 'sound.' The realization of biological, infrared frequencies into sound has resulted in unusual insights into the harmonic fabric of DNA. a recently discovered pulsar called Vela X (PSR 0833) which collapsed into its pulsar state about 11,000 years ago. It is beaming radio waves towards earth with a period frequency of 11.24Hz, or an F# equivalent (2. Encyclopedia of Science & Technology). Its fifth, or C#, turns out to be a frequency of 16.86 or 539.52.....exceedingly close to our DNA 544. The emissions, scientists think, come from a combination of spin and strong magnetic fields. No one knows for sure if these emissions and their periodicities, which are regular, have an effect upon our energy fields. -The Infrared Frequencies of DNA Bases, as Science and Art, Susan Alexjander, M.A. http://www.vll.com/SusanA/ EARTH CORE AND GAMMA NEUROLOGY planetary-interstellar-galactic electromagnetic waves are continually sweeping throughout our immediate environment. By using spectrum analysis and electromagnetic sensors, Nick Fiorenza and I were able to measure amd plot a grid of vibrational patterns over the surface of the Earth, and even extending above the surface. We focused our measurements within the frequencies associated with the human brainwaves. This grid of energies resembles furrows of electromagnetic standing-waves for a particular frequency rate. Each frequency or tone has associated with it a wavelength. A wavelength is the distance of one complete cycle of the wave, the measured distance from a wave peak to the next peak or from a wave valley to the next valley. from the visible, the wavelengths become shorter and shorter; Ultraviolet, X-Rays, Gamma Rays, and Cosmic Rays. These shorter waves are the building energies of matter, the vibrations of Molecules, Atoms, Protons, Electrons and other names that we give the sub-atomic energy vibrations. Each of the planetary and stellar bodies acts as a spherical receiver, transmitter and reflector of the electromagnetic long wavelength light energies in similiar manner to a satellite communications dish antenna. The sphere is an ideal shape for a resonant cavity. The Earth sphere resonates naturally over vast spectrums of EM and sound frequencies. For any position on the surface of the Earth at any particular time, there are always signal vibrations arriving, being refracted, reflected and focused by the Earth spherical structure from many outside, distant vibrational frequency sources, such as other planets and stars. EMMANUEL ON DENSITY SHIFT Q; What happens to man and life on earth after the year 2000? E: There are still a number of choices until that year. But there is a definite cycle that has been occurring throughout the creation of this solar system, that does have an effect upon this system, after the year 2000, as you perceive it, depending on your choice, which thus synchronises you to the possibility mode which manifests into reality, when it manifests as the now. The third density is
no longer totally third density and has become appropriately fourth density to some degree of both polarities. Much of the majority of humanity is still in between polarity choices of the electrical spectrum of the universe. “It is when the total synchronisation of energy is poured into this solar system, that activates the polarity choice, within the physical manifestation, neurological and electromagnetic fields of each individual. Therefore each individual within their mind and their own inner choices, even if they have not fully chosen, within their own inclination, will be intensified in that polarity choice… Within that there may be possibilities that have been geared up. Those on the surface who choose and polarise into positive polarity, have the potential, if in resonance with the Unified Field, the Universal Christhood, through love, to awaken their pysical cellular mass, defrosted timeframes, to alter it, like into a fourth density and perhaps fifth density. There will be some individuals, through the intensification of the energy that is bombarded who will go straight to the Unified Field. as their physical body and their electric magnetic field is uplifted, is transformed, as a greater electrical surge is flowing through the entire nervous system and the neurological system activates the consciousness to be in the entire body, so that the entire body becomes a brain. It will be of both. The year 2011 has been perceived as one of those gateways. , but it depends upon the choices which we have spoken about, which are brought into manifestation, collectively, by humanity. A gateway of transformation, a synchronisation to an electromagnetic phenomena of cycles that your solar system spins and works towards, so that it is moving and has been moving into an electromagnetic synchonicity and field that intensifies the energy or electrical flow of this planet. Therefore, there will be many changes after the year 2000, depending upon the choices of the possible futures, which are brought about by the balance of the choice of humanity. You choose different future perspectives. 2011, 2013 is the state of consciousness, not necessarily the year, the state of consciousness when the total dimensional gateway is opened to the possibility of resonating self to Universal Christ… That which is life changes… Within one or two of the possibilities of the future, there are great changes that may occur to this planet. Changes that may appear very sad unto the human races, but is part of the cycle. Those who feel they are not able to yet fully resonate towards a fourth or fifth density structure, but yet operate within their choice of polarity, may experience an evacuation. So that their electromagnetic frequency may be aligned unto the resonance of a higher dimensional craft that helps them to accelerate to a fourth fifth density frequency… [also details on more shady scenarios] many of the Interdimensional crafts will help those of the other polarities, many will be genetically altered to a higher frequency, through their contact with its energy. Many will go crazy by touching the energy. It is for this reason that you have been asked to resonate to the Unified Field, or God, so that when you do come in contact with the energy field of both physical third/fourth density crafts, as well as Interdimensional crafts, you are physically and electromagnetically able to hold that frequency without blowing out, or going crazy, that you are adequately aligned to your Sun Self, so that you are transformed in the way of continuing that vibration…
This is already occurring now within your plane. there are individuals who are coming in contact with these council crafts,where their physical vibration is being transformed into a frequency of light, of energy. you will feel it within your own frequency when the time comes. Within the craft you’ll feel it as you are aligning your heart to the Creator or Unified Field. You will feel an intensification of lifeforce, intensification of the electricmagnetic field, you’’ll feel more alive, more luminous, as you enter, and come in contact with those crafts. Know them by their fruits. .. We have suggested that this solar system is moving into a transition that no longer will see a third density as you know it upon this planet. In that sense that which is taking place with third dimensional pollution is for the last time bringing Earth into a fourth density, the original place intended for this planet, for universal mankind to explore. Therefore, in many millions of years there may be, if there is still that possibility of choice, certain colonies of extraterrestrials that may come upon this planet. For that of the Man race as it is now will perceive to transform this planet into a new waveform. Within the third dimensional timemass of this planet, of this solar system, galaxy and universe, it perhaps will appear to take many millions of years for this solar system to synchronize into the timelessness by unifying and aligning its resonance to the Unified Field of all. However if you go in to fourth density, or above, time changes, and it may be perceived to be within a number of years, a number of hours. The understanding of years, hours, or seconds is not really appropriate within the higher densities of the fourth density and certainly within the fifth density, so that indeed you will experience the unification of the solar system in a very short period, even if it takes millions of years or billions of years within the time as you know it now. For that time is changing. The time of planet earth is being accelerated, transformed, through the consciousness inflow and the individuals who are resonating through love to the Unified Field. See, the Unified Field is love and love is timeless for it is unified in all polarities. It is for this reason that you are experiencing such intensification of energy, into diferent polarities. That which is time is dissolving. You will see, as one chooses perhaps to move into a fourth density, this solar system turning into light, transforming into the form of your own consciousness, so that the form of your own consciousness becomes the solar system, is aligned to the frequency of the sun, so that all planets become the sun, they become one, they become defrosted for the time frames are defrosted. The future of life on earth will greatly be changed, it will never be as it is now, that is for somewhere else, and that already exists, and much of the earth’s third dimensional patterns, elements and lifeforms have already been transported to these other worlds. They already exist in different densities, in different parallel universes, in which you get the equivalents of third density. This goes on for infinitum in this universe. But ultimately a vast place is being prepared within a totally new universe, we have termed it the thirteenth universe which we have explored. The third density aspects on earth are changing and will cease to exist as you know them within the next two thousand years in totality. There will be a great
hunger within the humanity of the world for understanding of the awakening dream…. —Unit Emmanuel, Aton-Ra 5: The Universal Harvest, November 1990, Copenhagen, Denmark We ask you to listen to your inner heart. To be a part of this vast musicle tune, and not be appart. To learn to develope your own unique musical tone - it will so enhance this sound of the cosmic orchestra, the cosmic song. It is your sound that we are helpoing, if you will, develope, and that your Higher Self: Christ, which we are, wishes to be intune. And then the music shall be even more complete than it is now. For you on Earth are opperating on a base level, in Earth one learns to integrate all the seven levels within the deep or depth of the lower part of creation, or the physical part, and its many layers adjacent to it. This includes the Etheric [etheric?]. For each stage within the universe has many different layers connected and working as one with it. Just as the spiritual has within it seven different levels corresponding to each other. Just as this colour spectrum dimension that Earth is in, has the seven coloured spectrummed. And yes, although each colour spectrum dimension in itself is a white light, it from a greater distance would appear to be vibrating in a pink/red vibration - that is that of Earth of the third dimension. This we have gone into. Each colour corresponds to one of the seven levels adjascent to all the different manifestations. And so you onb Earth are learning to integrate, to unite, into one whole body, all those seven consciousness's on Earth. And then, through that allignment, you are able to bring down the higher energies, to act as a sive, flow the levels above that. That will then form another instrument, which will be then the direct flow of God into Earth. And then Earth will absorb this, and all matter throughout the universe, all molecules, will become receivers. And the highest level will be braught into the lowest level, and the lowest into the highest, until there is no differntation between lower and higher, or inbetween, but just one state vibrating in many different levels in one harmoniuos tune, with many different octaves tones and pitches, within it. This is the game, this is the role - not just this universe, but all other universes, unique of course, to this. As each star system is unique, to any other, as each planet is unique to any other, as each galaxy is unique to any other. Yet all follow the flow of cosmic law, of Gods Law, if you will. So now you see complexity, but that complexity is simplicity. It will not be long before you experience intensifications of the inpouring of the highest level of the physical colour spectrum, the Etheric - the Christ of the physical, or adjascent to the physical manifestation, inpouring in vast amounts. Yes, it already has been large, but we are talking of large increases, which in many places may cause internal turmoil where areas are not united. And then of separated pools of creative colour, are realigned, are transmuted into their original wave form and length, and it taking on a slightly new development a slightly new tune of vibration [exactly 2:10 as I typed this], and being somewhat more independent in its flow to universal law. So then as you are operating as One Body, but individual and unique within that body, where all matter is one with the Christ [Oversoul] of the physical colour
spectrum dimension of Earth, then that is absorbed into the next greater and larger whole. NEW EARTH FLASHES AND THE MAGNETIC EARTH CROSS Astronaut Ed Lu returned from a six-month tour as science officer on the international space station and one nagging puzzle: what caused the mysterious flashes of light he saw while studying the Earth's aurora from orbit? Lu, who was a research astrophysicist before becoming an astronaut, spent 100 hours watching the northern and southern lights during half a year in space. The auroral light show, which takes place well below the station's 380km altitude, shimmers and pulses depending on natural variations in incoming solar particles trapped by the Earth's magnetic field. On three occasions - July 11, September 24 and October 12 - Lu saw something markedly different: flashes as bright as the brightest stars, which lasted only a second then blinked off again. some previously unreported pheno-menon associated with the aurora. Orbiting astronaut sees mystery lights The Guardian Thursday October 30, 2003 http://www.guardian.co.uk/life/dispatch/story/0,12978,1073327,00.html Flashes seen by astronauts remain mysterious 19:00 16 April 2003 NewScientist.com news service Will Knight The strange streaks of light seen by astronauts on space missions, linked to cosmic rays, still defy a full explanation. The latest work confirms that the flashes can be correlated with the high-energy particles known as cosmic rays Scientists originally suspected that heavy cosmic particles, such as helium and lithium, were more likely to produce the flashes, rather than the lighter protons. A 2002 study in which cosmonauts on the space station Mir recorded flashes while wearing head-mounted particle detectors showed that visible flashes were indeed more likely when heavy cosmic particles hit the detector. But the research by Casolino and his colleagues now reveals that the phenomenon is more complex than thought. Of particular interest to the team was the frequency of flashes recorded as astronauts passed through a region known as the South Atlantic Anomaly (SAA). In this region, the influence of the Earth's magnetic field is reduced, resulting in unusually large number of proton particles. But the number of flashes seen by astronauts did not increase in proportion, indicating that protons cannot be the only cause of flashes.
However, there was still a slight increase in the number of flashes in the SAA region. Casolino notes, the phenomenon provides " the only way to really see an elementary particle". http://www.newscientist.com/article.ns?id=dn3640. Journal reference:Nature (vol 422, p 680) Thus these anomolous flashes increased at the magnetic anomoulie zone of the Magnetic Cross. NASA spacecraft are monitoring an interstellar wind coming from the constellation Ophiuchus. http://science.nasa.gov/headlines/y2004/17dec_heliumstream.htm What Are Those Objects In The Trails? - Part 2 By Brenda Livingston http://tracers.8m.com 1-8-5 In "What Are Those Objects In The Trails?" Part 1 I described two different types of spheroidal shaped objects - one smaller and darker in shade which attaches to a larger white object within a certain type of persistent contrail or 'chemtrail' (I will refer to these trails as PCs). The objects in combination (dark/white 'combos') or the dark objects moving independently then proceed out of each trail (containing hundreds of objects) performing various feats and activities in the atmosphere and at ground level. (see http://tracers/8m.com/tracers.html and http://tracers.8m.com/pcobjects.htm for photos and video captures of the 'combo' objects - and http://tracers.8m.com/darkobjs.htm for the "dark objects") The dark objects line the exterior of the PC and soon after the trail is laid begin to seek out and "attach" to the rounded clumps of white material of which the white objects are composed. As few as two or as many as ten or more dark objects may surround the spheroidal white material - smaller amounts for two and larger amounts for more. The dark objects may not attach to this white material and may fly independently, swarm one another outside the PC or be seen hovering in nearby cloud linings. The dark/white 'combos' may fly about independently swooping or moving in a straight-path in any direction at tremendous speeds. These objects may hover silently overhead at times seeming to bob, tumble or spin - .and may reverse or change course with the greatest of ease - .The dark/white "combos" may join other 'combos' in a variety of formations and conglomerate forms ('clusters'). (see http://www.rense.com/general54/amorph.htm and http://tracers.8m.com/pcobjclusters.htm).
A multitude of 'combo' objects may travel together separately in the sky moving from one area to another (often referred to as 'fleets') or these may interact more closely moving in close formations - one trailing after another ('trains') or gather in diamond shaped formations. The 'combo' objects may also themselves combine to form conglomerate 'clusters' - combining the white material of two or more small 'combos' having now several dark objects attached to a larger combination object. In Anthony Wood's video "My Journey", a conglomerate cluster is caught on film moving close to ground level, the dark objects moving about the white material flaring up with heat and at times producing an intense reddish light flash. The dark objects appear as dark brown to black to hazy grey at times, surrounded by a gaseous haze and appear to be releasing various colors streams of possible gases or chemicals. These colors are red, blue and yellow - which sometimes combine to produce purple, green and orange. Thought it is hard to estimate size, from comparing hundreds of pictures some taken near objects such as trees and aircraft, these dark objects appear to be approximately 2-4 feet in diameter. These dark objects can change shape (morph) to a certain degree - some photos showing them to be in an oblong shape. In the best photographs and videos one can see small projections at times (particularly while interacting with the white material and flaring up). Some of the dark particulate of which the dark objects are composed is released as they fly about one another particularly while 'buzzing' (moving very quickly around one another in close proximity).This particulate may provide an important clue as to the origin and creation of these dark ovoid-shaped objects. CLOUD BY DAY - FIRE BY NIGHT? There is growing evidence to strongly suggest a connection between at least some of the spheres producing various degrees of light and color at night and the "cloudy" objects moving out of persistent contrails by day. A remarkable photo taken during the evening hours by Mark Olson (http://www.sonorasightings.com and http://tracers.8m.com/nighglow.htm) does appear to show a dark/white 'combo' object beginning to glow after the sun has set. One can readily see two dark objects on either side of a larger white one - the white object producing the low glow. It is now apparent that the colored chemicals or gases contained in the materials of the dark objects can combine with the material of the white objects and produce light in the daylight hours. This light can be an intense flash or a more subtle glow. (see http://tracers.8m.com/glow.htm) Phoenix Arizona has seen much activity ranging from sightings and video of dark/white 'combos'. See the wonderful shots taken by Jeff Willes of Phoenix at
http://tracers.8m.com/tracers.html which show the flexibility of the materials of the white objects during 'combo' activity. Rich Giordano also of Phoenix has taken some interesting shots of these objects. While certainly not limited to Phoenix (photos of PCs and these related objects have been taken over many countries all over the planet), Phoenix has had its share of observable activity - both day and night. Jeff Willes' observation that the daylight photos that he took on the day of the widely observed and publicized Night of the Phoenix Lights on March 13, 1997 was recognized and featured by a local Phoenix television station. (see http://www.katmax.tv/phoenixlights.htm). When comparing the daylight sightings/photos with those taken at night over Phoenix, several factors certainly seem to link these sightings - other than the fact that all objects are spherical in shape and relatively the same size. The night time photos taken by Dr. Lynne Kitei and Rob Kritkausky both of Phoenix and the day photos taken by Jeff Willes and Rich Giordano Exhibit the characteristics seen in dark/white 'combo' objects in other parts of the U.S. and world: (see http://www.thephoenixlights.com/pages/03.htmland http://tracers.8m.com/nighglow.htm for night photos and video captures) (1) The dark objects can be easily seen in Rob Kritkausky's capture (at the NightGlow page above) appearing on either side of the glowing 'string of lights' which is comparable in position to the dark objects in countless other pictures of the PC related objects. In Dr. Kitei's picture, one can see with and without enhancement spheroidal objects on either side of a larger one - also comparable to daylight photographs. (2) Several photos taken during the day of PC related objects show a substance or material connecting objects in a row or 'train'. Sighting reports of low glowing objects in a straggling line or chevron formation also include the description of all objects surrounded by an amorphous substance which connects the objects. In Rob Kritkausky's capture one can see what appears to be glowing substance connecting the string (or 'train") of spherical objects. (see http://tracers.8m.com/nighglow.htm) (3) Rob Kritkautsky created an excellent animated model of the geometric patterns and motions of these glowing objects he taped moving across the night skies of Phoenix in 2004. (see http://www.worldblend.net/worldblendbu/phoenix_lights_gallery.htm). This string of lights match the pattern of daylight sightings and photos/videos of dark/white PC related "combos" in 'train' formations. The geometric patterns of the lights and rotating sweeping motions also are very similar to movements of the "combos' in multiple (fleet) formations in daylight hours. I personally had the opportunity to witness a display of glowing lights in a straggling chevron formation passing overhead at night which had an
amorphous slightly glowing substance connecting the objects. - and have witnessed and photographed a grouping of 15-20 white/silvery spheres moving overhead in similar patterns as the lights filmed by Rob Kritkausky - in Texas. What is interesting is that during the original March 13, 1997 Phoenix Lights many observers witnessed lights moving past in similar formation - though many had difficulty distinguishing separate lights from a possible chevron shaped objects with lights underneath. Those with longer observations did see these strings of lights begin to shift positions indicating that these were indeed separate objects moving together in a long "train" like those seen in the daytime skies. All this does seem to suggest that these may indeed be the same phenomena and all connected to those mysterious trails crossing our skies - These objects may also account for the intensely bright colorful 'fireball-like' displays, air 'explosions' and strange fires seen during flaps of lights and unexplained objects in the areas. The heat and light capability of these 'combo' objects may range from a low glow or flash of light - to a fiery ball depending on the size of the white material - and number of dark objects attached. (see http://tracers.8m.com/mystfire.htm) DARK OBJECTS - COMPOSITION It is becoming apparent that the objects are created within the trails themselves. And it is the materials and chemistry that have contributed to this creation that form the persistent contrails and pseudo clouds and residual haze filling our skies - materials that degrade and disperse and fall to the earth below. Any theory attempting to explain the dark objects that attach to the larger white objects/material would need to include explanations for flight, morphing capability, particulate trails, heat, light - and the chemicals and/or gases producing not only light but explosive bursts of light and energy. One theory has surfaced which suggests that the dark objects are actually composed of smart nanoparticles or nanotubes - perhaps refractive or ferromagnetic materials - and like smart dust are pre-programmed to take various shapes - thus the dark objects ability to 'morph' or change shape to some degree. These particles composing the dark object also contain chemicals/gases that can produce heat and light. These chemicals/gases which cause the dark object to flare up - appear also to have the capacity to ignite the (polymer) material that composes the white objects - producing a low glow to a brilliant light. This light which emanates from the white material of the 'combo' may reflect the color of the chemicals/gases (thus red, blue, yellow lights) or remain a white to goldish-white color.
These colors of the "dark objects" and at times flowing from them may represent a chemical change in them as they interact with different gases or elements in the local environment. Each color change may signal contact with one another or various substances - providing information to individual objects or those keeping track of them. Another theory is that individual dark objects have specific types of missions and 'pathways' of navigation and require that 'signals' to be imparted to surrounding objects as to this information. The colored chemical material (or "tracer" may seep from the objects indicating its identity and pathway (for collision avoidance and other necessary information) - A potential type of material that might account for the metamorphic shape-changing of the dark objects' material is magneto-restrictive materials such as ferrite or Terfenol-D which align within a magnetic field. This type of material could potentially withstand the high temperatures produced by these objects and conform with the observations of their ability to roam around or "buzz" one another and the larger white objects/material. Have we artificial life (similar to the GOLEM project except far more complex) or perhaps an aerial "utility fog" inhabiting our atmosphere? Or might this be a much more mysterious proposition? In order to produce or self-replicate, each dark object would have to have to capacity to create the particles to make hundreds of like objects. Video from several studies show dark/white "combos" objects or combinations/formations of "combos" moving through the atmosphere apparently creating objects (both dark and white) identical to themselves. It appears that the dark objects on either side or surrounding the larger white object/material are exuding dark particulate material which forms a dark trail behind each as they move through the sky. Likewise, the white object is releasing white material which forms the core of the persistent contrail - the dark material on either side. At some point, the dark particulate moves together into the ovoid-shaped dark objects which line up on the exterior of the PC. The white material emanating from the larger white object appears to form into rounded objects in the vortices within the PC and remain in these clumped spheroidal shapes until the dark objects locate them and attach. The residual chemicals and materials remain within the PC until wind shear and the dark/white "combo" pull some of this residue out of the trail into the surrounding atmosphere (thus the strange colors and 'sundogs' as this material reflects in the sunlight). This material then appears to form the pseudo PC clouds - the white or dark flowing wispy clouds filling the sky after the PCs begin to dissipate. At times this material spreads and creates a white or grey haze obscuring the sky.
The dark objects appear at times to be solid objects surrounded by ionized gases and/or magnetic fields. At other times when in cluster combinations of several "combos", the dark objects appear to be loosely composed amorphous objects with hair-like projections as they move around the white object/material. Although remaining in roughly spheroidal shapes, they appear to break apart somewhat and combine to some extent with other dark objects in this instance. During these episodes of "combo" clustering, the dark objects may flare up brightly producing intense heat and a reddish glow. Although other dark objects are nearby - they appear to be unaffected by individual dark object 'flare-ups'. The white object(s)/ material remains not consumed by the heat while directly juxtaposed to the flaring dark objects. The white objects/material does appear to glow or produce light simultaneously to the flaring up of the dark objects - at times producing a very bright flash of light. The dark objects thus must not only be programmed to form into these shapes and perform the variety of flight acrobatics - they must contain chemicals/gases that produce heat and light without being consumed by it. POLYMER SPHERES? The white 'objects' appear to be formed within the persistent contrail from the material released by another similar object or object formation. (see http://tracers.8m.com/trailmakers.htm). Each PC may contain polymers and/or amorphous flowing material which is heavier than air - which seems to 'roll' into a spheroidal shape within the vortices and turbulence of the wake of the trail. The theory about the larger white object containing polymers is based upon observations and related physical evidence. The long strands of sticky fibers and silicon looking 'flecks' that appear to fall over large regions are often accompanied by the PC related "combo" objects hovering or moving slowly overhead during polymer falls. Like those reports from decades ago of web-like material coming literally from white spheres (see http://tracers.8m.com/ahair.htm), sightings of the long shimmering strands being connected to the "combo" objects seem to affirm these past reports. In the last month, I personally have witnessed the PC objects having long polymer strands connected to them. One "combo" object moved slowly overhead changing shape and color - bright white to dark tones - while sporting a long (perhaps a hundred feet) strand of think shiny material off one side. In another sighting, I witnessed two objects moving together in tandem overhead - one white with dark objects attached - the other reddish. (see the fourth picture on http://tracers.8m.com/pcobjclusters.htm - a similar double object cluster) These two separate objects appeared to be attached by a long thick glimmering strand of material. This does not prove by any sense of the word that the central object in these 'combos' were composed of this polymer material. It was possible
that since this was during a polymer fall - and some of the material simply attached to these objects (although there have been in the past reports of white spherical objects 'shedding' web-like material). What is most interesting is that upon close microscopic examination of the polymer strands, one sees tiny fibers interwoven to form larger strands. Most of these fibers are white - some almost stringy (and very sticky) - yet glisten in the sunlight. In some samples are scant numbers of red or yellow fibers - and intermixed within all of the fibers are often a few rounded "particles" (not uniform in shape). One theory suggests that these are merely remnants of the 'dark objects' once they are 'used' and are dispersed into the atmosphere - simply falling with the polymers to the ground. Other theories hold that the polymers are chemical detectors - having sensors embedded within the fibers - Thus the 'particles' are either sensors turning color in reaction to atmospheric pollutants or other chemicals in the atmosphere - or pollutants themselves undergoing a chemical reaction for identification. It is interesting to note that the colors of these few fibers and "particles" are the same as the colors exhibited by the 'dark objects'. And these same colors are seen within the strange pseudo cloud remnants of the unusual persistent contrails (or 'chemtrails'). .. reds, blues, yellows - and their combinations. Several reports of the wispy PC 'clouds' of residue material moving down to ground level speaks to the unusual characteristics of these particular trails. Not only are there reports of the wispy cloud material on the ground, military personnel near a base reported a long persistent contrail at ground level. During one such occurrence of PC material at ground level-- the white wispy cloud (wisps flaring upwards) descended upon a wooded area just before full sunrise. As the sun hit this strange fog in this low lying area, this PC cloud began to disperse and ascend - leaving a whole host of fluffy white balls of polymer material. This material covered the long grasses and the tops of brush in the area for a short time degrading in the sunlight. Unfortunately no samples were taken but this material resembled other fluffy rounded material tested at various labs (see http://tracers.8m.com/ah.htm) These particular analyses state that similar samples over time were composed of protein amides, fatty acid amides and various hydrocarbons and volatiles. These materials could be related to those in artificially produced silk-like polymers. If indeed this was a PC cloud and produced these spherical shaped clumps of material - it is a distinct possibility that this process may occur higher in the atmosphere. And - it is important to keep in mind that the material composing the larger white spheroidal objects must be capable of sustaining a low to extremely bright
light (possibly ignited by the dark objects) while not being consumed by the heat produced by the dark objects. FIRE AND ICE? What is most mysterious is the 'cold core' within each of the white objects (could this be ice crystals caught up in this process in the center of the rolling process?) And might the release of these polymers and accumulated 'ice' at a later time account for the 'fall' of these materials or elements? The idea that accumulated ice crystals could form into "ice balls" within the vortices of a contrail may not be as far fetch as it sounds. The so-called 'ice falls' of large rounded chunks of almost pure water with a minimum of contaminants have been reported from many parts of the world. Examination and conjecture by scientists in Spain, Italy and the U.S. differ as to the possible origins but one thing remains clear these chunks of ice did not originate from known aircraft and most fell on clear days. "Megocryometeors" as these large chunks or balls of ice (ranging from 4 to 9 inches in diameter) are referred to by the scientists studying them appear to be similar to hailstones. Professor Jesus Martinez Frias of the Astrobiology Center in Spain determined that the samples of the ice falls which were so prevalent in Spain in 2000 and 2001 were almost 100% water similar to distilled water with only trace amounts of dust, ammonia and nitrates detectable. In some yet to be explained way these mysterious balls of ice are formed and fall through the atmosphere without a cloud in sight. Normally hailstones are formed within a cloud drops of water freezing and getting caught up in wind currents which bounce them up and down in colder and warmer areas. This process adds layers of ice building a larger and larger ice ball which eventually falls to the ground as hail. Because these large chunks of ice are seemingly formed in a similar way as hailstones --they must contain a large amount of water usually only found in clouds. Charles Knight of the University of Boulder Atmospheric Research Center states that "solid ice cannot form in the absence of thick heavy visible clouds." David Travis of the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater presents a theory that with global climate change layers of the atmosphere have greater differences in temperatures. When an aircraft contrail creates ice crystals these remain longer in more turbulent trails bouncing about between these layers of the atmosphere forming large chunks of ice which then plummet to the ground. The problem with this theory is that aircraft trails likely will not move up and down thousands of feet between atmospheric layers to form the large pieces of ice. And how do these scientist explain how these heavy balls of ice remain suspended in the atmosphere for all the time it must take to create them?
One theory is that the sticky polymer strands and an unidentified 'milky' substance fill the interior of the trail (the dark objects in the lining) and as they are released into the atmosphere, the strands adhere together forming white spheroidal 'clumps' of material. The dark objects are programmed to seek out these rounded clumps and utilize it in some fashion, perhaps as a fuel or energy source. Some have suggested if human made that this material is used for remediation of atmospheric contaminants or pollutants, although all is speculation at present as to the purpose of the material. As both the dark and dark/white 'combos' move through the atmosphere they appear to release some of their material (this shown in a variety of videos) the dark objects in the particulate trails and the white objects small 'globs' of material. If some of the material contained in the white object is thin strands of polymer, this is most reminiscent of sighting reports going back decades of white spheres releasing strands of "angel hair" which appeared 'web-like' on the ground. (see http://tracers.8m com/ahair.htm). As this white material composed of thick sticky polymers and other milky substances are released and begin to roll together in the turbulence of the PC ice crystals may be caught up in the process the thick substances forming a protective and buoyant outer shell. The ice may roll and collect more ice slightly melting and refreezing as more ice crystals are added forming an icy core to the white material objects. Within a short time the dark objects locate the white objects and attach perhaps having the capacity to hold up the weight of the white material and the icy core. While this is only a theory it does provide an intriguing solution to what may be producing the "cold core" seen in the middle of the larger white objects with the help of heat sensing film and softwareand may provide an answer to the "ice fall" mystery. HEAT & A COLD CORE An Anti-Gravity Superconductor? What is most interesting is that both objects appear to be surrounded by ionized gases (or a corona). This along with the appearance of 'hair-like' projections from the dark objects, the release of colored chemicals or gases and a 'cold core' within the larger white object suggests not only a magnetic or superconductor antigravity process (the gases and cold core as coolants), but an electro-chemical light producing one. (These possibilities will be discussed in a future article). On examination of dark and white combos and combo clusters -- using various filters including those that reveal heat and cold temperatures of distance objects -- one thing remains consistent. The core of the larger white objects is cold while the dark objects range from ambient temperatures to very hot -- seeming to be in flames at certain points while attached to the white objects. Comparison of the sizes of the cold cores of the white objects and the dark objects show these to be similar in size.
In some images which reveal the heat of the dark objects and cold of the white object's core -- reveal what looks like a flame surrounding the dark objects...the white objects adjacent to them maintaining their cold core and the substance surrounding them remaining at background temperatures. This suggests that both objects can withstand heat and not be consumed by the heat and flames generated by the dark objects. These combos and clusters have been seen, videotaped and photographed at altitudes of 20-40K to a hundred feet off the ground. Questions remain as to whether these cold and heat processes are active at all altitudes, temperatures and atmospheric conditions. It is clear that the cold cores of the white objects and the heat of the dark are active at lower altitudes. And one sequence of images suggests the possibility that at least the heat and flammability of the dark objects can be very active at approximate 20-30K. Is this a type of antigravity or maglev process perhaps using a YBCO superconductor and magnetic field to keep these materials up in the atmosphere? YBCO is composed of yturrium (which is the red in the TV screen), barium, copper and oxide which along with other chemicals and gases, could be providing the ingredients for flight, propulsion and other attributes of these mysterious machines. The cold core could function as a coolant, similar to the way liquid nitrogen cools a superconductor. It appears that after the dark objects 'attach' to the white objects at some point they release a flowing colored substance which may be the catalyst for the white objects to emit light perhaps heating the white substance that is surrounding the white objects. This is seen in photographs and videos of white objects with two, four or more dark objects attached. The larger the white object, the more dark objects can attach. In a multitude of photographs and video captures, one can easily notice a luminosity and at times a prism effect running across the PC. With a closer look, at the beginning of a trail after a space, a dark line forming along the outer edges of the trail. Soon this dark line separates into multiple ovoid shapes that spread out from one another along the edge of the contrail. Within the two (usually two) dark lines is a white substance which further down the PC forms vortices. As the vortices form, the PC substance or material appears to coalesce into rounded or spheroidal objects. These may be the formation of these two distinct objects that seem to fill some PCs. How can this be? Nanotechnology and autonomous intelligent (smart) polymers and other materials may be at work in this 'creation'... all fully programmed to become the dark objects (autonomous aerial robot) made of 'smart' flexible and morphing materials that can generate heat and light and white objects composed of fibres/polymers with an icy core. Together these can produce superconductivity and antigravity flight.
Inexpensive, self-creating materials...creating self-replicating, self-reconfiguring, self-regulating robotry. All beginning with an aircraft filled with nanomaterials.... with some of the newly created robotry equipped with the capability of creating more PCs with more nanotech based robots. Interestingly enough, this could also explain polymer falls and ice falls... when the white objects have been expended by the dark objects... what goes up must come down. Material such as 'smart' dust and 'smart' nanotech and polymers would simply disintegrate, subliminate or separate into microscopic particles and fall to the earth. POSSIBLE MISSIONS? If these are human-made, potential missions might be to monitor the atmosphere, the weather, geological activity, pollution, biological/chemical threats, various experimental tests and chemicals within 'chemtrails'...and people....people who are seen as threats ...and all citizens (see my article http://www.rense.com/general47/uav.htm) for information on how UAVs and robotry can be used to conduct domestic spying. The persistent contrails can be seen spanning the globe appearing to move from location to location. If this is indeed a government project, the sheer numbers of these objects (perhaps a hundred or more per trail) would make this a priority project costing billions of dollars, not to count the amount spent behind the scenes for research and development. Those in charge of this undertaking seem not to mind the people of the world seeing and filming the persistent trails or objects. Actually, once the objects were recognized by a substantial number of curious videographers, the trails are no longer a convenient camouflage for the activity, but a focal point to obtain more information about the objects. It is also most curious that those behind this project of magnanimous proportions are not concerned with dispersing thousands of objects into the airspace of multiple countries, friend or potential foe. Either there is an agreement amongst the countries involved for this activity to proliferate in their skies (which would allow a staggering amount surveillance and spying to take place), or the developers of these ubiquitous atmospheric invasion simply do not care that other peoples or nations know. When studying persistent contrails themselves, one must distinguish commercial airliners and other aircraft that create PCs from those that produce the objects, which is no easy task. It is easier to search for objects in persistent trails and attempt to follow their activity. Two incidents bare examination which may enlighten us as to the objects' mission or activities, although there are certainly more to draw upon. One was the events at Mt. Popocatapetl in 2001 and 2002 (see
http://tracers.8m.com/poposeries1.htm) and the other the aircraft-object interaction with the Mexican Air Force on May 3, 2004. (see http://www.rense.com/general52/deff.htm) An associate and myself had been visiting the Cenepred site (a camera set up by the Mexican government along with the US Geological Survey to monitor the volcano) with some frequency during this time. One day we noticed what looked like a PC related "combo" object in the upper right hand corner of the screen. This object had not been there previously"though we had seen other candidate objects moving across the screen on other occasions. This object remained in the same position for several days. It was not noticeable at night but at first light either was dark or was a typical "combo" looking object with a larger white spheroid surrounded by two dark objects. Our guess was that when it appeared to be dark, it was facing another direction only showing the dark object on one side to the camera. We had seen this many times before as the "combo" objects spun out of the persistent trails or moved across the sky. While this object remained relatively stationary and certainly not distant to the camera other 'trains' of objects (several objects in a row) began to cross over the lower ridge of the mountain in the distance and proceed toward the camera. Coming into view on the right side of the screen, these 'trains' of objects moved past the center (as we observed one frame at a time every 1-2 minutes) toward the left getting closer and appearing larger in size. Following the same sequence over several days at about the same time every day "two object 'trains' would disappear off screen" and suddenly one would appear close to the camera (at about the same distance as the stationary "combo" object) at the top center of the screen. This 'train' consistent of three 'combo' objects closely nudged against one another. It moved downward on the screen until it moved just underneath the stationary object and then moved off screen. This was a repeat performance for 5 consecutive days. It was interesting to note that the stationary object would begin to release a reddish substance from the region of the dark objects when approached by the 3 combo train. Likewise the members of the train began to release a bluish substance during the approach. Could this substance be a chemical tracer for identification and collision avoidance, or a sophisticated communication process? The light flashing (perhaps likened to photonics) and the chemistry involved could certainly contain information necessary for these objects to carry out their missions. What is apparent is that there is a programmed sequence involved in this episode for what purpose is anybody's guess. Why the 'combo' object remained stationary and most visible before the camera for this length of time suggests either an acute awareness of the camera by this object, or a total oblivion to it. The train of objects certainly were moving along a similar pathway every day at about the same time..and crossing near the stationary object.
One could conjecture that the stationary object was at a specific location to received information or exchange information with the 'train' of objects, a particular rendezvous point. Whether this information could have had anything to do with the volcano (i.e., monitoring gases or associated atmospheric changes, etc.) there is no way to know. But further monitoring of this particular camera is a suggested activity for researchers interested in learning more about the objects. Reading the reports of the crew of the government aircraft over Ciudad del Carmen, Campeche Mexico on May 3, 2004 17:00 hour several clues about the objects becomes apparent: The objects were not visible yet were detected both on radar and an infrared camera (FLIR STAR ZAPPHIR II) used to detect aircraft in surveillance missions. These objects appeared as spherical in shape -- some having smaller objects on either side of them; there were objects looking very similar to the dark objects associated with PCs; there are 'trains' in the FLIR video; these objects could only be seen via the infrared camera; and that these objects could out perform the aircraft in following the aircraft and being chased by it. The fact that these objects could only be seen by the FLIR camera indicated that they produced heat, which is consistent with the PC related 'combo' objects. PC object-aircraft interaction has been reported with frequency, most single objects flying near the wing of an aircraft or moving around the contrail. It certainly appears that these objects can be seen at times in the visible spectrum but also captured only on normal or IR 35mm film or videotape. The reported object-aircraft interactions have been more investigative and non-hostile in nature, although this encounter almost bordered on the playful, although the crew likely was not in a state of mind to appreciate this at the time. The objects were organized in their effects to surround the craft and follow without interfering with the aircraft in any discernible way. It became more like a game of tag than anything else, with the objects very aware that they were 'seen' by other than human vision. This of course suggests intelligence and on-the-fly decision making as well as a high degree of communication capability. swarm intelligence. HUMAN MADE OBJECTS? These objects obviously have no trouble following and interacting with aircraft and are not adverse to be seen or detected by the general public watching from the ground or military 'sensing' the objects via radar, infrared cameras or other devices from the air (or space). But the activity begs the question "why"? Why would humans go to such expense to race around and play tag with various types of aircraft with special UAVs or robotry in visible or invisible mode?
And, If a clandestine or Black Operation, why are these objects visible to the naked eye at all?? Another question that needs close examination is if these are human made "why is there no concern about violating the airspace of multiple countries (i.e., U.S., UK, Mexico, France, Austria, Russia, Japan, Australia, etc.) If these were a secret 'black project'", why are these visible at night flying in formation over populated areas easily seen and filmed by both civilian and government personnel? If whomever is creating these objects wants to remain clandestine to gather data or information over specific areas at specific times why not use the 'invisibility' feature all of the time? What stretches the theory that these are human-made (rather than naturally occurring or made by unknown intelligence) is the fact that these objects certainly appear to have been seen and filmed over the decades like 'angel hair' or polymer falls (which are associated with the objects). Comparisons of these dark and white "combo" objects to white spheres witnessed and filmed in the 1950's show a great similarity suggesting that these objects have been proliferating in our skies for at least decades. Film made by Navy Chief Warrant Officer Delbert C. Newhouse on July 2, 1952 appears to show multiple white spherical objects moving in formations very similar to those witnessed and videographed by Anthony Woods around Portsmouth UK in the early 2000s. The "fleet" footage of white spheres over Mexico in the 1980's and 1990's bear a striking resemblance to those filmed in the 1950's and current videotaped of the PC related objects. All of these objects appear to be the dark and white "combo" objects most notably those with two dark objects on either side of a larger white object seen and photographed/videotaped forming and moving out of some types of persistent contrails. Other film taken in the 1950's also appear to show a white persistent trail with a strange dark object in front of it and "combos" above and below this trail appearing and 'dissipating'. This certainly suggests that while there is a great increase in both persistent contrails from standard aircraft and possibly an increase in these unusual trails the object 'trailmakers' were creating these objects long before the trails caught our attention in the mid-1990's. (polymer falls or 'angel hair' and ice falls also have been reported for decades) If this is so, was our military or 'industrial complex' in the 1950's capable of producing these mysterious objects - that can fly at extreme speeds, defy gravity morph into various shapes producing intense light flashes day and night? The question remains: Have human-made robotry or artificial life attained this degree capability and can humans produce the amount of materials that could cover the global atmosphere with such technology - or are we making contact
with someone or something other than human or human endeavor inhabiting these realms?
MORE UFO COSMIC RAY TSUNAMI Arizona - Glowing Gold Sphere NW PHOENIX -- The observer was at the local car dealership on December 12, 2004, at 10 AM when a gold sphere flew over. The dealership had a long string of balloons floating up in sky for promotional uses. A group of colored balloons floated away reaching an estimated 400 feet, with a balloon about every 10 feet on a string. As I watched the group of balloons float away, I saw a bright white light above the string of balloons. At first, I thought it was one of those hovering Mylar balloons reflecting sunlight, but moved like nothing I had ever seen before. It was a bright white sphere and moved higher, then, it moved on a 45 degree angle, then instantly went horizontal from south to north. Then, it went on another 45 degree angle up and to the north and hovered again and flew behind the balloons. It hovered there north of the second string of balloons-as the sphere moved it changed colors to gold. The observer grabbed his binoculars and focused in on a definitely glowing gold sphere. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com ! SEDONA -- Madeline writes, "I just read your newsletter with all the pictures. I thought you might enjoy this photo. This picture of Dr. Turi www.drturi.com was taken about five years ago. Unbeknownst to him at the time, there was a triangle in the air clearly seen behind him. He was in Sedona at the time at Chet Snow's conference. That is why he has his nametag on, he was a speaker." Thanks to Madeline. California - Triangle CHICO -- On December 9, 2004, shortly after midnight the witness observed a slow flying triangle with five orange lights as it flew east silently almost directly overhead Chico State University. The object was visible as it flew through the low, blowing broken overcast. Five orange lights were visible running around the circumference of the object, none were particularly bright. The witness estimated the craft's altitude was between 1,500 to 3000 feet, and its speed about 65 mph. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director PALM DESERT – The observer saw a large luminous yellow-green colored craft, with external white lights on December 9, 2004, about 5:10 PM. The craft was so low that it wasn't visible at times behind the trees. It traveled fast, but slower than an airplane, from east to west. I saw it first from my residence for a few seconds, then behind trees, then visible again. I drove to Country Club Drive and
saw the glowing object heading west, becoming smaller and smaller, until the "glow" disappeared. It was shaped like a flattened football, and appeared quite large. Thanks to Peter Davenport www.UFOcenter.com MODESTO -- R. David Anderson writes, " I took these pictures at about 3:15 PM, on December 22, 2004. I was out in the yard playing with the kids when I noticed some planes in the clear sky. My daughter grabbed some toy binoculars and said that she wanted to be a UFO watcher. I said it was okay and got the camera. We watched and I noticed something else moving a little to the east of a jet so I began to take pictures and a video. My daughter asked me if I saw a UFO. I replied yes, there was one there but they missed it. Five minutes later, my daughter sighted a bright object that was moving southeast just above the roof line of our house. It made absolutely no noise. This looked very white and a little long or cylinder like. It continued on this track for the entire time that we watched it and I took some photos and got trees and a UFO in both pictures. Enlarged it looks a little like a triangle. I have an enlargement of this picture at my website at www.ufobase.net See views 4 Florida – Flying Triangle Followed Us TAMPA -- It was just past half-time at the Tampa Bay Bucs vs Atlanta football game at Raymond Stadium at 2:45 PM, on December 5, 2004, I sit in the south end zone so this object was northwest of my location and quite high up. We were noticing contrail activity from planes when I saw a flash like a plane strobe. I got my binoculars and it appeared to be a cylinder with a red glowing light on one side that was spinning lengthwise. It would flash each time it revolved. I pointed it out to my mother, wife, nephew and the two guys sitting behind me. It stayed in one position in the sky for about ten minutes. It suddenly jogged quickly east and sat there. It appeared to be moving up and became fainter. As I went to look a final time, my nephew exclaimed "Did you see that?" it took off east in a flash and was gone. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com BRANDFORD -- We were on the way to my uncle's house, my mother, neighbor and I, when my neighbor pointed out a light which she thought was a tower at 6:55 PM, on December 6, 2004. We know there is no tower in that area. Then we realized it wasn't moving, so we kept on driving and it started to move toward us. We stopped the car and we got a little scared so we turned off the lights. It descended like it was looking for us. That was enough for us though we were maybe 1/4 of a mile from my uncles so we decided to go as fast as we could but the light was getting closer to the ground and we saw it was a triangle with a light on each angle. I just thought it was weird for it to follow us like that. We got to my uncles and I ran out of the car. I stopped at the porch and looked back and it was gone. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com Illinois – Odd Noise MACHESNEY PARK – The observer was in front of his house at 2 PM, on December 13, 2004, smoking a cigarette when he starting hearing a very odd noise like very odd TV static. It could have been the wind because it was very
windy outside (25-30mph). There was a buzzing and cracking noise for 15 to 20 minutes that was coming from about 100 feet directly above. The witness got online to talk to a friend who lives 20 miles away in Rockford. He went outside and also described the exact same noise. Another friend felt a very large blast then looked outside to see a very large green, white, and red light about 100 feet above the ground. He then told me that the blast was felt before it actually happened. One of the telephone wires started to spark and all of the lights on the block went out for ten minutes. They stayed on for 15 seconds then went off again. He could actually feel the light in his body, and was very uncomfortable. Shortly, a police officer came to investigate and stated, "He did know what the light was?" ComEd knows nothing of the power outage and said it was probably just wind, but all who were involved know otherwise. Anyone who has seen similar sightings please contact [email protected]. www.UFOCenter.com Indiana – UFO Imaged Bloomington –The observer got a new digital camera two days ago and was playing around taking shots while driving to town on December 16, 2004, well I uploaded the pictures onto the PC this morning ... and was going delete this but a small speck caught my eye, so I enlarged and enhanced the image and what I caught, isn't a plane, and it isn't a bird. With winter coming UFO activity really picks up around here! Thanks to Brian Vike, Director HBCC Michigan - Purple Blinking Light HARBOR BEACH – The witness got up early at 6:34 AM, on December 6, 2004, and looked out the window and there was a blinking light that was floating in the sky and it was kind of going around in circles. It was a large and blinking, kind of having a fierce glow around it, and there were things dropping off of it. The object was sort of a purple colored blinking light. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com Minnesota – Two Rectangles MILLE LACS COUNTY -- On December 15, 2004 at 7 PM, Carl a 19 year old was with a friend Bill at Barry's house in the country. They saw a lot of lights that they thought might be tractors harvesting in a field. They drove over to look, on County Road 101 and realized there were too many lights. They were "freaking out" because there were two crafts, one higher than another, hovering at about tree top level without making any sound. The crafts were four-sided, and about 30 feet long with two blue lights on top, going on and off slowly. It had green lights along the sides, flashing fast with two bright lights at the bottom ends and a soft "reddish" "sort of glow" coming from the center bottom. The craft itself was "dark gray". Carl and Barry said they were 100 feet away. Carl turned the truck so the head lights would try to shine on the crafts ... and that is when they took off fast right above treetop level heading north. Carl and Barry said they chased them going 90 mph down 101 but the things were "long gone. A diagram is
posted at http://www.hbccufo.org/modules.php?name=News&file=article&sid=2148 Mississippi – Strange Sound and Triangle TREMONT -- A strange sound was coming from something hovering over our house on December 14, 2004, at 4:30 PM. The family was awakened about 4:30 AM, by what they thought was a helicopter hovering above their house. It had a strange low droning noise, but very loud. The witness states, "It stayed above our house for about 3 minutes before I looked outside and my wife and I were greeted with a light hovering above a building on our land." When I went outside to take a closer look, it vanished. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director Ohio - UFOs Not Birds FOSTORIA - George Ritter has taken hundreds of hours of video of in his VHS video camera shooting UFOs. Many people have written to explain the video camera is shooting birds or insects that simply appear to be UFOs. George has dozens of bird images since they usually take 30 frames to clear the camera. The UFOs appear on one or two frames. Thanks to George Ritter November 2004. Pennsylvania – Flying Triangle Follows Lady MARTIN'S CORNER – Mary reports she was driving in my car at 10:10 PM from home to her Mother's house on Mother's Day of 2004, when she saw a triangular UFO with flashing red and white lights. It had no sound and it followed my car to the driver's side. I was alone and very scared. It was sited in the town of Martin's Corner and it followed me to my Mother's house which is Wagontown. The major road traveled is Highway 340 east bound and some country roads ending at Red Mill Road. It hovered in the field across the street and I ran into my Mother's house. It seemed as though it wanted to take me but did not force me to go. After a few minutes hovering above the open field it left to the east. Thanks to John Schuessler MUFON Director. PITTSBURGH -- At forty five minutes after midnight on December 4, 2004, a steady glowing orange orb moving from horizon to horizon in ten seconds heading northwest. The object appeared low to ground only 1000-2000 feet high. A second object then shot from west to east at blazing speed and very much lower than before -- about 500 feet and flew from horizon to horizon in one-second. Thanks to Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com South Carolina - Lights With Strobes Over Ocean SURFSIDE BEACH – On December 8, 2004, about 7:30 PM, the witnesses were at the beach house, when they saw a UFO just below and to the right of the Belt of the constellation Orion, probably about 20 degrees above the horizon. There were three orange lights aligned horizontally with a fourth light directly beneath the middle light. These lights seemed spherical, and larger than Mars, which is visible. They appeared for seconds, flashed two or three more times, and there
was haze around them. Then small blinking white strobes were visible in the large surrounding vicinity. It became evident that no aircraft could follow such erratic courses. Some grouped together, flew off to the right, and then returned. The first to appear was a line of three orange lights, which quickly faded, giving way to a similar shape about 5 degrees below and to the left, and soon accompanied by similar lights. After these faded away, there were about five or six strobes visible to the naked eye. They had no obvious destination or pattern until some began to closely group together and gravitate towards the center of Orion. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com MYRTLE BEACH -- My roommate and I had just taken the dogs outside at midnight on December 8, 2004. Suddenly an orangish-reddish glow appeared in the sky moving in a zigzag pattern northeast. Keeping my eye on it, I thought it was going too fast to be an airplane and too slow to be a shooting star. Eventually right before it hit a patch of clouds in the sky, the thing seemed to disappear. Thanks to Peter Davenport Direct www.UFOcenter.com Tennessee -- Strange Lights JOHNSON CITY – At 9 PM, on December 7, 2004, the witness saw a light appear in the sky, which was moving in a trajectory that would be best described as a crash in the distance. The light was a bright white with a barely visible orange trail, about half the radius of the light. My friends also saw the same thing in a different part of the sky at about 9 PM. I did not witness the second event but the description was similar. Then, there was a tremendous amount of aircraft activity above us. We counted 35-40 planes in a period less than 1 hour. They seemed to be doing military maneuvers. The aircraft were heading toward where we had seen the lights. Suddenly a flash of green light streaked across the sky directly above one of the aircraft. Later another, fainter flash happened in front of another aircraft. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com Texas - Triangle COLLEGE STATION – On December 12, 2004, at 10:15 PM., a married couple counted 22 orange-yellow UFOs, flying low, fast and silently east to south over Texas A&M University. Four were randomly moving followed by 18 in a line. The objects appeared in a diamond formation and began to circle randomly around each other (2 objects rotated clockwise while 2 others rotated alternate directions around these) while maintaining course and speed south. They moved at a steady speed from the time that we saw them to the time they disappeared over the trees on the south side of our complex. A minute later, while moving around to the other side of our complex, we saw a line of 18 objects in a half V formation, moving south like the previous four. They flew anywhere from a few hundred to a thousand feet above the ground, with absolutely no noise. They flew faster than birds and as fast if not faster than a jet airplane. The objects were in a very tight formation nearly touching each other. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com Wisconsin – UFOs Seen Almost Daily
FREDERICK – Shawn and his wife called to tell me they are seeing UFOs in Northern Wisconsin almost daily and are taking great photos. The sightings started in July and continue almost daily operating in the valley near their home. Often, he and his family members can feel pressure in their ears as the craft pass over their home. Many of the UFOs blend into the background and appear to be camouflaged. Shawn uses digital cameras and a Sony digital video camera with night vision to capture the objects. He observes objects that look like Lucite willow branches and little marble things of light. Thanks to Shawn. CHINA - Meteorite GANSU PROVINCE – On December. 11, 2004, hundreds of people in northwest China saw a UFO as a strange shining object swept through the sky at 11:36 PM, followed by a loud blast that resembled bombs dropping. People within a 100-square-kilometer area around Lanzhou, felt the earth tremble. A fireball with a three-meter-long trail flew from west to east. The local public security department received more than 700 reports of the event. The provincial Seismology Bureau said, they believe that it was the result of a meteor impact about 60 kilometers from Lanzhou. Liu Chengchang, a specialist in the effects of astronomical events on geology, attributes the meteorite fall to the Geminid meteor shower. The meteorite has not yet been found. Thanks to www.astroexpo.com Canada - Three Beams Flashing MONTREAL,QUEBEC – The witness reports, "I saw three colored beams flashing towards the sky from my apartment window on December 17, 2004, at 5 AM. They must be no further than 5 km away, I cannot see from where the beams start as there houses that are in the way, but I a can notice that the base of the beam is pretty intense. The brightest beam is yellow and flashes pretty strait up in sky. There are about three other colored beams on the right and left of the bright yellow beam, but they are less bright. There is a blue and green and maybe a faded red. I have never seen anything like this before especially that bright, and straight up motionless. I doubt it would be some kind of publicity or attraction light because earlier in the evening there were no lights there. Thanks to Brian Vike. Mexico – UFO Photos and Video YUCATAN - In recent days a considerable number of UFO sightings have been reported in this locality. The latest and clearest sighting took place December 12, 2004, on Sunday, during the celebration of the feast of the Virgin of Guadalupe. A circular UFO, surrounded by multicolored lights, was filmed the city of Ticul. This city remains the focal point for such encounters. Silvestre Leal and Emilio Cetz Aguiar, in charge of the Sociedad Internacional de Rastreo e Investigacion OVNI (Sirio) were responsible for filming the "craft". Only 54 seconds of video footage was obtained along with 150 photographs. Their pixels were analyzed along with their clarity to confirm that they indeed showed a UFO. The object in
Stacey Allen McGee Founder, President, and Director of the ARC Alternate Realities Center ~ Www.AlternateRealities.orG We wish Stacey blessings in her new career. Roswell Investigation and Archaeological Dig Tom Carey writes "Thanks to Filer's Files, we have received over thirty volunteer signups for the 2005 archaeological dig at the Foster Ranch site [the Brazel/Marcel site to distinguish it from other sites]. These come mostly from all over the USA but with a smattering of applications from Europe. We will keep everyone apprised via email of developments as they become available. On the investigative front, another mega-witness [after many months of preliminary contacts] has finally agreed to talk to us. This was arranged through the efforts of yet another witness with whom it took us over a year's worth of preliminary discussions to agree to meet with us himself. Let Tom know if you want to dig. Thanks to Tom Carey at TCarey1947 alifornia - Unusual Sighting and Bluish Glow SANTA ANA -- Hi Brian, I saw something on December 03, 2004, today at 6.30 AM, toward the mountain area. I was going south on the freeway and I saw a very high cloud formation, no lights and two trails that looked like fighter jets escorting it. I want to know if you saw these trails, also. It was about 6:30 a.m. in the morning and they were far off in the distance. If you want to, I will draw you a picture of it tonight and try to email it to you this weekend. Thank you so much. It had to be about 35,000 feet. It was clear and windy this morning. Thanks to Brian Vike, Director HBCC SONORA -- A witness was sitting outside watching the clouds roll in on December 5, 2004. The clouds were still just a light haze, and the stars were dimly shining through, when a bright light appeared almost directly above me at 5:24. The light grew brighter and brighter until it shone almost as brightly as the moon. As it dimmed out, it began to move slowly to the Northwest, passing one of the stars that I could still see through the haze. Twenty minutes later, at 5:44 PM another light appeared heading north. This object slowly pulsated, dim then bright, with a bluish glow at its brightest. As it moved, it began dimming out, while still pulsating. Both objects were recorded on my Sony Camcorder. Thanks to Brian Vike, Director www.hbccufo.com NIPOMO – Mike, an electrical engineer, with a fair knowledge of satellites reports walking outside to assist his wife unload groceries. He looked up and saw a VERY bright light in clear skies on December 9, 2004 at 6:39 PM. His wife indicated it was a possible satellite with a very blue center with a very green ring around the exterior. Ten minutes later the lights were still there so I waited another 20 minutes, and returned with my camera and took a series of still
images with a 5MP and 3.5 MP camera of lights 5 to-10 miles away. The object appeared to hover at specific locations and the images CLEARLY indicate a blue and green object flying at 1000 to 2000 feet. I managed to get some excellent still images. There appears to be a green ring around a circular object, although image stability was poor (8x zoom@5Mega Pixal). Thanks to Uforc Colorado - Strange Lights Hovered Low LONGMONT – The witness observed strange lights that were hovering on the southwest outskirts of town for about ten minutes starting at 10:25 PM, on December 2, 2004. The lights were red and white and seemed to twinkle and pulsate, giving it a tumbling appearance. It remained stationary for a while driving towards the lights. It began to accelerate and head off to the south towards Boulder. The lights remained low in the sky until I lost it in the distance. I live near a small airport, so I'm familiar with the normal traffic and none have ever caused me to report one before this! Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com Hawaii - Football Shape (Oval) HONOLULU -- On November 28, 2004, at 10:30 AM, two witnesses spotted three flying football shaped objects. The witness states, "My friend and I saw three mysterious looking objects gliding literally right above Waikiki Beach that It looked as if they were creating an arc flying a mile away from the beach and gliding back and forth.." The objects then gradually gained altitude as they were still moving back and forth. Eventually, those three objects got high enough to hide behind the clouds. These were not commercial aircraft, but funny oval shaped orange lights. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com Indiana – Two Sightings ROMNEY -- My name is Anthony Hill, and I've had similar sightings on two occasions over the past week. "I'm a criminal justice major at IUPUI and I'm hoping to become a Customs or Border Patrol agent when I graduate next summer." On December 3, 2004, I was driving to Kokomo, on State Road 26 at around 8:30 PM, when an orange burst of light caught my attention on a clear night. It was like a dim star, which grew in size or intensity to about four times the size and brightness of Venus. Then another light seemed to grow near this one in the same manner, at about 10 o'clock the original objects position. Then, the first object faded out followed by the second in twenty seconds. After this happened, I noticed two objects remaining equidistant circle the area. From my position facing east, they started at the eleven o'clock position and moved to the two o'clock position, and then back again, from left to right. Once these two objects returned to their position, I noticed three other objects that converged in one central area of the sky. "I pulled off the road to watch the orange lights that now totaled seven that were flying in all directions." They were about one half the brightness of Venus flying quickly while others seemed to maintain position. The objects intermittently
flashed white and two objects kept the same distance between them flashing at each other. One would flash several times, for different durations, a quick flash followed by a long one. Once, there were seven objects all flying in random directions and one flew directly over my position lower than jet liners. The object that flew over me appeared to be triangular in shape and had three red areas, that looked like the tips of a triangle. The outer points were the brightest, fading into black at the center. It resembled a piece of metal when a torch is held on one side until it gets red hot, fading into the opposite, cooler edge. The objects flew random flight paths and then fell in line heading southwest at an incredible rate of speed. I phoned my brother who was able to see them from Romney. The light was seen again on December 8, 2004. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com Iowa – Flying Triangular UFO OTTUMWA -- The witness reports seeing a triangular object with red and blue lights. The lights were turning in a clockwise manner while the object was moving from northwest to southeast on November 29, 2004, at 11:47 PM. It was about as far up as a small aircraft would travel. As it passed over it seemed to be standing still. He states, "I was standing next to a fire and it seemed to be watching what was going on." It had no blinking lights at all. It had no tail, no wings, after a few seconds it continued on to the southeast and did not make a sound. It seemed to be quietly gliding on the air. The craft stopped right over my head as I had to tilt my head all the way back to see it. It was NOT an airplane. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com Kansas – Strange Craft LINDSBORG – There is a military bombing range near the witnesses' home and he has seen strange craft on many occasions, especially when bombing practice is taking place. Almost every military plane uses this range including B-2 Bombers. These unknown craft that appear seem to glow, or are at best seen when there is a full or near full moon, and when military aircraft are present. Sometimes they are very low to the ground and hover. Sometimes they move faster than anything I have ever seen. They may be present during the daylight hours, but I don't think a person would be able to see them. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com Kentucky – Diamond Seen for 20 minutes BOWLING GREEN -- A graduate student on his way to class at Western Kentucky University on December 2, 2004, at 4:30 PM, saw three military jets illuminated by the sun. He exited Cumberland Parkway onto I-64, near the Mammoth Cave and noticed two of the objects looked reflective, and vaguely diamond shaped points of light. At arm's length they were the size of wooden match heads, about ten inches apart. The third object looked like a one inch long contrail moving to the north, very slowly. The two diamond objects did not seem to be moving, but the line object was moving to the right, ever so slowly. They were quite bright, thus easy to watch
continuously. After about 10 minutes the diamonds still had not moved, but then the line, which didn't change shape, started moving back towards the diamonds. After about 20 minutes, I stopped at a rest area to see if I could talk to someone else about this phenomenon and one man had noticed them and a student in class saw exactly the same thing that I described. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com New York - Night Saucer . HAMPTONS BAY -- On Wednesday, December 8, 2004, at 7:23 p.m., Sandra Bilinski reported, "I was in my hot tub watching the skies on Long Island 60 miles east of New York City. "As I was looking up, I saw the stars above me disappear," Sandra added, "I then realized there was an object in the sky above me. It was dark with no lights. I thought it was some space debris that was falling, but it was moving slowly with no signs of friction and it wasn't falling. It traveled over my house for two or three seconds, and then disappeared. "While it moved over my house, and over me, it rotated, but I saw no signs of an engine. It was shaped like a radar dish, the one with antennas and concave in the middle. It was dark grey or bluish and lighter at the edges. It appeared to be only 60 to 70 feet above my house and the size of a small car. It had no lights, no sound." Thanks to UFO ROUNDUP Vol. 9, #50 12/15/04 Editor: Joseph Trainor: http://www.ufoinfo.com/roundup / Ohio - Morning Oval Sighting SHAKER -- The object was moving in an odd line and it was kind of an oval with two triangles on top at the end. The second time I saw it, it was moving in a straight line and was white with black spots on it. This sighting occured on December 3, 2004, at 7:30 AM. ((ADDENDUM FROM PARENT OF WITNESS)) This is something my son (8) saw. He was very insistent about it. I very much tried to discourage his submission. He says he watched as he rode to school. I would leave it at that. I am not interested in what he saw particularly. He is an enthusiastic little kid, and I for one, have no idea what he thinks he saw. My apologies for the submission. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com FOSTORIA -- George Ritter sent a recent VHS video image of this strange UFO flying over a nearby farm. See Views Pennsylvania - Orb Sighting MOUNT COBB – On November 29, 2004, at 11:19 AM on a partly sunny day while observing a strange chemtrail (northwest) left by a military plane (it started off white in color then changed to a smoky gray color). I spotted an orb type of object, white in color heading south away from the chemtrail at great
speed. It went behind a cloud and did not reappear. It was so fast I didn't have time to reach for my binoculars. Thanks to Brian Vike MCKEESPORT – The witness was outside his house, when he saw a bright light in the sky. He states, "I called my wife out to see and we watched for twenty minutes around 1PM, on November 28, 2004. The light changed directions five times then just shot off very fast." Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com Tennessee – Diamond UFO KINGSPORT -- On December 9, 2004, at 9 PM, three witnesses described a very large triangular craft passing over slowly illuminated by the city lights against clouds. It was nearly black with four blue lights arranged in a diamond shape with a large single appendage on the bottom which was glowing reddish-orange. It was circled by many smaller red, blue and green strobing lights. The back of the craft had a long appendage which produced an eerie bluish light. The witness's wife noted several odd markings on the bottom and the craft made a slight humming sound. Several small, fast, red and blue illuminated ball-like objects playfully flew around the sky in all directions. The craft was the size of a large television set at arm's length. We can assume the object was quite low and large. A graphic depiction can be seen at www.mufontennessee.org BRISTOL – The witness reported that on December 9, 2004, at 9:10 PM, he was carrying his camera when he saw a strange triangular shape moving across the sky. He used his digital camera to take a series of photographs. The object was quite large and moved behind a nearby mountain to the west, which is the area of a sighting reported earlier that night in Kingsport. This photo has not been enhanced and the witness stated that the bright spot between the three smaller lights was not visible when he took the photographs. Thanks to Kim Shaffer . MUFON TN SD www.mufontennessee.org Texas – Pyramid Shaped Craft WYLIE – The witnesses first viewed a large light on December 2, 2004, at 11 PM, that was very bright and changing from blue to red and occasionally white in a pulsating manner. The object remained stationary for two minutes and then began moving south. The witnesses, then, moved in order to get a better view of the object. The light then grew dim and possessed the shape of a pyramid. It slowed down and began to move up and down very slowly. I noticed a reddish flare shoot out of the top at which time the craft jetted down even lower. The light at this point had become nearly undetectable; however I could still view the shape. It eventually left our field of vision. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com Washington – Numerous Sightings CUMBERLAND -- The witness writes, "When I lived in Maple Valley last summer, my good friends and I would go camping a few miles up some logging
roads. We drove up to Kanaskat Palmer State Park on the gravel road winding its way up to a rock quarry where we usually stay. Around sunset a strange green meteor heading west faded out around the Olympic Mountain Range. We couldn't sleep even thought it was 3 AM, so we drove six miles up to Huckleberry Point where there is a great view of the valley and Mt Rainier. We were excited that we had found such a spectacular view and noticed three lights to the lower left side of Rainier. They were fast moving lights, that reformed into a straight line that were moving in excess of 400 mph. They were a little brighter than any stars in the sky. The lights traveled all the way across to the right side of the mountain and moved into position to form a triangle. The triangle as a whole then shifted to reveal two more lights and a half diamond shape. The light then flared bright red and all the lights separated. The top light turned red and morphed into two lights. They acted fixed like a pair of eyes, and as they would wander around looking back and forth. One eye would disappear before the other as though they were giant black heads with glowing eyes. One of the pair of lights disappeared behind a hill about 300 feet away. What appeared over the hill makes me question reality. We all described a jelly-fish or octopus the size of a blimp that was clear like glass with small lights running down along the tentacles. I became very frightened but calmed down as it just seemed to wander up and check us out and float away. It sort of bobbed around as though it was propelling itself through water. After that all the lights pretty much appeared far away, morphing into pairs of 1, 2, and 3 and then combining again. We watched them all night until the sun came up. All the lights returned to where the original diamond shape had first appeared and landed on a small hill. They appeared like little white dots in the day time occasionally catching the sun and shimmering like a signal mirror. It seemed the UFOs were alive with emotion and curiosity and interacted with us. They would sit and hover for hours rocking back and fourth about a hundred yards away. One witness claimed that when the big jelly-fish peered over the hill, he saw a floating fish with fins. An eel-like object passed right through him and he had trouble breathing but none of us saw it. The next night we came up with cameras and video, but none of them seemed to work. We kept going up for many months, and we all had many encounters with these entity's. I now live in California; and at 2 AM a bright light appeared about a mile away, separated and they both started wandering around until they disappeared. Snip Thanks to James Gilliland www.eceti.org Australia – Shiny White Object MILDURA -- ABC Online reports a UFO over Sunraysia? Jonathan Ridnell, Simon Wallace and Jo Printz report that Tuesday, December 14, 2004, Frank McCormack is adamant that the objects he and his family saw in the sky over Mildura did not come out of a beer bottle. "We were having a barbecue, I was busy cooking the barbecue," he says. "Yes, we were having refreshments, but it was far too early to be seeing double, seeing things that were not there." It was 7
of a commercial jet. No human being could have been making turns that sharp and fast. 5 PM. – The sky was black and intermittent overcast, when the observer saw a two engine commercial jet flying well below the normal flight path with a single landing light on its nose and the green and red marker lights on its wing tips. I glanced at my TV for just a second and then looked back and it was gone. 5:20 PM – The observer saw a standard jet heading west at about 8000 feet, that flew through a layer of thin cloud. He noticed the light pattern changing as the red and green wing tip lights went out and a single large red light appeared. The plane flew into a clear area and the big red light went out and the bottom of the entire wing lit up in a yellowy orange color, making it appear to be a large flying wing. The craft had flaps and spoilers, but I could not see any engines. It then flew into a thicker layer of cloud and dissappeared. www.hbccufo.com BRITISH COLUMBIA -- Bobbie Short B.C.T.V. Global News reported on the 6 o'clock news on December 09, 2004, that two women driving in a car on the Island Highway at 8:30 PM, between Port Alberni and Tofino narrowly missed hitting a large Sasquatch that had stepped on to the roadway in front of them. According to the witness, the Sasquatch stood its ground directly in front of the vehicle until it became scared by other approaching cars and quickly ran into the forest the at roadside. This is the same area where there was a sighting by the Frank family in 2002. The women described the animal being covered in dark fur and between six and seven feet tall. They stated it looked more human than ape-like. Veteran Sasquatch investigator and biologist John Bindernagel did an interview for BCTV News showing various tracks castings he and his wife had found near Great Central Lake on Vancouver Island. He also mentioned that he believed it would only be a matter of time before a Sasquatch is hit by a car offering proof to the scientific community that North America's Great Ape does exist. Thanks to Bobbie Short http://www.bigfootencounters.com PINCHER CREEK --The UFO was shaped like a tear drop on fire and descended slowly until out of sight on December 1, 2004, at 8:05 PM. www.UFOCenter.com SURREY, B.C. -- The witness saw a glowing yellow egg shaped object on December 2, 2004, at 7 PM, and again at 9 PM. It was heavily overcast and both times the object appeared to rise almost vertically from the Fraser River. It moved about the speed of a ball of fire from a Roman candle up to the 2500 foot overcast. CALGARY, ALBERTA – A large silver streak was seen in the sky about 4:25 PM, by the observer on December 03, 2004. It stopped and started up again. I know that there was a report yesterday on the news about something similar and they said it was an airplane? Ummmm I don't think so! Thanks to Brian Vike, Director www.hbccufo.com UFO 'Explodes' in China
BEIJING - An UFO, passed across the large north-western Chinese city of Lanzhou and apparently exploded in the suburbs, state media said on Monday December 13, 2004. The unusual sighting of two bright trails of light, reported by several witnesses, took place on Saturday shortly before midnight, the China Times reported. Police, working on the theory that it was a meteorite, went to investigate the matter, but as of early Monday they had found no evidence of what caused the nightly phenomenon, an officer said by telephone. A taxi driver told the paper he was in his car when everything suddenly became "as bright as day." When he pulled over, he saw a fireball with a tail of about three meters darting across the sky, he said. One witness reported the courtyard outside his office was suddenly bathed in a ghostly red light as the object passed overhead. Others said they heard a huge explosion and felt as if an earthquake had struck. China has been hit by several waves of UFO sighting in recent years, and the country has a research association devoted to the study of possible extraterrestrial visits. Thanks to [email protected]. http://www.news24.com/News24/Backpage/Offbeat/0,,2-1343-1347_1635191,00.htm Mexico – UFO Imaged See Views Ana Luisa Cid writes, "Today, December 12, 2004, at 8:00 A.M., I noticed a strange light moving in the sky in a south to north direction. Upon making a close-up, I lowered the light intensity somewhat (exposure) in order to appreciate the details with greater clarity. "I saw [the object] for some 5 minutes and it was captured on a Sony 340 camcorder. On this date Mexico celebrates the feast of Our Lady of Guadalupe, so it is common to see balloons aloft and pyrotechnics. However, I do not believe this object corresponds to anything known." Thanks to Scott Corrales, Institute of Hispanic Ufology California - Huge Triangle With Red Lights LOS ANGELES -- While walking in West Hollywood, the witness noticed two red lights in the sky at 7:45 PM, on December 3, 2004. They were an arm's length away from each other. He noticed a third light up ahead of the other two, forming a perfect triangle. All moving in unison, heading north. The three lights would pulse at the same moment. At that point, I realized there was the vague outline of a mass connecting these three red lights. Then, I watched as four or five other lights pulsed along the outer edge of the triangle, with more lights being on the western edge of the object. I could not detect any pattern to the flashing of these other lights. A couple of times all seven or eight were on at the same time. This thing was huge. If it was just up a few thousand feet, you could fit dozens of commercial jets within its base outline. If it was really high up -- well, it would be beyond massive. One of those sweeping, movie premiere spotlights swept under the object and didn't touch it, so it was at least higher
than those things can project light. It seemed to glide across the sky without sound and was near the 405 highway. Thanks to SUNOL / PLEASANTON – Two friends were driving home from work along the 680 Freeway, when the witness saw a strange craft at 6 PM, on December 3, 2004. It had seven lights big to small, moving to the center of the triangle, appearing out of no where as if going un cloaked. The witness stated, "Typically I see these triangles over my home in Tracy as they are the ones flying the lowest, quietest, and slowest over the town, usually in groups of two to three, one after another, in the same path." First, I saw up above, a standard plane, similar to a U2, with no lights on." It had a red and green light, and no others. About two minutes later, as I scanned ahead of us, all of a sudden there it was. The Freeway was packed and as we passed to the left of the craft, it was no more than 500 yards to my right and 250 yards up. He says, "I saw a perfect triangle with three big lights in each corner with a tiny light between each big light and the center light was a medium light." This was by far the best vision of this triangle I've ever seen. Often these planes come in and appear to land or hover about the Sunol grade area, just before the 84 exit. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com KENTUCKY - Twenty White Sphere Objects LEXINGTON – There were about twenty white floating "orb-like" objects in the sky over the University of Kentucky at 3 PM, on December 3, 2004. Two friends exiting their classroom building noticed the orbs moving around over head for two minutes. When our view became obstructed by a tree, we ran to see them again -- but they were gone. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com ILLINOIS -Bright Flashing Point of Light ELMHURST – The observer went outside to have a cigarette and noticed a bright stationary point of light fairly low in the northeast but much brighter than any visible stars at 10:13 PM, on December 4, 2004. At first glance, he thought it was an airplane on a low approach to O'Hare Airport as the light was flickering between blue and white with a very random red flash mixed in. After a few minutes, I asked my parents to verify that it was flashing and they both confirmed. After fifteen minutes, we all agreed that it must have been a planet and went inside. After research online, I could not find a reasonable planetary explanation for the lights. A couple of hours later it was gone. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com TINLEY PARK -- Driving east on 191st near Harlem Avenue, the witnesses saw a series of bright flashes in the northeast sky on December, 12, 2004, at 7 PM;. The first two flashes were white and the third time it was bright green with a much wider distance and height, almost like an explosion in the sky. A minute or two later, the flashing started again as it headed south. There were about five smaller orange/red flashes that lasted five minutes. During the summer, three of us saw
a white light in the same area, but it was like a streak in the sky--not a plane. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com LOUISIANA – Lights ALEXANDRIA – The witness states, "My wife and I were traveling over the Purple Heart Bridge commenting on the sliver of the new moon at 6:28 PM, on December 13, 2004." About 20 degrees to the left of the moon there appeared one light, then two, then three; in horizontal configuration and equidistant apart from one another. The width of the three lights when all of them were illuminated was the distance of half of a full moon. They were brilliant white and several times larger than Jupiter’s appearance. All three stayed on for four or five seconds and then disappeared in unison. Five to seven seconds later and five or so degrees left of the moon one appeared again, then two, then three, in the same configuration and disappeared again. To me, a plane or jet could not have traveled that distance in that amount of time. Then four or five seconds later it happened again, but this time they were back around the 15 or 20 degree location to the left of the moon. Then, they disappeared all together, again. No trailing like a flare or no colors of green or red. Just 1, 2, 3 on; stayed on; then all off. I called Rapides Parish Sheriff and was told that the military at Fort Polk was conducting flare practice. These were not flares. I have witnessed flares. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com Maryland -- Big Green Ball of Light Falling COLLEGE PARK -- Around 8 PM, on December, 11 2004, I was in the shopping center down on Baltimore Avenue when I saw a falling green ball of light. I didn't consider that it would be a UFO until I typed 'green ball of light' into Google to see if anyone else had seen it and all the 'green ball of light' results were described as UFOs. It was falling in the same way that a falling star would fall, but it was too big and too green to be a falling star. I wondered for a second if it was a bomb but there was no big explosion. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com Missouri -Convoy Crosses Sky. KANSAS CITY -- I was standing in the parking lot on the west side of the Arrowhead Stadium after the Big 12 Championship on Saturday night at 11 PM, on December 4, 2004. Two lights appeared behind the stadium on the south side and crossed the sky from south to north. The objects appeared as rings of fire/light separated by a constant distance and moving in the same direction at jet-like speed. It seemed as though one craft was "towing" another behind it. A few seconds after the two lights disappeared in the north horizon, identical lights appeared again behind the south side of the stadium and followed the exact same trajectory. A few seconds later, a third set of lights crossed the sky, following the same trajectory as the others. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com
REED SPRING – At 5:30 PM, on December 3, 2004, two friends were going to work and saw strange lights south and also another much brighter light 15 degrees above horizon. Driving up the mountain they noticed they didn't look like stars as they pulse and change color. After getting to Branson my friend video taped with his Sony mini DVD 560 camera at 5:45 AM for 29 minutes while the main light pulsed. The lower left light was dimmer and the right hand light was very dim though discernible to the camera. As dawn became brighter the two dimmer lights disappeared, but the bright main light became very visible and seemed to grow larger. By 7 PM, all activity ceased. The video showed a triangle formation when enhanced and the two smaller lights are very visible. We have not ruled out planets but so far haven't been able to match a location of a star or planet to this location. Thanks to Larry Cekander Museum of the unexplained Reeds Spring, Missouri Nevada - V Shaped Pattern Of Square Lights WINNEMUCCA – The observers report, "We were sitting in my hot tub at 8:30 PM, on December 3, 2004, and viewed a very large 'V' moving overhead toward the southwest. I said, "What the heck is that?" everyone looked up and briefly saw it. The formation was too perfect for geese. We could see the stars behind the center of the V. Each individual object was a small square and appeared to be lit up. The color was soft orange like a harvest moon color. The squares on one side of the V looked a little more ragged than the other side. The whole grouping moved steady but quickly across the sky. We may have had a view for 6-8 seconds and it was gone out of sight behind trees. There was no sound at all. All of us saw the object(s) the same as we discussed it after it was gone, and all had a very strange feeling that it was like nothing any of us had ever seen. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com New Hampshire – Spinning UFO PLYMOUTH -- Paul Spera writes, "After getting a report of UFO activity over I-93 the previous night, my girlfriend and I took a ride up the highway early after dark on December 17, 2004. Not far from Plymouth we noticed something hovering in the eastern sky, so I pulled over. The object remained motionless at around 2000 feet until a plane at about 5000 feet started traveling towards it. The object then began to slowly move away from us heading east. High traffic on the highway allowed me to take only short footage but when analyzing this clip frame by frame it clearly shows the object changes color and strobes brightly. It also shows that the object or its lights where spinning in counterclockwise manner. This is the fourth time I have captured this object on video. The first time I saw and filmed this object was on June 21st at 9:07 p.m. Images from all 4 sightings can be seen at my website. Thanks to Paul Spera [email protected] New Hampshire UFO Hunter Website http://mysite.verizon.net/vzeomxpk/ New Jersey – Twelve Orbs and Triangle
MONMOUTH BEACH – The witness was traveling south on Route 36 from Sandy Hook, at 2:30 PM, on Saturday afternoon December 14, 2004, when she looked towards the Atlantic Ocean and saw twelve bright orbs. The witness states, "The orbs were the brightest silver lights I have ever seen with luminosity like that of liquid mercury--only many times brighter--and pulsating!". These bright lights appeared to surge out of the cloud cover and pulsate in a formation of 3 stacked rows. The size of each orb was larger than a marble but smaller than a golf ball--if held at arm's length. Almost as quickly as the orbs appeared, they disappeared. Thanks to Peter Davenport www.UFOCenter.com TRIANGLE -- Brian Vike received a telephone call from two witnesses who were driving towards home when they spotted a black triangular craft on November 26, 2004, at 2:15 AM. They saw a bright elongated light coming towards them at low altitude heading south and descending. The driver pulled off the road as the light flew close. One of the ladies got very frightened as this object was rather close and just sitting in the sky over the power-lines moving slightly from side to side. They could see lights on each of the points of a triangle which pulsated rather quickly. They were also able to see the silhouette of the craft against the clear night's sky just above the trees. The passenger told the driver to get the car going as the passenger was terrified at what they were watching. The object had now moved to the opposite side it was on and the ladies guessed it was only 500 feet away from them at this point. The object was estimated to be the size of a normal sized car. The sighting lasted for four minutes. There was no sound. Thanks to Brian Vike www.hbccufo.com North Carolina – Strange Lights HIGH POINT - - Field Investigator Alan Caviness informed me that he and other investigators have been taking a series of images and video of UFOs in his general area. He has obtained an astounding amount of data indicating heavy concentration of UFOs in his area. He has provided me with numerous examples of these objects. Many are cylinder or disk shape and fly above Davidson County, and High Rock Lake, North Carolina. Thanks to Alan Caviness Ohio – Police Take Photos of UFO (see Views) OLMSTED FALLS -- George Pindroh and Aaron Clark of The Cleveland UFOlogy Project (CUP) report they have investigated a case where police took photos of UFOs near Cleveland Hopkins Airport, on September 26, 2004. At 9:44 PM, a resident reported an object in the western sky that was scaring her and Olmsted Falls Officers observed with binoculars an object in the northeast sky at 10:30 PM. The officers observed a round circle with oscillating red and green lights. Officers called the airport who advised that they did see the object as well but it was not on their radar. The object was also reported to return the next evening. Photographs were taken of the object and later obtained by George Pindroh and Aaron Clark. The investigation team believes these are not a satellite, star or
planet. The object is multiple colors and is blurred as if it is moving quickly. There is at least one star visible in these photographs as well and it is in focus and not blurred at all. A credible source at Cleveland Airport saw the object for an hour and a half and claimed the object looked elliptical and had lights moving around it. The airport information desk reportedly received at least 100 calls from residents reporting the same object in the sky. George Pindroh is writing up this report for the MUFON database. Thanks to George Pindroh and Aaron Clark [email protected] Aaron Clark 10/15/04 to view photographs www.clevelandufo.com click here LAKEWOOD – The witness was a passenger on his way to work and driving past houses he saw a UFO for a couple of seconds at 5:50 PM, on December 3, 2004. The object was cigar or cylinder shaped and was going towards the northwest fairly high in the sky. There were no contrails even though it was high enough. Many military jets were observed flying around the area shortly after. An hour before my sighting, the Mike Trivisanno Show on WTAM 1100 AM, reported a caller had also seen a cigar shaped UFO. During the show there was another caller that said he saw some fighter jets coming towards Cleveland form Wright Patterson Air Force Base. I would like to receive your weekly newsletter, since I have been having lots of UFO sightings around Akron. We have been to Fostoria Ohio to look, we believe there was a crash there. Great site, I have taken some interesting photos too, now I have somewhere to go to see the recent sightings, and compare notes. Thanks to Amy Pennsylvania - Fast Ball of Light UPPER BLACK EDDY -- The observer was looking up at the stars of Orion and saw an airplane next to it with its red, white and blue blinking lights when she saw a bright white light fly across the sky on December 13, 2004 and 9:07 PM. The lights then disappeared, then reappeared moving in a curved motion. It then reappeared and "danced" in the sky doing 2 or 3 complete circles and disappeared again. It seemed as if it was much lower in the sky than the airplane was and was moving extremely fast across the whole visible night sky in ten seconds. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCenter.com Canada -Elongated Bright Craft TELKWA, B C – At 8:45 AM, on December 11, 2004, the witness had just awakened and looked out his bedroom window which faces Tyhee Lake. The clouds lit up the different colors of orange and pinks, which gave a spectacular view for him. He saw underneath the clouds an extremely bright light which looked out of the norm, so he called to his wife. The witness grabbed his binoculars and saw an elongated bright light. He was able to watch and film the object for five minutes before it dropped out of sight behind the mountains. He described the object as like a long cigar and much brighter than the clouds which had the sun shinning on them. The witness said you can clearly see that the object is much lower and underneath the clouds that were present that day. Thanks to Brian Vike www.hbccufo.com
UK/England LEICESTER –The witness had never seen a UFO until about 40 minutes ago. He states, "I was lying in bed looking out of the window when all of a sudden a fiery looking light appeared in the sky. It sort of faded in to view from being nothing, to a dull light and then gradually getting brighter. The total fade in took a second or less. At first I thought it might have been a flare or fireworks. At midnight on December 4, 2004. I moved the curtain back to get a better view and watched it for about ten seconds as it moved in a downward diagonal movement and then curved smoothly into a horizontal path. There was a small red light to the side of it like the tail light of a helicopter and the bright light was like a helicopters search light. It lingered in the sky for a few more seconds and the intense bright fiery light faded out as quickly as it had faded in. http://www.esa.int/export/SPECIALS/Mars_Express/SEMWF0474OD_0.html Alabama - Strange Object Caught On Film CREOLA -- My wife and I were headed south on I-65 bridge when I decided to stop and take a photo of the span. I’ve included the photo below. I have a 3.2 mp digital camera with a 10x optical zoom. Photo sizes are 2048x1536.I was coming home from work on the afternoon of December 27, 2004, down I-65 at around 6 PM, when an object in the sky caught my eye. I quickly grabbed my camera from the back seat and managed to get one shot of a disk shaped object before it disappeared. The sky that day was clear without a single cloud. I can't say what it was or what it appeared to be. Its forward speed was slow, if any. One-second it was there....the next it was gone. After taking this photo, I returned to my car and proceeded down the bridge. I spotted the object that did not appear as normal air traffic as it did not move much if any. I pointed the object out to my wife, zoomed in, acquired focus and snapped a shot off. After lowering the camera and looking back to where it was.... it was no more...gone...vanished. Total sighting time was no more than 30 seconds. Thanks to Brian Vike Photos can be found at: http://www.hbccufo.org/modules.php?name=News&file=article&sid=2233 California – Man Shoots UFO ANZA -- Jack writes, In 1956 my parents bought a small piece of desert property near California. At the time the area was a real hot spot for UFO’s. I did a lot of hunting for rabbits and other varmints while we owned the property. I was going along a river bed looking for something to shoot with my .22 auto rifle when I heard a noise. Looking in the direction of the sound, I saw a disk in the Manzanita brush just hovering about a foot off the ground. It scarred the hell out of me at first and I shot at it with my 22 rifle... (probably not the thing to do). There was no effect and I fell on my butt trying to get back away from it. When I fell I was only three feet from the disk; so, I know what I was looking at. I saw no aliens and within a few seconds it rose up to about twenty feet and shot away at tremendous speed. It was only about 8 feet
across and 3.5 feet high, kind of small. It was the color of those Ruger guns that they call target gray. I did not see any insignia on the craft. I took off back to the cabin and told my parents what had happened. The only reason that they believed my story, I was shaking like a leaf in a wind storm. Later my step father and I went back to the spot and found some small prints about 4 inches in length, and a Manzanita branch that was burned on one end. I never went back to that spot again and did not report it to anybody else, I did not want to sound like some of the locals that reported men from Mars. I was 13 at the time and remember it like it was yesterday. It did convince me that UFO's were real Thanks to Jack in Reno, Nevada. CHINO -- On New Years Eve, several friends, my family members and I saw a weird red light moving slowly in the sky a little after midnight. When I saw the light it wasn't moving in a straight line but was curving around a little. I thought it might be a VERY high helicopter, but it seemed to be too big and red to be a helicopter at that height moving the way it was. Then it suddenly disappeared. About 30 seconds later it appeared again in a different location (but in the same general part of the sky), and continued moving in a seemingly random pattern. My brother described it as "a ball of fire in the sky." My brother said his girlfriend was at work at Subway Sandwiches Monday and on her break she was in the parking lot and 3 or 4 people were looking and pointing up in the sky at a weird red light. LOS ANGELES -- On December 19, 2004, in the middle of the day I was looking at the moon through a Meade 90 mm Telescope when I saw what I can describe only as a bright red laser light coming out of the dark side of the moon, I followed it for about 30 seconds and then it just started bouncing all over the place and I lost it. I swung the telescope back around to the moon just in time to catch 2 asteroids passing between the earth and the satellites. I found a link to the Asteroids but nothing on the light. Thanks to Brian Vike www.hbccufo.com SAN FRANCISCO -- On January 1, 2005, at AM, two witnesses spotted seven umbrella shaped objects above buildings on top of Telegraph Hill and Lombard Street. They came from the West and moved along the top of the buildings in the sky. The sky was dark and light at the same time. The clouds seemed dark black with white surrounding them and were moving in large clusters, scattered throughout the sky. The 7 objects were moving in a cluster with several more above the rest. Sort of like a flock of birds, all moving at the exact same speed. They did not increase or decrease their speed as they moved from the West to the East. It couldn't have been more than 15 seconds and then they were gone. Thanks to Brian Vike www.hbccufo.com Florida – Disk MIAMI -- The incident occurred between 8:51 and 8:53 PM on Friday, January 7, 2005, and was observed by a Doctor who is a retired clinical psychologist and amateur astronomer, while the second witness is a teacher with a degree in
education. They were observing the comet Machholz, through his telescope. The object moved from East to West at a very high rate of speed, covering about 90 degrees of arc in about ten seconds, when it was lost in the sky glow of the city to our west. Its speed was constant but it clearly and distinctly changed directions (perhaps 30 degrees) two different times. There was absolutely no sound associated with the object. There were no aircraft in the vicinity at the time. The object’s angular size was very small, subtending only about 3 minutes of arc. It was clearly NOT an astronomical object since the amateur astronomer and accustomed to looking at meteors, comets, nebulae, galaxies. The teacher described it as having a "color" of dull orange-red. It was only modestly luminous, similar to perhaps a 3-4th magnitude star, but was clearly larger than a point-source like a star. It had a definite shape like a circle with a line through it (perhaps a saucer shape). It moved at a right angle to the "line" through the dot. The Dr. was not certain whether it emitted a dim light of its own or merely reflected light from the city below, but it was clearly NOT as bright as some of the brightest stars. The observers **strongly agree that it was not a conventional aircraft, a meteor, or any natural phenomenon. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCENTER.com New Hampshire – UFO Video Paul Spera writes, "On December 17th my girlfriend and I where sky watching through our glass sliding doors." We had several sightings over the weekend and were just getting restless when I noticed a large cluster of lights flying over our back yard. It was traveling southwest and was at an altitude of approximately 1000 to 2000 feet. I had filmed the same object the night before but this time it was closer. It appeared to have one large light surrounded by smaller lights which were all bright white forming the shape of a ramp. It had no strobes and was completely silent. I had my camera so I went on the deck and taped the object as it slowly flew between the gap of trees in my back yard. It continued west and can clearly be seen flying behind the trees in the video. Frame by frame analysis shows that the lights independently changed from white to several different colors quite rapidly. More images can be seen at my website. Paul Spera [email protected], New Hampshire UFO Hunter Website http://mysite.verizon.net/vzeomxpk/ New Jersey – Man Charged Shining Laser at Pilots By Alan Levin, USA TODAY -- A New Jersey man was charged Tuesday under federal antiterrorism laws with shining a laser beam at a charter jet flying over his home, temporarily distracting the pilots. David Banach, 38, is the first person charged in a rash of recent incidents in which lasers were aimed at aircraft around the country. Justice Department officials said they do not suspect terrorism in any of the cases, but said Banach's arrest shows how seriously they take the matter. "We need to send a clear message to the public
that there is no harmless mischief when it comes to airplanes," said Christopher Christie, the U.S. attorney for New Jersey. Banach made an initial appearance in court Tuesday and was released on $100,000 bond. He was charged with interfering with a flight crew under the USA Patriot Act. He also was charged with lying to federal officers. The charges carry a maximum jail sentence of 25 years. Unrelated incidents of laser beams hitting planes have been reported in Medford, Ore.; Colorado Springs; Cleveland; Houston and Washington. New Jersey – Miniature UFO MOUNT HOLLY – Jane reports, “I was sleeping next to my husband and awakened about 3 AM on December 11, 2004, seeing two red basketball size lights floating in the corner of the bedroom. I watched their movement as they generally floated or hovered in the corner. A third red plasma like disk entered the room and flew towards the bed and hovered over my husband. The red ball with red lights shining down stayed over him for about a minute and then flew outside through the wall. The disk was about one foot in diameter. On January 6, 2005, two red plasma like basketballs again appeared about 2 AM, and Jane was wide awake. Then a miniature disk shaped UFO appeared from the left wall and slowly flew across the room to above my husband's head. The disk hovered and eventually flew through the wall. The disk was gray and white and appeared to have windows around its center and a second set circling the bottom of the craft. It was two feet in diameter and one foot high and was perfect in detail. Once the craft left the other red balls departed with it. My husband's health remains good except for a cold. Thanks to Jane for her drawings. Editor's Note: We have many similar reports of miniature UFOs. Some reports indicate the UFOs an ability to enlarge and miniaturize when needed. Indiana - Flashing UFO BLOOMINGTON – In early January, 2004, between 2 and 4 AM, John Tosti, Ted Roberts, Alice Evans and I, were coming home from a sky watch at a location that had a huge sighting a couple days before. John and I noticed a flashing object north of our location over a wildlife reserve. We told Ted to stop the van, and we went to turn on our cameras and the object winked out. We waited and nothing, we turned the cameras off, started the van and it came back on in the same spot. This occurred a few times. John broke out a spotlight and flashed it with the light 3 times. The object flashed back 3 times then stopped, John repeated this in different numbers of flashes, the object repeated the same number back each time all the while hovering and moving around slowly side to side and up and down. I began taping when the object started flashing back. This was all interesting, but the most interesting thing that tweaked my love for this sighting was that
John decided to flash the light in a sequence, Morris code if you like... short bursts and then long bursts of flashes, the object answered by repeating the exact same sequence of flashes. This lasted for about 10-15 minutes. Our thoughts were that this object wanted us to follow it, and from previous exp. we thought better of the idea. Thanks to Brian Vike Photo can be viewed at: http://www.hbccufo.org/modules.php?name=News&file=article&sid=2241 Ohio – Bird and UFO Video FOSTORIA – George Ritter almost daily shoots video with his RCA VHS video camera when weather permits. Several readers have suggested he is actually shooting birds or insects that are moving at high speed. The camera has excellent high speed automatic focus. The close up image of a Robin compared with the distant UFO shows examples of the instantaneous focus capability. Birds and insects are usually portrayed in thirty or so frames of the video, while a UFO moving at thousands of miles an hour is in only one or two frames. US military aircraft can also reach speeds of thousands of miles an hour and close up would appear as a blur. See Views Thanks to George Ritter. Notice the similar blurred image in the Argentina article below. Oregon – Flashing Lights Sparks Fall From Cigar PORTLAND – The witness saw the flashing blue and yellow lights at 9:30 PM, on January 03, 2005, in the ESE sky over Portland. I do not have a telescope, but it was definitely moving very slowly which makes me think it is not an airplane and it looks to be too high to be a helicopter. http://www.rense.com/general52/strob.htm DALLAS – On January 5, 2005, four witnesses saw an object was shooting sparks from the bottom as it hovered and moved one way then the other at 7 PM. The first witness saw a bright light that would beam up to the sky and sparks and balls of light that was coming from the bottom of the craft! This WAS NO SHOOTING STAR! This was a UFO! It was moving south then just shot away fast. It was amazing! Witness 2: saw an orange sphere/cigar standing up then sideways... going back and forth very bright ! Shooting sparks from the bottom, then about 15 minutes later helicopters! This is something VERY UNUSUAL! Witness 3: stated, “I saw lights one above the other...cigar shaped for two or three minutes of watching this bright object moving.” Witness 4: saw shooting sparks that where falling to the ground. Big object but totally silent. Then there where helicopters flying around looking for something. We tried to video tape it but couldn’t get it! It was amazing. We are all working people and NOT CRAZY we saw a UFO! Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCENTER.com
Texas - Saucer DALLAS -- My 12 year old daughter and I were walking west bound on Linden Lane in North Dallas area about 11:53 to 11:55 PM on January 8, 2005, and we saw a sudden bright white light in the sky. We looked immediately...it was circular but not flat like a "flying saucer, almost slightly oval in shape. It made a sound like part of it was twirling, it had some goldish lights, some looked slightly tinted with red, but most were white...it appeared to almost have tailights or lights in the back of it...the sky was cloudless and very dark making visibility very clear...it seemed to pass into the earths atmosphere and then disappear, perhaps leaving the earth's atmosphere. It was visible for about 4 -5 seconds heading north northwest. I could probably draw an illustration of what we saw, it was that clear and visible. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCENTER.com Washington -- Multi Colored Object, Splits BELLEVUE -- Around 6:45 PM, on January 10, 2005, a licensed commercial pilot and his wife were outside on their porch looking into the western sky towards Seattle and noticed an unusual light moving in a southeast direction at a very slow speed. The pilot states, “I could see with my naked eye, several different colors flashing, that did not appear to be moving at a steady rate of speed. and suddenly it split into three different and distinct lights. I called for my wife to bring out the binoculars and by the time I got them adjusted, the three lights became only one, with the same blinking. We watched this 'thing' for the next 15 or so minutes, me looking through the binoculars and my wife with only her eyes, it suddenly split into two distinct lights, one white light shooting straight into the atmosphere, the other white light shooting in a northerly direction. The rate of speed could not be calculated, but it was only a matter of maybe a couple of seconds before the objects were both out of sight. No noise was heard, and they were flying above 18,000 feet. . I've been flying since 1975, hold a commercial license with single engine, multi engine, seaplane, and CFI-II ratings. I know what we observed was not any known aircraft. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCENTER.com Canada - Triangular Shaped Objects MONTREAL, QUEBEC -- It was quite early in the morning of Sunday, January 2, 2005, at about 2:30 AM, when my girlfriend and I were looking out our downtown window and noticed an extremely bright flickering light in the sky. The sky was slightly overcast and no other lights were visible. The object was lighting up the clouds and moved closer to us, which is when I got my binoculars. After focusing my binoculars the object looked triangular shaped with red lights surrounding it on the bottom. After remaining relatively stationary for some time, it began to move horizontally and vertically so quickly. I couldn't keep the binoculars steady because I started shaking. It appeared to emit a colored beam for the bottom of the triangle. It stayed in the sky for about and hour or so, then eventually traveled. Thanks to Brian Vike www.hbccufo.com
GROUSE MOUNTAIN, VANCOUVER -- Last night was again cold and clear, so I aimed my camera over Grouse Mountain. The video tape runs for 113 minutes and right off the bat, something large and leaving a white streak passed through the view finder heading east to west that only took up about two frames and appeared to be right over the mountain. I say it must have been large as the width of the streak would have covered the entire ski run. It was as fast as a bolt of lighting and I counted 25 of those flashes of light on the tape. One was the size of Venus and lasted several seconds and appeared to be flickering. I zoomed in and looked at it one frame at a time and found the object was an oval shaped white thing in one frame, and the next frame there would be two of them side by side and then back to one and so on. This would make it appear really bright on every second frame, which made it appear to flicker when speeded up. I also saw on the same tape, two satellites passand a commercial jet. VANCOUVER, B.C. – On January 5, 2005 at 12 PM, the witness noticed a triangular cloud slowly moving "against" the wind, headed slowly SE and maintaining it's original shape. I live close to the Ocean so most of our winds are from the West, especially where I am situated. While riding the bus I also began to notice a rectangular shaped cloud with a square shape visible inside it, with a long, long white line loosely attached to it. Within the two clouds, you could definitely see the sharp line of something that was within the white mist. I watched these items move slowly, without changing direction or shape for two hours. I have never seen a cloud or clouds period, move against the wind, in this direction it would have taken quite a bit of power to do so, but then they were moving almost slow enough to fall. I'm certain somebody else within the city has noticed this. I have been observing quite a few aerial anomalies from where I live up high in the Southern part of Vancouver city, only ten minutes from the airport. I fully know the flight times and routes. These were not planes, they were for all intents and purpose cloud covers for something that did not want to be seen on a clear day. These two sightings remind me of the big "jellyfish" cloud but triangular and rectangular. My sighting lasted an hour and 43 minutes. HOUSTON, B.C. – Brian Vike talked to a witness who is located just south of the town, saw an extremely bright light, at 5:45 AM, on January 6, 2005. She went out to start their truck and saw a stationary low light over the tree-line just over the top of a local neighbor's field. It was cloudy and snowing. It disappeared and seconds later reappeared looking brighter than before. Eventually, the object started to move towards the west where the witness finally lost sight of it after ten minutes. There was no sound. Thanks to Brian Vike, Director www.hbccufo.com Phone 250 845 2189 http://groups.yahoo.com/group/HBCC_UFO_Newsletter/ TORONTO – The witness spotted three yellow lights in a triangle formation on January 10, 2005, about a 1000 feet from the ground, it looked to be just passing over the skyscrapers. At first glance I thought it was just one plane, but one of the lights took off in another direction and disappeared into the
sky. The remaining two staying in there formation and continued flying across the sky. I just couldn't believe the speed of the craft that took off from formation, it seemed unreal, but it was amazing. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOCENTER.com Argentina – UFO Photos La Arena (newspaper) reports, “On December 18, 2004 at 15:45 hrs, a rural contractor managed to photograph a strange flying object in a field near Santa Rosa. Roberto Maggio was taking snapshots of the various machines working on tasks related to harvesting without ever being aware of the UFOs presence. The object was not seen by other persons working in the area either. At night, upon downloading the digital photos from his camera to the PC, he was startled to detect an object that showed a blurry outline. On top and bottom, however, the object was somehow sharper, presenting a darker central area. Maggio was also able to detect a small, blurry dot in an earlier photo which was supposedly the same object, but appearing with a better perspective in the next shot. The witness claims not having noticed insects or any other objects which could have led to misinterpretation moving in front of his lens, prior to taking the photographs. Note similarity to Ohio images. Thanks to La Arena 01.08.05 Translation (c) 2004. Scott Corrales, IHU. Special thanks to Raul Oscar Chavez Australia - Disc Shaped Craft and Burns on Body URANIA, S.A. -- One night in April 1975 a friend of mine called me and asked if I wanted to go spotlighting for foxes, I said yes and traveled to his farm 10 miles south of Maitland and arrived there about 21:00. After going inside and chatting for a while with my friend Brad, his Mum Pam and another friend Michael, I said that I was going outside to get things ready to go spotlighting. As I walked out the back door (facing east) I noticed what I initially thought was a large shooting star coming down from the east and to the south east but, the shooting star stopped dead at about 20 degrees above the horizon and began traveling across the sky towards the east and flashing blue red and white lights at 9:15 p.m. I yelled to the others to "Come Out Here NOW! Look At This!" They came running out and we all stood in the back yard watching as the UFO traversed the horizon. I got my rifle out of my car and began watching it through the telescopic sight and was amazed to see it was about 40 meters across and about 20 meters high. It was disc shaped with windows around the edge of the disc and a flashing dome on top. It had a polished aluminum top, and it looked so close that I had to move the scope to see all of it. Brad went to get his binoculars while Pam, Michael and I took turns watching through the
rifle scope. After about 5 minutes Brad came back, he had been watching it through the binoculars and I could see from the porch light that he was as white as a ghost. The UFO was now around 1000 meters away and traveling towards us. I got scared and was going to have a shot at it, but was told off by Pam, so I lowered the rifle, as I did the UFO started to retreat and slowly move off to the north towards Maitland. We kept watching as it became just a red flashing light until it was over the eastern side of Maitland where it hovered. Four other little red lights seemed to enter the (Mother ship) UFO and then the UFO took of in a slight arc to the east into the sky and disappeared in less that a second. We were on a dirt road parallel to the bitumen road so the craft would have been only about maybe 50 feet off the ground and pacing us, we were doing about 30 mph. Pam, Brad's Mom, said "Oh I've seen them before they'll be back!" Thanks to Brian Vike and AUFORN (Australian UFO Network) COFFS HARBOUR -- On December 31, 2004, eight to ten flying Deep Orange glowing lights were observed by four witnesses at the annual New Year’s Eve fireworks display. After the fireworks began at 9:20 PM, I noticed a bright, deep orange light about 45 degrees in the sky to the right of a car . It was slightly larger than a normal star. After a few minutes I noticed that it was rising very slowly, I could see this using telephone wires as a point of reference. As it got higher in the sky it began pulsing on and off in time with each fireworks explosion. That's when we all got out of the car to watch it. Every time a firework lit up the sky the light would dim right out...then slowly brighten back up. All this time it was moving across the sky and getting closer to the fireworks area. That's when we could see a faint shape attached to the light. It was too far away to see but we could all make it out. The shape was about three times the size of the light. It seemed to pass directly over the fireworks area and head out towards the sea. After 15 minutes the fireworks display sent up it's last few starburst rockets. As they went off, we saw multiple orange lights maybe 8-10 all flash together. This was not part of the fireworks explosion as these lights went on and off multiple times in exactly the same position of the sky where the first object was headed. My whole family can't stop talking about whatever it was....I think they enjoyed the UFO more than the Fireworks. Thanks to Brian Vike A 3D recreation of the event is at http://www.hbccufo.org/videos/multipleobjectflashnsw.avi Iran -- Increased UFO Activity Noted "The flights of unidentified objects and phenomena in the skies over the country have increased in the recent weeks," according to a news report in Iran. Iranian observers are not vexed by the possibility of extraterrestrial invasion, but by the more proximate threat of aerial reconnaissance and intelligence collection by foreign adversaries. See "An increase in the number of unidentified flying objects in the country's sky," from the daily newspaper E'temad, December 25, 2004, (translated by the CIA's Foreign Broadcast Information Service): http://www.fas.org/irp/news/2004/12/iran122504.html
Mexico: UFOs Photographed Guanajuato -- Inexplicata-the Journal of Hispanic Ufology-reports that on December 23, 2004, Messrs. Eduardo Ortega and Salvador Ortega videotaped small structures crossing the solar disk at high speed and in different directions at 1 PM. Upon examining the recorded images in slow-motion and frame by frame, the following images (attached) were seen. Consideration was given to the possibility that these may be the oft-mentioned "rods," without dismissing any other type of known event. The very same phenomenon was reported to the "Ojos De La Ciudad" UFO Group that same week by Mrs. Vicky Mendez, a well-known photographer of UFOs. Thanks to the Journal of Hispanic Ufology. HERMOSILLO, Sonora Luis Gonzalez reports, “More than half of a hill located on the Hermosillo coast apparently "vanished." The event was classified by Sonoran scientists as "strange and surprising" According to a series of images taken by EL IMPARCIAL which were classified as "historically significant," a hill belonging to the Sierra de Cirios range near Puerto Libertad ceased to exist in a matter of hours. At 08:54 minutes on January 10, 2005, a reporter and photographer from this newsroom saw what they took to be a UFO as they drove along Route 36 North along the coastline. After this sighting there occurred a strange phenomenon in which rocky formations changed composition (sic). At 14:08 hours, as shown by photographs taken from the site, a considerable part of the hill had disappeared. Thanks to Translation (c) 2004. by Scott Corrales, Institute of Hispanic Ufology (IHU). Special thanks to Guillermo Gimenez. INEXPLICATA The Journal of Hispanic Ufology January 11, 2005 Philippines – Mystical Orbs DAKIT -- Michael Harman writes, “I am an American living in the Philippines. I moved here last April and married a local girl. I live in a city called Dakit which is part of the larger city of Bogo located on the island of Cebu, the northern part of that island is on the ocean. I recently built a house here and have been getting lots of pictures of what looks like orbs in my photos of the house. In one picture at the Christmas party on my property, the entire photo is covered with what looks like orbs, each one is different and the patterns do not repeat from photo to photo. I have ruled out reflections and dirt on the lenses. I am taking these with an Olympus C-750 Digital camera, so no spots on the film. Go to my web site and view the orbs at: http://ufoph.freehomepage.com/orbs.htm http://ufoph.freehomepage.com/index.htm Editor' Note: Most of the orb photos seem to be associated with dust or electrical energy from vehicles such as cars or planes. Some of this can be tested by deliberately manufacturing dust and taking similar photos. If you
have very little dust or electrical generating equipment, then there may be another cause since the camera can pick up things we do not see. Ghosts and other anomalies may also produce these orbs. There are many strange things going on! Mars - Rover Opportunity Washed With Water? New Scientist magazine reports that something, or someone is regularly cleaning layers of dust from the solar panels of the Mars Opportunity vehicle while it was closed down during the Martian night. The Rover Opportunity is getting washed each night and this has boosted its performance by cleaning its panels' power output close to their maximum 900 watt-hours per day. At one stage its power output dropped to 500 watt-hours because of the heavy Martian dirt. Heavy dust has dropped the Spirit Rover to 400 watt-hours a day on the other side of the planet. Jim Erickson rover team leader says, "These exciting and unexplained cleaning events have kept Opportunity in really great shape!" The image below shows surface water near Opportunity. Thanks to Harold Carver. http://qt.exploratorium.edu/mars/jpl-images/web/opportunity/pancam/2004-12-19/1P155450047EFF38EVP2557L4M1.JPG See views Mars Anomalies Mars is an ideal viewing point to watch activities here on Earth – and we now know there are many artificial features on its surface such as possible writing, structures, pyramids, pictures of humanoids, water and plant life, and even UFOs. Earth and Mars both have inopportune artifacts that are surprising similar. Here on Earth we all know that many thousands have testified that "Somebody" is visiting us. Many artifacts from our own human history were cause for speculation and scientific conflicts, because they did not fit our world view of the origin of civilization OR EVEN THE ORIGIN OF MAN. But - the artifacts remain AND HUMANS SIMILAR TO MAN APPARENTLY ONCE EXISTED ON MARS.. John E. Combest writes, "It took me several days, but I finally worked my way through the photos at Malin Space Science Systems to find the photo in which the damaged, large building appears. Anyone who wishes to review that photo will find it as follows: Internet Site: http://www.msss.com Click on: Mars Images and MOC Gallery Click on: MOC Images with Captions - 1997 through Present
Click on: 2002 - October Click on: 07 October - MOC2-320 Enlarge the left image entitled, "Gullies in crater at 42.4 deg S, 158.2 deg W In the bottom center of the photo below the top of the hill there appears to be a large rock sticking out of the sediment. When you enlarge that part of the photo you will find the remains of one large building along with primarily the slabs of several outbuildings. Remember that you are looking almost straight down on top of the remains of those structures. The roof of the central largest building is missing, and you can see down inside the remaining four walls of that building. Happy Hunting, Thanks to: John E. Combest, Inspection Engineer Visit The Skywatch-International Web Site http://www.skywatch-international.org/ Switzerland – Green UFO LAUSANNE -- On December 1, 2004 at 9:15 PM, my friend and I were on a city bridge walking when we both on our left hand side 30 degrees south above the lake thought what appeared to be some kind of green fireworks, but the light continued on to show a comet shape going east to west. It was big, green, and glowing and left some kind of trail. The object was silent and slow, it was not like anything I had ever seen, my friend said (in his own words) is it a rocket or a satellite? But I had seen them before and it did\'t look like any of them. A few days later I met another witness who described the same arc path and the same color and shape, and time. The next day the local newspapers didn't write a line about this incident. Whatever it was, it disappeared behind a building, vanished! Evian, France is on the other side of the lake and some mountains. Now I am even more convinced that we are not alone. Thanks to Jim Hickman, Director Skywatch International Inc. http://www.skywatch-international.org California - Two Brilliant, Pulsating, Red Lights SAN DIEGO BAY PARK -- Five witnesses saw two objects larger than the star Sirius that was bright red and very high over Mission Bay a Pacific Beach , in the final minutes of December 31 2004. The two lights were red brilliant, pulsating, lights from 11:55 till 11:58 PM. Using binoculars the objects appeared round and were very high in the sky. The higher one stopped pulsating, flickered rapidly, then took off at a very high rate of speed west over the ocean. The second one did exactly the same thing one minute later. This all happened just a few minutes before the New Year. Thanks to Brian Vike, Director HBCC UFO Research PARAMOUNT -- Shortly after midnight on January 1, 2005, from the east two lights came into view and stopped suddenly, then a second later, two more
appeared and proceeded to attack the first two by lunging at one another very, very quickly. They were shooting at each other at 12:02 AM, in something like tracer fire. After each one took their shots they disappeared quickly into the sky. Two remained for a couple of minutes in a stationary position, then all of a sudden took off straight up and disappeared in about three seconds. The lights were very bright, more so than the stars around it. They were not planes or helicopters. They were in the flight landing pattern for L.A.X. from the east. Oddly enough, I do not remember seeing any planes descending from the skies as usual in this busy approach. Thanks to Brian Vike, Director HBCC UFO Research MT. SHASTA -- Mariola in Northern California writes, "Just want to send you some pictures of something that looks like a UFO and also strange spheres, from our trip there at the end of the past summer." Thanks to Mariola Florida ˇ Diamond UFO COCONUT CREEK -- On December 8, 2004, about 7:30 PM, the witness and his daughter saw the North Star brighter than they had ever seen. But it only got brighter and brighter as if it was getting closer. The witness states, "My daughter and I just froze as the light was heading down in a 45 degree angle, and then flew back up again." It flew slowly yet smoothly. We could see its shape take form as it flew over us. It was diamond shaped with lights at each end and more lights symmetrical to the shape of the aircraft. We thought it might have been a rare shaped plane. But what's been bugging us is that at first it just appeared to hover without moving. It got bigger and brighter, and made no sound. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com Mississippi ˇ Boomerang UFO BILOXI ˇ The witness was standing outside watching the meteor shower on December 14, 2004, at midnight when a boomerang of lights seemed to appear out of nowhere. It was close to the ground, but made no sound. It turned in different directions rapidly then just disappeared. I live close to Keesler Air Force Base and figured it was probably just a plane, but I could see no outline of a plane even though it was close to the ground and I could hear no engines. It looked like a flock of geese all wearing orangish~yellow lights, but of course birds don't have lights. I'm the biggest skeptic I know, but this has me puzzled and wondering. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com New Hampshire - Video
PLYMOUTH -- Paul Spera writes, " My girlfriend and I took a ride up the highway on December 17, 2004, and we noticed something hovering in the eastern sky, so I pulled over. The object remained motionless at around 2000 feet or so until a plane at about 5000 feet started traveling towards it from the south. The object then began to slowly move away from us heading east. High traffic on the highway allowed me to take only short footage but when analyzing this clip it clearly shows the object changes color and strobes brightly. Images can be seen at my website. Thanks to Paul Spera [email protected] New Hampshire UFO Hunter Website http://mysite.verizon.net/vzeomxpk/ New Jersey ˇ Four UFOs KEASBEY -- Reverend Barna reports, "I think it was a close encounter of the third kind since I had an understanding of intelligence from the phenomenon." On December 17, 2004, at 4:45 PM, on a clear evening during sunset while standing still in the traffic at the Union Toll Plaza, I noticed four orbs in the sky. They were large round luminous balls of white light about 10,000 feet high. At first the four balls of light were loosely knit and spread apart, then they moved towards each other, then one of them stopped moving up, while the other three moved to the left, and up. One of the three broke off and began moving in a separate motion and direction towards the west. The other two continued their journey southwest slowly and at a measured pace. They came to rest briefly above the one that stopped moving initially. They formed a perfect triangle, the two at the top "quite level" to the horizon about ten inches above the tree line 1/4 mile away. The three others in the perfect triangle came closer and then stood still for fifteen seconds then began to slowly drift westward toward the setting sun eventually dipping below the tree line. They stayed in the last position for a fifteen seconds while in the triangle pattern they gently pulsed brighter each second. This was observed by at least 500 people. How many reports do you have about this? What really pains me deep down, is the apparent ignorance of our species and can only wonder what other minds comprehended. If the species rejects the visual data that is presented to them, what must we suffer through next? Look up! I fear our time is short! God Bless. Thanks to Reverend L. Damian Barna North Carolina ˇ Orb Photo on New Years Eve HIGHPOINT -- Alan Caviness writes, "I shot this really nice orb image Friday night (New Year's Eve) out at the local UFO hotspot I've told you about in Davidson County. Nice structure and color, huh. It was the best image out of 195 pictures. " The orb was small in the original picture. I had to zoom in on it quite a bit. Thanks to Alan Caviness
Pennsylvania ˇ Flying Triangle Follows Lady MARTIN'S CORNER ˇ Mary E. Spitz a former Captain in the Army, reports she was driving to her Mother's house on Mother's Day of 2004, at 10:10 PM, when she saw a triangular UFO with flashing red and white lights. It had no sound. It flew in very low and started to followed her car. She states, "I was alone and very scared after I cited it in the town of Martin's Corner and it followed me to my Mother's house which is Wagontown." I traveled on Highway 340 east bound and then on some country roads ending at Red Mill Road in Wagontown. She states, "The craft followed me at only 100 yards above my car until I got to my Mother's house, and I ran inside the house very frightened." The craft hovered and seem to land in the field across the road. It seemed as though it wanted to take me, but did not force me to go. I kept on telling it to leave. After ten minutes hovering above the open field it flew away towards the east. It was about 50 feet on each of the three sides. There were three blinking lights, probably the red one was in the center. What I really want to know is who flies in triangular space craft? Thanks to Mary Spitz, Ohio ˇ Several Sightings STRONGSVILLE -- Diane writes, "We spoke a few months ago about the sightings in Olmsted Falls in September. I get the feeling that something or someone does not like my telling you anything about this. I have now really seen a UFO several different times. The last one being December 21, 2004, as I was leaving the Post Office in Strongsville, Ohio, and driving home I saw the lights in the sky very much like our pictures that were taken in Olmsted Falls by the police. A few days before that, I was sitting at my computer and heard a static kind of sound and turned around to see a round ball. It was about the size of a large grapefruit or small melon, that looked like the sun, yellow and orangey bright about 10 inches or so above the floor and it moved along the wall across from me in a straight line. It doubled back to about the middle of the wall then disappeared, gone just like that. That night I had such strange things happen in my sleep, they are bizarre but I can't get them out of my mind. I am a nervous wreck, I feel angry, cranky, scared and very concerned. So much so that I have had bumps on my back for about a week now. I am putting antibiotic ointment and cortisone cream on them and they seem to be responding. My husband thinks I am crazy and need to see a Doctor and he's right. I am angry, they did not like me wearing gold, my beautiful ring has a crack in it and it is bent. My bracelet is squished by the clasp. I will try to tell more at another time. Thanks to Diane in Olmstead, Ohio. SOUTH WEBSTER -- Dave Crisp writes, "On Christmas Eve, December 24th, 2004 at 7 PM, I walked out of my house to bring in my cat for the night and
noticed a star falling 90° down in the southeast." It fell in one to three seconds. Its color was antifreeze green or maybe blue green and there was no trail. All the other meteors I've seen had trails. I always look up into the sky because I am an amateur astronomer and photographer. This object was about the size of Venus or -1 magnitude star. The moon was nearly full and the sky was cloudless. This object was about 40° high in the sky when I first noticed it. Thanks to Dave Crisp FOSTORIA ˇ George Ritter continues to send UFO video of UFOs operating over the farm near his home. It is difficult to obtain hig quality photos due to what appears to be a plasma interferrence to the video camera. Rhode Island - Unusual Light In Sky EXETER ˇ The witness was driving north on Route 2, on December 13, 2004, at 8:35 PM, and went around a curve near the RI Veteran's Cemetery, when all of a sudden something in the sky caught my eye. It kind of looked like a star, but the partly cloudy skies made seeing stars very difficult. It was a bright white or blue light that moved west, curving a little bit before disappearing behind a cloud. The way it moved reminded me of a kid playing with a laser pointer on a wall...kind of an S-shaped curve. It was fast...but I've seen meteor showers before and it definitely wasn't as fast as a meteor. It was way too fast for an aircraft. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director South Carolina TRIO ˇ The witness reports, "My husband and I were returning home from Georgetown heading west on 521, on December 13, 2004, at 10:30 PM when we saw three bright lights in a triangle pattern. There is lots of sky activity around here and we are starting to wonder if there is military testing going on? These were not as orange as the previous lights we saw in other sightings, but they faded pretty quickly in the same way. Just after we got home to Salter's, my husband stayed out in the yard to catch a glimpse of the meteor showers. He saw six lights at a time, paired in threes in three different vectors. They were located east of us, and the lights lit up, stayed on and then faded just as before. There was no noise to be heard. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com Texas ˇ Flying Triangle GREENVILLE -- On December 11, 2004, about 10 PM, the observer saw triangle shaped lights that slowly faded out and disappeared. Traveling west bound on I-30 the observers noticed what appeared to be three bright "stars" in a triangle shaped above the horizon. The lights appeared stationary and they emitted the
same white light of a star, but much brighter. The couple noticed all three lights slowly faded out until they were gone. I thought at first it was a plane that made a turn and we had simply lost view of the lights. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com GARLAND ˇ The witness was trying to spot Geminid meteors in his suburban back yard, when a 737 flew across his house on the glide path into Dallas Love Field. Then, he saw a dim indeterminately shaped object. While trying to divert my gaze from the 737 landing lights, I noticed a very dim object about 1 degree of arc in length and of an indeterminate width, moving south perpendicular to the path of the 737. It flew silently about 1.5 degrees per second on December 14, 2004, at 12:30 AM. It seemed to occult some stars as it traveled at an indeterminate altitude. It had no luminescence except for the faintest shimmer as it moved across the starry sky. Its magnitude was between 4 and 5. It made no noise. I observed it for about ninety seconds until it was no longer visible. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com FRIENDSWOOD --A triangular shaped craft was seen near Houston, on December 12, 2004, at 2 AM, while taking my dogs outside. The sky was unusually clear and the stars were more visible then I have seen so I stopped to enjoy them. It was then that I noticed a triangular shape of lights while I was looking to the northwest. I realized that there was a solid object inside the triangular shape of lights. I ran inside and called my husband, brother and a friend who both confirmed that they were seeing the same thing. We all watched it for awhile but the object never moved and the lights would blink sometimes a red or blue. The size of the object was 1 12 inches. A light was on each tip with more lights lining the sides of the object. The object hovered and two shooting stars were seen to the south, but may not be related to the sighting. Thanks to Peter Davenport Director www.UFOcenter.com Canada ˇ UFO Sightings High TELKWA, BRITISH COLUMBIA ˇ Brian Vike returned a telephone call to Gordon who on December 16, 2004, at 11:00 PM witnessed a long narrow tail of light. The light was coming from the north and had some color to it. He saw a large dark object with a tail following behind. Iit was visible due to the brightness of the starlit night. The object moved extremely fast and it disappeared or burned out roughly over the Houston area. Gordon was one of many witnesses who reported an amazing object that flew low through the Bulkley Valley back on July 29, 2003. That case turned out to be a major story both for myself and the newspaper out of Smithers, B.C. Thanks to Brian Vike. Director HBCC UFO Washington - Frequent Sightings and Photos MOUNT ADAMS -- Spar Guideman as taken a series of photos of disk shaped UFOs near the mountains.
Picture show the edge of conference building under construction. A UFO is flying just above and left of the jet contrail. Thanks to Spar Guideman Canada - Sightings Continue SURREY, B.C. ˇ On December 27, 2004 at 5:30 PM, I happened to noticed a large yellow light heading north. It was similar in size to the Space Station so I grabbed for my binoculars but it winked out. I set my camera up and left it running pointed to the same area where the light disappeared when, two bright lights flashed on for a few seconds about 6 PM. They were as bright as Venus during the summer. First # 1 - Which showed up as a bright red object on the view finder, when I freeze framed it and zoomed in, it appeared to be a black oval shaped object with a large white area covered by a reddish cloud which extended out from the upper left hand side. It blinked out and then a few seconds later the other light flashed on. ( #2 ) Zooming in on it revealed a perfect black circular object with two oval white areas. It was below and off to the left of the first object. The camera was set at 20X with the night vision on. ( #3 ) A white object composed of two large white rectangular lights attached one below and slightly to the rear. It flew through the field of vision heading roughly NNW. It could possibly have been a plane but I didn't see any blinking lights. It was just a steady glow as it flew by. The camera was set at 40 X zoom so it must have been quite far away. Thanks to Brian Vike. Image of what the witness saw can be found at: http://www.hbccufo.org/modules.php?name=News&file=article&sid=219 2 Chile ˇ UFO Photo PISCO ELQUI - A variety of tests established the veracity of the images taken on November 6, 2004, by a group of travel agents that reached the area to tour the valley. At around 5 PM, we were taking photos with the intention of redoing a traditional post card of the region. Tatiana Cornejo, representative for the Deltour Travel Agency, decided to have a photo taken of herself in the town square. Above the local church Cornejo we noticed something that shows a strange lenticular object. She submitted the photo to the Altovalsol Space Center to discard the possibility of a UFO presence. After making this decision, several expert analyses were made and experts from Ovnivision Chile validated that the object appearing in the photo was indeed a UFO. Now the material shall be subjected to scrutiny by ufologists from Mexico, Spain, France and the U.S. Ovnivision and the Altovalsol Space Center consider this to be a legitimate image, since it made it through the tests. It is further impossible that it could be a bird, since to be seen thus, it would have to have a 5 meter wingspan," explains
Riffo. Thanks to Translation (c) 2004. Scott Corrales, Institute of Hispanic Ufology. India -- News Of Alien Presence Startles HIMALAYAS -- India was startled by four reports last week, which appeared to confirm the rumors of a large underground base staffed by extraterrestrials in the Ladakh region of the Himalayas. In New Delhi, India's capital, a senior officer of the Indian Army told freelance journalist Subha Jain that aliens were indeed in the Himalayas. In Bangalore, a recently-retired officer of the Indian Air Force described the underground base to his youngest son's elementary school class and said aliens had met with high-ranking officials of India's government. In Leh, a city in the Ladakh region, a local official confirmed that the Indian Army had moved armored brigades into the area and was limiting access to civilian residents and tourists. In Joshimath, another Ladakh town, workers at an auto repair shop claim they witnessed a strange broadcast on their TV set. "According to Subha Jain, a very senior military official claimed the extraterrestrials have been visiting India and the rest of the world for thousands of years." "In recent years, most of the super-powers have been visited. India is no exception." "'They always make contact through the ground radar stations run by the military, she says." "The Himalayas and Ladakh are where they have made their most recent contact. They want to let Indians know the rules and regulations of the multidimensional universe." "India is planning an unmanned moon and later an advanced unmanned Mars expedition. India's Space Research Organisation (SRO) has been given the galactic do's and don'ts." "Last week, a flight commodore of the Indian Air Force (IAF), who recently retired, was asked to provide a little talk to his youngest son's class at a school in Bangalore." "Guess what he picked as a topic? Yes, you got it right. It was the advanced landing base for UFOs in Ladakh." "He started by saying new technology is evolving, and new advancements are being made in aerospace. The students started questioning him on these new technologies and where this technology came from. At that moment, he began giving a vivid description of the landing base." "Surrounded by two of the world's highest mountain ranges, the Himalayas and the Karakorams. Residents live at altitudes ranging from 2,750 meters (9,000 feet) at Kargil to 7,672 meters (25,170 feet) at Saser Kangri in the Karakorams. In summer, temperatures rarely exceed 27 degrees Celsius, while in winter they plummet to minus 20 degrees Celsius, even in Leh." "In Leh, Ladakh according to Tsering Spalzang, a senior official, paranormal activities are happening with regard to the buildup of the Indian Army" in the region.
"These are zones that the Indian Army and Indian Air Force block for security reasons. The Ladakh valley has been heavily secured by the Indian government. It is a 'sensitive area' and no one is allowed to enter from either the Indian side or the Chinese side." "According to some in New Delhi, UFOs have made contact with high-ranking officials of the Indian government. The government was initially baffled, not knowing how to react. Later, things became quiet, and it seems that everyone understands that the extraterrestrials are friendly." Krishnari Bai Dharapurnanda, UFO Roundup correspondent in India, reported, "I am trying to learn more about a strange incident that occurred in Joshimath. A family was working on an automobile engine at their repair shop. They had a small, battery-powered Chinese black-and-white television set and it gave out a weird squealing noise. When they looked, they saw on screen a crystal clear picture--in color!" "The screen showed a young Chinese woman wearing a white halter top. She had long, glossy black hair, parted in the middle and with a shelf of bangs just touching her eyebrows. She had almond eyes and prominent cheekbones. And spoke in a strange language, then another, a third, and a fourth language recognized as Uighur." "Next a Pathan man from northern Pakistan appeared who had a rather fleshy face and a small moustache. He was dressed very strangely in a kind of scale-mail armor and a spiked helmet covered with a puggaree (turban). He, too, spoke in an unknown language. Then, he paused and spoke again in Urdu, which everyone in the shop understood." "He said he and the Chinese woman were emissaries of the extraterrestrials. He said the aliens mean no harm and have placed the Ladakh valley under their protection. He advised the people to go about with their lives and rest assured that they would not be troubled in any way by the UFOs. The color image then vanished, replaced by a screen full of crackling static." "Our ufologists believe the woman addressed her message to people living north of the Himalayas, in China, while the Pathan was addressing the mountain people here in India and in Pakistan. We have only heard of this one incident. If the aliens building this base wanted to communicate with the people of Ladakh, why didn't they themselves appear on the TV? Why would they use two humans as their emissaries?" (See the newspaper India Daily for December 19, 2004, "ET contacts with India's government and military." Many thanks to John Winston, Robert Fischer and Krishnari Bai Dharapurnanda for these reports.) Thanks to UFO Roundup Vol. 9 #52 December 29, 2004, Editor: Joseph Trainor [email protected] Mexico ˇ Photo SAN JOSE DEL VALLE, GUADALAJARA JALISCO -- I am going to annex two photos for your consideration and explanation, see the objects to the left and right in the corner. The unmodified photo taken with a Kodak Easy Share DX4530 digital camera in auto mode, was taken in San Jose del Valle, Guadalajara Jalisco Mexico December 26, 2004, at 2 PM, I didn't see the object in
Strange lights over Worcestershire, England, in July 2003 (BBC News)
The appearance of hovering, flashing lights in the Australian sky last night has residents Down Under wondering what could have been the source. Readers of the local newspaper, the Northern Territory News, phoned the publication to report green, blue and red lights illuminating the sky above Darwin, around 8:30 p.m.
On December 18, 2004 at 15:45 hrs, a rural contractor managed to photograph a strange flying object in a field near Santa Rosa. Roberto Maggio was taking snapshots of the various machines working on tasks related to harvesting without ever being aware of the UFOs presence. The object was not seen by other persons working in the area either. At night, upon downloading the digital photos from his camera to the PC, he was startled to detect an object tha showed a blurry outline. On top and bottom, however, the object was somehow sharper, presenting a darker central area. Maggio was also able to detect a small, blurry dot in an earlier photo which was supposedly the same object, but appearing with a better perspective in the next shot. Laboratory technician Julie Lynn, a self-described skeptic of unidentified flying objects, saw the lights with her husband from their balcony. "It was fascinating to watch," she told the paper. "I was quite looking forward to curling up on the couch and watching a movie but it had our attention until we went to bed after midnight. "It hovered in the one place for at least two hours but had moved significantly when we checked on it again before we went to bed. I can't believe there are UFOs or little green men out there – there must be an obvious explanation. And we weren't drinking so it wasn't something we imagined."
The object was said to be "shaped like three connected ball-shaped spheres that flashed blue, green and red from as many as six different light sources," according to the News. "It first appeared in a southeasterly direction and was moving northeast." Kelly Cooper, a spokeswoman for the Australian Department of Defence, said the object was not a secret military aircraft, nor related to the air force. Local airport officials also denied the UFO could have been in a plane waiting for clearance to land in Darwin. In early April of this year, Australians reported seeing a huge fireball streaking across the sky, which some have speculated to be a meteor. "Suddenly there was this flash, it's the only way I can describe it – it was so bright it was a white flash and it lit everything up. It was like somebody had turned on 50,000 spotlights," said witness Elsa Nelms. Later that month in Iran, people were reported rushing out into the streets in eight towns to watch a bright "extraterrestrial light dipping in and out of the clouds." The Islamic Republic News Agency also reported colorful objects seen beaming out green, red, blue and purple rays over the northern cities of Tabriz and Ardebil and in the Caspian Sea province of Golestan.
Image taken from infrared video of UFOs And in May, the Mexican air force released video footage of 11 unidentified flying objects that were only visible via an infrared camera.
The objects reportedly flew around a military surveillance plane, Reuters reported. Jamie Maussan, a journalists and UFO enthusiast, told reporters the objects seemed "intelligent" because at one point they changed direction and surrounded the plane that was chasing them. "They were invisible to the eye but they were there, there is no doubt about it. They had mass, they had energy and they were moving about," Maussan said after showing a 15-minute video. He says Mexico's Defense Ministry gave him permission to show the footage. Authorities Investigating Mutilated Cattle Email to a Friend Printer Friendly Version Authorities Investigating Mutilated Cattle Local News Headlines More >> Homeowner Unhappy with Builder Crime Stoppers Releases Surveillance Tape Senator, General Tour CCAD Gollihar Construction Nearing Completion Phase III of Seawall Reconstruction to Start Monday New Showbarn Long Way Off Group Says New Spay/Neuter Law Not Tough Enough Two Young Men Injured in Overnight Accident Commissioners Pay Tribute to Fallen Marine Terror Suspects Arrested SANDIA - Authorities are investigating a case of livestock mutilation. An Orange Grove man made the discovery. He said from the looks of it the two cows died under some bizarre circumstances. Cattle deaths are like those of any other animal, but every once in awhile cattle carcasses are found with strange cuts and all their organs removed. Cattle mutilation is a worldwide mystery. James Lund and his nephew noticed a dead cow lying in a pasture while driving down a highway near Sandia this week. He didn't think much of it, but later on took a closer look and found two dead cattle. They weren't just dead - they were mutilated. "We noticed they had some really, really strange cuts on them," said Lund. The animals eyes, ears, tongue, udders, and reproductive organs both were missing. Their carcasses had large circles carved out with surgical precision. "It looked like it was cauterized as it was cut." He said both animals were in the same position about 150 yards apart. The Texas and Southwestern Cattle Raisers Association has said most of these peculiar deaths can be chalked up to possums, skunks and other varmints that pray on animals that die of natural causes. That's it. But others believe the
circumstances surrounding theses deaths are so mysterious, it could be something else." "I'd say it was pretty weird. I've read about, I've heard about it on TV, about these weird mutilations of cattle, but I never thought I'd see one." Even the buzzards have been staying away from the cattle, a strange behavior that's been reported in other cases of cattle mutilations from around the world. James Lund contacted officials about his discovery. 6News attempted to contact the owner of the land and the cattle, but were unsuccessful in doing so. Online Reporter: Aaron Drawhorn Posted: 17:11 on 1.7.05 December 13, 2004 UFO spotted in China: Report By: AFP Beijing: An unidentified flying object, or UFO, passed across the large northwestern Chinese city of Lanzhou and apparently exploded in the suburbs, state media said today. The unusual sighting of two bright trails of light, reported by several witnesses, took place Saturday shortly before midnight, the China Times reported. Police, working on the theory that it was a meteorite, went to investigate the matter, but as of today they had found no evidence of what caused the nightly phenomenon, an officer said. A taxi driver told the paper he was in his car when everything suddenly became "as bright as day." When he pulled over, he saw a fireball with a tail of about three meters darting across the sky, he said. China has been hit by several waves of UFO sighting in recent years, and the country has a research association devoted to the study of possible extraterrestrial visits. http://ww1.mid-day.com/news/world/2004/december/99305.htm
In fact there is an enormous UFO wave transpiring… UFO waves in Australia, China, India, and even Italy, whilst a large amount of UFOs are being seen again the USA… Here is a selection of just a few, in December, preceeding the Tsunami: Date / Time City State Shape Duration Summary Posted 12/31/04 23:15 Santiago (Chile) Rectangle 10-15 minutes Very bright red-orange "blinking" light in northern horizon (west of Pleiades) - brighter than Mars, two sightings, Santiago, Chile 1/11/05 12/31/04 23:00 Centurion (South Africa) Sphere 45min sphere balls in sky 1/11/05 12/31/04 22:00 Hastings (New Zealand) Fireball 5 min Yellow gold starlike object slowly rising in the western sky 1/11/05 12/31/04 21:20 Hastings (New Zealand) Other 15 minutes Hastings New Zealand. A slow moving bright orange cup shaped disk very clear and visible 1/11/05 12/31/04 16:00 Lombard IL Disk 3 minutes saucer shaped object in the sky glows white and fades three times in sky 1/11/05 12/31/04 13:00 Friendswood TX Triangle 10-15 min. Saw orange light appear and dissapear on different parts of the sky for alteast 10 minutes 1/11/05 12/31/04 06:25 Sumter SC Light 3 MIN Point of light 1/11/05 12/31/04 01:00 Dunstable (UK/England) Cone 15 mins Cone shaped object 1/11/05 12/30/04 20:30 Wellsville NY Fireball 3 minutes Bright orange glowing object that hovered, moved across the sky and down, then disappeared. 1/11/05 12/30/04 20:00 Anchorage AK Light 15 min Two hovering lights above Anchorage, Alaska 1/11/05 12/30/04 11:30 Fullerton CA Oval 20 min Hovered up and down and side to side 1/11/05 12/30/04 09:15 Sebring FL Circle 30 seconds Bright white light appeared in clear blue sky for about 30 seconds around 9 A.M. 1/11/05 12/30/04 06:15 Quebec (Canada) QC Light 5 min The objects stayed in the sky without moving. 1/11/05 12/30/04 06:00 Inglewood CA Circle 2 Minutes Possible International Space Station Siteing 1/11/05 12/29/04 21:10 Gainesville FL Light 5MINS I COULDN'T BELIEVE MY EYES 1/11/05 12/29/04 18:30 Billerica MA Circle at least 2 hours Large White circles of light racing in circles at fast speed above the clouds in Billerica, Ma 1/11/05 12/29/04 11:42 Lake City FL Circle 12 minutes Seven brite dots seemed to hover for 12 minutes, then vanished instantly. 1/11/05 12/28/04 21:00 Phoenixville PA Triangle 20 mins Light along the sides with a shape of a triangle 1/11/05 12/28/04 21:00 Fox Chapel PA Triangle 90secs Thsi not one of the UFOs I see before. 1/11/05 12/28/04 06:30 Terre Haute IN Light 15 MINUTES I SEEN A LIGHTS HOVERING IN MORNING ABOVE HIGHWAY, THEN WENT UP INTO SKY. 1/11/05 12/28/04 04:00 Havre de Grace MD Unknown @ 1HOUR the object looked like a star and appeared to get brighter at times as it moved up and down across the nights sky 1/11/05 12/27/04 09:05 Sebring FL Circle 30 seconds Bright white light appeared in clear blue sky for about 30 seconds around 9 A.M. 1/11/05 12/26/04 23:10 Tobyhanna PA Light 5 Seconds Red light in the Sky 1/11/05 12/26/04 20:00 Green Lake WI Light at least 1 1/2 hrs Very bright object low in the evening sky that seemed to spin while emitting light in many different colors. 1/11/05
12/26/04 19:38 Toronto (Canada) Formation 6 SECONDS At about 19:38 pm I was out trying to view the comet Machholz as I was looking up in the sky directly above me while standing facing di 1/11/05 12/26/04 16:00 Sarasota FL Cylinder 3-4 minutes Two silver white cylinders moving way to fast for a blimp 1/11/05 12/26/04 13:30 Coimbatore AL Disk 2min a saucer shaped object brown metallic was seen descending just as i was watching the report on sea surges throughout asia thought these 1/11/05 12/26/04 00:00 Winter Park FL Changing 36 Min 27 Seconds 3 Multi colored objects hovored over my calm lake... 1/11/05 12/25/04 22:25 Gloucester MA Changing 5 MINUTES 2 triangles split apart to many stars and hovered near Orion. 1/11/05 12/25/04 21:00 Lafayette LA Fireball 5 MIN. CHRISTMAS NIGHT, OBJECT IN SKY GLOWING RED AND ORANGE. 1/11/05 12/25/04 18:35 Garden City NY Light 4 seconds I saw a white light in the sky flare brightly, then dim, then flare again, less brightly, then disappear. 1/11/05 12/25/04 17:00 Eugene OR Changing 5 minutes After exiting my garage on my way to the car, my eye caught something odd in the night sky. I observed what seemed to be an object with 1/11/05 12/25/04 06:20 Baker CA Light 30-45 seconds Fireball in Desert near Baker, Ca. 1/11/05 12/24/04 23:00 Monterrey (Mexico) Cross 45 seconds On December 24th at about 11:00pm a jet shaped objected moved across the sky glowing orange at a high altitude. 1/11/05 12/24/04 20:58 Vienna VA Fireball 1 sec Bright BLUE/GREEN object streaked cross the sky from NE to SW. 1/11/05 12/24/04 19:35 Peshastin WA Light 5 Minutes Slow Moving , Gold in Color,Started to Flash and Dropped a Light same in color as the object continued slow without any noise 1/11/05 12/24/04 19:00 South Webster OH Sphere 3 seconds Blue Green Falling Star-No Trail 1/11/05 12/24/04 04:00 Columbia MD Other over an hour object looked like a star, but the color changed back and forward 1/11/05 12/23/04 19:00 South Webster OH Sphere 3 seconds Blue Green Falling Star-No Trail 1/11/05 12/23/04 16:30 Murfreesboro TN Sphere Several seconds Bright orb of fiery red light seen beneath cloudy overcast in southern sky. 1/11/05 12/23/04 05:00 Somerville TX Other Very bright static light with multi-colors. 1/11/05 12/23/04 04:20 Malvern IA Light 5 seconds shooting star which stopped and suddenly shot upward 1/11/05 12/23/04 01:00 Palo Alto CA Formation 15 Seconds V shaped formation floats across sky, 1/11/05 12/23/04 00:00 Chatsworth GA Diamond 1 minute i came out an looked cuze of my dogs noise and there it wuz over the mountain 1/11/05 12/22/04 23:00 Tulsa OK Unknown 3-5 minutes strange noises in the night time sky of tulsa. 1/11/05 12/22/04 21:00 Birmingham (UK/England) Flash 3 seconds 3 white lights flash downward within about 0.3 seconds 1/11/05 12/22/04 20:30 Portland OR Unknown 10 Minutes Loud object with three lights. 1/11/05 12/22/04 16:39 Vancouver BC Cigar 2 minutes 6 cigar shaped objects over Vancouver 1/11/05 12/22/04 01:00 Lansdale PA Unknown few seconds A craft was speeding along at an insane speed and then stopped on the dot, hovered then flew back at an insane speed. 1/11/05 12/22/04 Oxford (UK/England) Cigar 3-4 minutes silver sparkly object splits into two!!!!!! 1/11/05
12/21/04 21:10 Wenatchee WA Fireball Seconds Large shooting star over eastern sky 1/11/05 12/21/04 20:00 Ponce (Puerto Rico) Circle 1 MINUTE Zig Zag shaped light does fast movements in the sky then banishes in one direction 1/11/05 12/21/04 06:30 San Marcos (Escondido, Rancho Bernardo) CA Other 20 mins enormous size blue ufo followed over 3 cities 1/11/05 12/21/04 04:30 Fairview NC Changing 2 hours UFO sightings in the eastern sky. 1/11/05 12/21/04 01:00 St. Paul MN Circle Ongoing Appear as two very bright stars with red centers. They are fairly fixed in the sky in a southeast location above the Mississippi River 1/11/05 12/21/04 00:05 North Miami FL Oval 90 seconds I have never seen anything that could move that quick and make a 90 degree turn, then go backwards!! 1/11/05 12/20/04 20:50 Prescott Valley AZ ongoing 5 "stars" in a curved pattern under Orion of a bright magnitude that don't belong thereand have never been there before! 1/11/05 12/20/04 18:00 Salome AZ Circle five minutes Three motionless orange lights appear, disappear, then reappear above Salome, Arizona. 1/11/05 12/20/04 17:30 Tulsa OK Unknown 20 secounds It was a bright light that was desending , then a big burst of something and then sped upward and out of sight 1/11/05 12/20/04 16:00 West Lafayette IN Oval 20 seconds 2000 mph metalic oval with con trail in day time sky over Indiana. 1/11/05 12/19/04 20:00 Kuwait Oval 4 minuts 4 din lights in the sky ((NUFORC Note: Advertising lights?? PD)) 1/11/05 12/19/04 18:00 Brighton (UK/England) Light 1 minute A bright light hovered some distance away for a minute, before bursting into 4 or 5 lights and all of them disappearing. 1/11/05 12/19/04 17:00 Tecumseh MI Light 11 huge glowing lights over Southern Michigan 1/11/05 12/18/04 22:20 Vancouver (Canada) BC Flash 1 second Silent blue lightning shoots from the sky 1/11/05 12/18/04 19:32 Coronado CA Flash 10 seconds it flashed for three or four seconds and disapered. 1/11/05 12/18/04 19:06 Tacoma WA Fireball 5 seconds Brite white ball with tail ..same as one in china seen by 700 or more people 1/11/05 12/18/04 19:05 Guarda la Vaca (Cuba) Light 5mins Bright Orange Light seen over Cuban Sky 1/11/05 12/18/04 19:00 Rockville IN Fireball 1min Glowing Disk Craft hovering over high power wires with fast strobing light on top and bottom , 1/11/05 12/18/04 18:45 Redmond WA Sphere 5 seconds Driving East on 520 freeway, off of NE 148th blue sphere traveling very fast about the size of a basketball appearing to head downwards 1/11/05 12/18/04 13:00 Santa Monica CA Cone 40 Minutes Unknown object over Santa Monica, CA. 1/11/05 12/18/04 05:30 Texarkana TX Circle 1 hr I saw a UFO without a doubt a UFO! 1/11/05 12/18/04 05:05 Thousand Oaks CA Disk 25 min. The object or light would move quickly from right to left, and move in a circular motion vertically. ((NUFORC: Possibly Venus?? PD)) 1/11/05 12/18/04 00:00 San Francisco CA Light 45 min UFO hiding in star constellation 1/11/05 12/17/04 16:35 Bellmawr NJ Formation 20MINUTES FOUR WHITE OBJECTS MOVING SLOWLY SW IN FORMATION 1/11/05 12/17/04 09:00 Los Angeles CA Triangle 5 Min Huge 1/11/05 12/17/04 00:30 East Islip NY Light 5 seconds Incredibly fast moving bright light in an oscilloscope-like path 1/11/05 12/16/04 22:40 Gaylesville AL Rectangle 5 seconds Enormous oval object with three lights flew just above tree tops and over my car. 1/11/05
12/16/04 20:30 Anaheim CA Fireball 2-3 sec large blue fireball moving very fast 1/11/05 12/16/04 18:05 Farmers KY Light 5 + minutes very bright object in sky, no movement, 2 bright headlight shape with faint light in center. 1/11/05 12/16/04 15:40 Binghamton NY Other 10 min This may not be reportable, but I feel that I must publish it. While going east to west in Binghamton, I was watching what appeared to 1/11/05 12/16/04 12:00 Anderson SC Cigar 5 minutes Silver cigar shaped object with no wings that stopped and changed direction in mid-air 1/11/05 12/16/04 11:00 São Paulo/ Brasil Formation 30 min black twins UFO 1/11/05 12/16/04 04:30 Ardmore PA Unknown 10 minutes Bright, randomly flashing, zig-zagging craft or object (possibly orb) off in the distance. 1/11/05 12/16/04 00:15 Veedersburg IN Light 5 minutes At 12:15AM a large extremely bright object in the northern sky was slowly moving south. As it moved closer, its size appeared even gre 1/11/05 12/15/04 23:00 Charelsoton MO Unknown 10 minutes Low flying craft with no sound 1/11/05 12/15/04 19:45 Poole, Dorset (UK/England) Sphere 5 seconds 2 objects travelling at slow speed (dim light)....then seperated at great speed on a tacking motion..and disappeared.......our first ev 1/11/05 12/15/04 19:35 Carmel IN Oval 4+minutes Bright pinkish orange oval radiating light at 19:35 close to the horizon and about 15-29 degrees east of due north. 1/11/05 12/15/04 09:55 Lajes Air Force Base (Portugal) UT Sphere 10 seconds none of the below was seen or experienced 1/11/05 12/15/04 09:00 Paola KS Triangle 2 min 3 traingle shaped objects, low to the gorund 1/11/05 12/15/04 08:10 Victoria (Canada) BC Circle ~40 minutes Six white lights encircling greenish dot, seen over Washington state,10000 feet, high moves slowly southward 1/11/05 12/15/04 05:00 Palo Alto CA Formation 34 Minutes Several V-Shpaed Formations of Amber glowing craft float across the night sky 1/11/05 12/15/04 04:35 Long Beach MS Light 5 minutes It was 4:25 a.m. on Wednesday 12/15/04 and I was preparing to set out for work. I had taken some water outside to de-ice my truck winds 1/11/05 12/14/04 23:30 Pond Inlet (Canada) NT Circle 10-15 seconds Racing lights 1/11/05 12/14/04 23:00 Charleston/Mt. Pleasant SC Sphere 5 seconds Gold, non moving light in sky that vanished completely over river near Charleston 1/11/05 12/14/04 22:30 Johnson Village/South Park CO Triangle 10 min. Traveling home my daughter noticed 3 stars that came closer and closer then we noticed that it dropped 2 ball like objects that came f 1/11/05 12/14/04 22:20 Seattle WA 2 seconds Hi again Mr. Davenport: I wanted to let you know that I spoke to my brother in law, who is a ferry boat captain on the North Vashon Is 1/11/05 12/14/04 21:00 Sandy UT Sphere 15 min strange changing light above south mountiain 1/11/05 12/14/04 18:28 Lucerne Valley CA Triangle 6 Min Large Triangle spotted In Lucerne Valley, CA on a clear cool night 1/11/05 12/14/04 17:00 Chatham (Canada) ON Sphere 10 minutes Tuesday, December 14, 2004 While driving to Chatham from Ridgetown on the 401 at apx. 4:50 pm I noticed a jet above the clouds on the 1/11/05 12/14/04 16:00 Darlington Light 30 seconds 14 dec 2004 2 small lights moving rapid in all directions dark night in darlington 1/11/05 12/14/04 06:58 Orange (also visable from Covina) CA Fireball about 5 minutes Saw Strange line of light due east of location in Orange, CA shortly before sun crested over horizon. Ran into house to get camera and 1/11/05 12/14/04 06:30 Phoenix AZ Light 5 Minutes Light above South Mountain, Phoenix 1/11/05
12/14/04 05:15 Brooklyn MI Light 2 minutes Bright orange light flares, changes into tight cluster of blinking lights that moves erratically over Brooklyn, Michigan. 1/11/05 12/14/04 04:30 Tremont MS Light 2-3 mins A strange sound appeared to be coming from something hovering over our house. As soon as it came it all of a sudden stopped. 12/14/04 12/14/04 01:00 Orrville OH Other 3-5 minutes 3rd time seeing the most peculiar aircraft I have ever seen. 1/11/05 12/14/04 00:30 Garland TX Unknown 1 min 30 sec. I saw a dim indeterminately shaped object that flew silently about 1.5 degrees per second whose only hint of its appearance was in the 12/14/04 12/13/04 23:59 Biloxi MS Unknown 6 to 8 secs V shaped light formation travleing S/SW in Biloxi 12/14/04 12/13/04 22:30 Trio SC Light 10 seconds More night sky activity in Salters 12/14/04 12/13/04 22:15 Seattle WA 2 seconds Hi Mr. Davenport: Just spoke to you about the “meteorite” that I saw or think I saw last night,Dec. 13, 2004 at approximately 10:15 to 12/14/04 12/13/04 21:07 Upper Black Eddy PA Circle 10 seconds fast ball of light moving every which way 12/14/04 12/13/04 20:35 Exeter RI Light less than a second unusual light in sky 12/14/04 12/13/04 20:00 Emory TX Cone Two hours - plus I witnessed a cluster of extremely bright white, blue and red strobe type lights at a low altitude for about two hours. 1/11/05 12/13/04 18:27 Alexandria LA 15-20 seconds Date: Dec. 13, 2004 Sighting Time: 06: 28 p.m. c.s.t. Location: Alexandria, Louisiana My wife and I were traveling by SUV over the 12/14/04 12/13/04 18:20 Myrtle Beach SC Light 60 seconds Sonic boom in Myrtle Beach 1/11/05 12/13/04 06:00 Cleveland TN Unknown 15 Minutes Sporadic movement from light, with cross glare. 12/14/04 12/13/04 03:11 Tucson AZ Fireball 3 seconds I was watching the geminids towards about I think it was Venus ENE I am located in NE Tucson AZ The fireball was slow for other meteor 12/14/04 12/13/04 02:00 Machesney Park IL Unknown 15-20minutes 15-20 minutes of Extreme light in the sky with very strange noises. 12/14/04 12/12/04 22:46 La Junta CO Light seconds Red light across the sky 12/14/04 12/12/04 22:15 College Station TX Triangle 5 minutes 22 orange-yellow UFOs, flying low, fast and silently east to south over Texas A&M University 4 randomly moving followed by 18 in a line 12/14/04 12/12/04 22:00 Nashville TN Light 30 min. lights circling inside clouds over Nashville 12/14/04 12/12/04 21:13 Mesa AZ Formation 10 seconds a formation of 5 yellowish orange flexing noodles flying across the sky 12/14/04 12/12/04 19:00 Tinley Park IL Flash 5 minutes series of exploding white, green, orange lights in NE area of Tinley Park within 5 mins 12/14/04 12/12/04 17:00 Santa Clarita CA Sphere 30minutes Bright red lights hoovering over Santa Clarita 12/14/04 12/12/04 17:00 Chino Hills CA Oval 15 min 12/12/2004 Chino hills objects hoverin very far from Earth Vshape formation. 1/11/05 12/12/04 10:00 Phoenix AZ Sphere 2 minutes glowing gold spere seen 10 am in nw phoenix -hovered then moved from s to n across west valley 12/14/04 12/12/04 02:45 Puyallup WA Sphere 5 Minutes orange glowing object that drops smaller glowing ojects. 12/14/04
12/12/04 02:00 Friendswood TX Triangle 45 min Triangular shape craft seen from the Houston, Tx. area on 12/12/04 @ 2 a.m. 12/14/04 12/11/04 22:00 Greenville TX Triangle 10-20 seconds Triangle shaped lights slowly fade out and disappear. 12/14/04 12/11/04 21:55 Van Alstyne TX Triangle 15 seconds Triangular formation of lights seen in the western sky above Van Alstyne, Texas fade away into the ether. 12/14/04 12/11/04 21:50 Fort Worth TX Light 1 minute Three lights in form of triangle in sky west of Fort Worth disappeared completely. Two were brilliant white & one orange. 12/14/04 12/11/04 21:00 Williamsport MD Fireball 6 seconds Green light emmitted from sky in Western Maryland ((NUFORC Note: Possible meteor. PD)) 12/14/04 12/11/04 20:00 College Park MD Fireball 2 seconds Big Green Ball of Light Falling over College Park, MD on December, 11 2004 ((NUFORC Note: Possible meteor. PD)) 12/14/04 12/11/04 19:55 Gaithersburg MD Other 2 seconds Brilliant green comet or meteor 12/14/04 12/11/04 19:55 Manassas VA Light 15 - 20 sec. Huge glowing green object in Northern VA. ((NUFORC Note: Possible meteor. PD)) 12/14/04 12/11/04 19:00 Washington DC Unknown unknown Possible UFO seen in skies over nation's capital 12/14/04 12/11/04 14:30 Monmouth Beach NJ Light 3 seconds 12 brilliant silver orbs surge from the cloud cover 12/14/04 12/11/04 00:00 Coconut Creek FL Diamond 5 minutes this object looked like the north star was getting 20 times closer to earth. 12/14/04 12/10/04 04:45 Los Angeles CA Light 5 seconds Small light heading north got brighter then flashed and headed south. 12/14/04 12/9/04 22:10 Bristol TN Triangle 25 seconds Triangular object photographed 12/14/04 12/9/04 22:05 Lourinha Triangle 6 sec. Triangle shaped lights disapeard on the sky 12/14/04 12/9/04 19:45 Lindsborg to Lyons KS Light 1Hr 15 Min Bright orbs appeared in the sky, bigger than stars and much brighter,also bigger than plane lights. 12/14/04 12/9/04 17:10 Palm Desert CA Other 5-10 minutes Saw a luminous yellow-green color craft, with external white lights. It was quite large. It was low on the horizon, so low that it wa 12/14/04 12/9/04 16:15 Yellowknife (Canada) NT Oval 8 minutes Twilight sighting of bright, glowing, red, oval and moving object in northern Canada. 12/14/04 12/9/04 07:30 Nason IL Light 10 Minutes moving vanishing star 12/14/04 12/9/04 03:00 Washington, D.C. this being was observed in the city. ((NUFORC Note: Bizarre creature apparently witnessed by sec. guard in Washington, D.C.. PD)) 1/11/05 12/9/04 01:46 Mariposa CA Light 3 hours Strange Lights over Mariposa California. 12/14/04 12/9/04 00:04 Chico CA Triangle 5 seconds Observed flying triangle with five orange lights as it flew silently and slowly in an eastwardly direction over city. 12/14/04 12/8/04 23:33 Henderson NE Formation 6 sec. 3 gold colored connected lights very large moving East to West 12/14/04 12/8/04 23:00 Washington DC Other In the air flying very low 20 feet above tree line. No sound at all. Moving from north to south. looked like a flat dark hangglyder typ 12/14/04 12/8/04 19:30 Surfside Beach SC Light 20 minutes Orange lights with many strobes over ocean in Surfside. 12/14/04 12/8/04 18:45 Peebles OH Light 1.5 mins Orions belt, Brighter than I ever saw anything, then two aircrafts departed in opposite directions from it. 12/14/04 12/8/04 18:00 Greenwood Lake NY Other 15 sec 3 lights moving very fast from east to west. First 2 lights merged then moved out of sight. 12/14/04
12/8/04 06:30 Goldbar WA Light 1.5 hrs there were 3, bright glowing objects hoovering in the pitch black sky. 12/14/04 12/8/04 05:20 Lithonia GA Light 5 seconds A bright green light with a quick burst of speed infront of my car while I was driving 12/14/04 12/8/04 00:00 Myrtle Beach SC Chevron 5 to 10 seconds Orangish - Reddish Glow moving in a zig zag pattern about midnight! 12/14/04 12/7/04 21:45 Midwest U. S. OH Unknown 30 minutes + Airline pilots see strange lights approaching Cincinnati 12/14/04 12/7/04 21:00 Kingsport TN Diamond 15-25 minutes A large amount of UFO's in the sky, including a low flying one that was nearly silent and a sort of diamond shape with 5 lights. 12/14/04 12/7/04 21:00 Johnson City TN Light short strange lights over washington county tennessee 12/14/04 12/7/04 19:55 Alexandria LA Formation 10-15 seconds While driving a friend ogf mine and I both saw random glowing lights appear in the sky then formed a strait line and dissapear 12/14/04 12/7/04 19:05 Myrtle Beach SC Unknown 10 Seconds White lights, in unison, left to right, not change in velocity, direction, or speed, much too large for a normal A/C 12/14/04 12/7/04 18:30 Salters SC Light 30 seconds Saw the same lights again tonight that we saw on October 20, 2004. 12/14/04 12/7/04 17:30 Chattanooga TN Fireball 10 seconds Fireball observed Tuesday, Dec 7, 2004 in Chattanooga, Tennessee 12/14/04 12/7/04 17:18 Tucson AZ Cylinder seconds Phasing Cigar UFO over NE Tucson AZ 12/14/04 12/7/04 05:45 Fort Worth TX Cigar 2 seconds Gold Cigar shaped object seen moving away from Carswell AFB. Object was moving very fast. I thought it was an Aircraft ditching into La 12/14/04 12/6/04 21:00 Oakwood GA Light less than a sec A beam of light like a firefly makes but at a way larger scale 12/14/04 12/6/04 20:00 Elyria OH Light 10 mins The lorain county airport is literally in my back yard. the object that i saw was a pulsing light of a full spectrum of colors. the o 12/14/04 12/6/04 19:00 CA Flash split seconds intense flashes light up whole sky 12/14/04 12/6/04 18:55 Brandford FL Triangle 5 minutes triangle w/three lights followed us 1/4 of a mile 12/14/04 12/6/04 06:34 Harbor Beach MI Unknown 2 hours it was large and blinking kind of haveing a fierce glow around it , there was things dropping off of it. 12/14/04 12/6/04 04:00 Richmond (Australia) Unknown 10min Bright lights and shaking New South Wales Australia 6th December 2004 12/14/04 12/5/04 22:20 Bishkek Unknown 2 hours A bright shining object emitted multicolored beams of light 12/14/04 12/5/04 22:00 Strathroy (Canada) ON Diamond 10 minutes Slow moving diamond/triangle shaped low flying craft without any sound w/bright white lights on tips and scrolling blue and red lights 12/14/04 12/5/04 21:35 Bainbridge NY Disk 2 mins I was driving West on NY state I88 when I spotted a UFO in the shape of a disk/saucer hovering above a field. It was silver/gray with b 12/14/04 12/5/04 20:30 Orlando FL Light about 7 or 8 seconds A bright green, flourescent light that traveled at a very rapid speed leaving a trail and changed direction rapidly before disappearing 12/14/04 12/5/04 14:45 Tampa FL Other 15 min CYLINDRICAL OBJECT REVOLVING WITH ONE END GLOWING 12/14/04 12/5/04 07:00 East Stroudsburg PA Light approximately 5 seconds e object in the vacinity of the airplane that appeared to be a bright orange light, similar to what you would see as the sun rise reflect 12/14/04
12/5/04 04:25 Terre Haute IN Chevron 5 seconds FOUR LIGHTED CHEVRON SHAPE SILENTLY GLIDES SOUTHWARD! 12/14/04 12/4/04 23:00 Kansas City MO Other 3 minutes Convoy crosses Kansas City sky. 12/14/04 12/4/04 23:00 Geelong (Australia) Light 5 Minutes 3 Lights in Triangular Formation Moving Accross The Sky ((NUFORC Note: U. S. Navy "NOSS" satellites?? PD)) 12/14/04 12/4/04 22:13 Elmhurst IL Light 15 mins Bright flashing point of light 12/14/04 12/4/04 21:08 Hialeah FL Oval 2 seconds A small oval white light shape going through a part of the sky from east to west then turns to north 12/14/04 12/4/04 21:00 Rockford IL Diamond a few minutes A diamond shaped object was found near Rockford Illinois. 12/14/04 12/4/04 20:30 Burlington (south of) IN Triangle 20 minutes Orange flashes followed by appearance of objects 12/14/04 12/4/04 11:40 Santa Monica CA Light 15 MINUTES Two white, pinpoint lights at approximately 20,000 feet for 15 minutes 12/14/04 12/4/04 00:45 Pittsburgh PA Light 1 minute Glowing orange orb moving at high speed and changing direction over city of Pittsburgh, PA 12/14/04 12/4/04 Leicester (UK/England) Light - 25 seconds Fiery light 12/14/04 12/4/04 Papillion NE Other 3 seconds At 9:30 pm a whiteish blue light swiftly flew over my car, and it was to low to be an aircraft, and it made no noise 12/14/04 12/3/04 22:00 Sacramento CA Disk 10 sec Saucer orbiting the moon very close to its surface. 12/14/04 12/3/04 21:00 Jamestown NY Formation 1 hr horizontal ovular formation of white lights rippling through clouds 12/14/04 12/3/04 20:30 Winnemucca NV Triangle 10 seconds Viewed a large V shaped pattern of square lights moving quickly overhead from NE to SW. 12/14/04 12/3/04 20:30 Hershey NE Rectangle 5 Minutes Spinning and sliding sideways group of light that were Rectanglure in shape 12/14/04 12/3/04 20:00 Norwalk CA Cigar 30 seconds While taking my dog out for a potty call last night, i happened to look up in the eastern region of the sky and saw a very unusual UFO. 12/14/04 12/3/04 19:45 Los Angeles CA Triangle 60 seconds Huge triangle with red lights 12/14/04 12/3/04 18:00 Grapevine TX Fireball seconds Bright Blue flash seen in the N.W. sky. 12/14/04 12/3/04 18:00 Sunol / Pleasanton CA Triangle 30sec 7 Lights, Big to small, moving to the center of the triangle, appearing out of no where as if going un cloaked. 12/14/04 12/3/04 17:50 Lakewood OH Cigar 2-3 sec. Cigar shaped ufo along with heavy military air traffic in the area 12/14/04 12/3/04 15:00 Lexington KY Sphere 2 MINUTES Twenty white objects spotted hovering over University of Kentucky campus 12/14/04 12/3/04 07:30 Shaker OH Other 2 early morning sighting by 8 y.o. 12/3/04 12/3/04 05:30 Reed Spring MO Light aprox. 2 hrs 5:30 met friend to go to work. he is talking about light he has been watching in the south and also another much brighter light in the 12/14/04 12/3/04 02:37 York PA Other 10 - 15 minutes Strange glows appeared in sky, moving about in realativly close range. 12/14/04 12/3/04 01:00 Norquay (Canada) SK Sphere 20 minutes They were observing us. 12/3/04 12/2/04 00:00 Santa Cruz CA Circle 4 secounds Three objects traveling west..very cold clear evening. thought were shooting stars, no trails, gold in color moveing so fast, very very 12/3/04 12/2/04 22:25 Longmont CO Light 12-15 minutes Strange lights hovered low in the sky then accelerated quickly from Longmont CO to Boulder. 12/3/04
12/2/04 21:00 Del Rio TX Other 3 min On Dec 2nd two strange lights appeared around 9:30 - 9:45 pm coming from north- east going south-west 12/14/04 12/2/04 20:00 Carrollton VA Light 1 hour plus ZIG-ZAGGING STARLIKE OBJECT 12/3/04 12/2/04 19:05 Memphis TN Triangle 30 seconds Pure machine- If it was ours it will be on Memphis approach radar or be given clearance to enter TCA for MEM. 12/14/04 12/2/04 18:17 San Acacio CO Light 20seconds The lights seem to make some what of a large triangle 12/3/04 12/2/04 18:00 Lindsborg KS Unknown 32 minutes West of Lindsborg Kansas is a Military bombing range. These craft have been seen on many Occasions, especially when bombing practice is 12/3/04 12/2/04 17:30 West Greenwich RI Triangle 1min30sec My co-worker told me I should report this on this site. This is the first time I have seen this. Myself and my fiend just fininshed a d 12/3/04 12/2/04 16:30 Bowling Green KY Diamond 20 minutes I am a graduate student at Western Kentucky University in Bowling Green. I was on my way to an evening class. I exited Cumberland Par 12/3/04 12/2/04 06:30 Pottsville AR Triangle 10 minutes lights,qiuet,slow drift,,"whats all theses strang lights flying around". 12/3/04 12/1/04 23:40 Shelby MT Fireball 5sec fireball/meteor 12/14/04 12/1/04 23:00 Wylie TX Triangle 5 minutes Pyramid-shaped craft with pulsating light seen emitting red flare. 12/3/04 12/1/04 19:30 Hawthorne/Lawndale CA Triangle 4 or 5 seconds Aqua green florescent lights on leading edge of triangular craft moving at great speed downward and seemed to disapeared into a portal 12/3/04 12/1/04 19:15 Emison IN Sphere 5 minutes Yellow-Orange Lights in sky - Emison, Indiana 12/3/04 12/1/04 09:00 Dublin OH Egg 1.5hrs egg shaped craft 12/3/04 12/1/04 08:05 Pincher Creek (Canada) AB Teardrop 2 minutes The UFO was shaped like a tear drop on fire and descended slowly until out of sight. 12/3/04 12/1/04 05:00 Seattle WA Cylinder 10 min heading north to south, was a strobe light,dissapeared in clouds. 12/3/04 12/1/04 02:35 Plano TX Fireball Seconds Bright blue fireball of unusual size and distance; possible investigation. 12/3/04 12/1/04 00:00 Riverside CA Disk 40 min Floursent green "stars" that actually fly in the skies over So. Cal. 12/14/04
